MEP Practice Book SA1

1 Indices
1.1 Multiplication and Division
1. Calculate the following mentally:
(a) 14 + 6 + 9 (b) 14 + 21 + 9 (c) 31 + 16 + 9
(d) 25 + 28 + 15 (e) 67 + 52 + 33 (f) 123 + 66 + 77
(g) 28 + 22 + 41 + 59 (h) 49 + 51 + 101 + 99 (i) 7 + 25 + 13 + 75
(j) 24 + 12 – 14 (k) 52 – 21 (l) 37 – 18
(m) 25 – 12 + 7 (n) 72 + 21 – 37 (o) 112 – 27

2. Calculate the following mentally:

(a) 5×7 (b) 9×7 (c) 8×8
(d) 6×8 (e) 7×4 (f) 7×8
(g) 8×9 (h) 5×8 (i) 9×6
(j) 72 ÷ 8 (k) 35 ÷ 7 (l) 81 ÷ 9
(m) 42 ÷ 6 (n) 63 ÷ 9 (o) 49 ÷ 7
(p) 56 ÷ 8 (q) 45 ÷ 5 (r) 48 ÷ 6

3. Simplify the following expressions without using a calculator.

(a) 37 + (5 × 6) (b) (7 × 7) − 28 (c) 96 − (12 × 5)

(d) 9 × (3 + 5) (e) (15 + 6) × 9 (f) 7 × (69 − 65)

(g) (48 ÷ 6) + 12 (h) 4 + (78 ÷ 6) (i) (72 ÷ 8) − 5

(j) 90 ÷ (5 + 4) (k) (27 + 33) ÷ 5 (l) (92 − 29) ÷ 7
(m) (54 ÷ 9) + (45 ÷ 3) (n) (63 ÷ 9) × 5 (o) (72 ÷ 6) × (45 ÷ 9)

4. Pens cost 12 p each. How much will 8 pens cost?

5. A crate of small lemonade bottles has 8 rows with 6 bottles in each row.
How many bottles are there in the crate?

6. A chocolate bar has 5 rows with 4 chunks in each row.

How many chunks are there in total?

7. In snooker, potting a RED counts as one point and a BLACK as seven points.
What do you score if you pot 6 REDS and 6 BLACKS?

8. A syndicate of 7 teachers won £63 on the national lottery.

How much does each teacher win?

9. There are 8 stamps in a booklet. How many stamps are there in total in
7 booklets?
1.1

10. There are 64 runners entered for 100 m races. If there are 8 runners in each race
in the first round of heats, how many first round heats are there?

11. You need to divide a class of 35 pupils into five-a-side teams.

How many teams will there be?

12. Copy and complete this diagram by filling in each box with the correct number.

÷4 ÷3
240
÷6 ÷5
÷5 ÷10

÷ 24 ÷12
÷5 ÷8

13. Tony has a hot-dog stall. He uses sauce from a bottle which holds 224 ml.
He puts about 7 ml of sauce on each hot-dog.
(a) How many hot-dogs can he put sauce on from one bottle?
(b) Tony buys the sauce in boxes of 24 bottles. One full bottle weighs 256 g.
The empty box weighs 750 g.
What is the total weight of a box full of sauce bottles?
(NEAB)

14. Write down three multiplication sums, each of which has an answer equal to 30.
Do not use any number more than once.
(LON)

15. Look at these numbers.

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40
(a) Which number is a multiple of six?
(b) Which number is a square number?
(SEG)
1.2 Squares, Cubes, Square Roots and
Cube Roots
1. Find, without using a calculator:

(a) 53 (b) 24 (c) 33

(d) 42 (e) 72 (f) 13
(g) 23 (h) 52 (i) 92
(j) 10 2 (k) 10 3 (l) 82
(m) 73 (n) 62 (o) 43
2. Find, without using a calculator:
3
(a) 4 (b) 27 (c) 36
3
(d) 8 (e) 81 (f) 49
3
(g) 100 (h) 64 (i) 144

(j) 64 (k) 121 (l) 25

3 3
(m) 125 (n) 1000 (o) 169

3. Calculate, with or without a calculator,

(a) 2 3 − 32 (b) 42 − 2 4 (c) 53 + 5 2

(d) 12 + 2 2 (e) 12 + 2 2 + 32 (f) 9 2 − 72

(g) 4 + 9 (h) 36 ÷ 4 (i) 3

8÷ 16

(j) 100 + 25 (k) 400 ÷ 3

125 (l) 196 − 64

(m) 64 − 3
64 (n) 3
343 × 81 (o) 4
625 × 4

4. Find the next 5 terms in the sequence.

2, 2 × 2 , 2 × 2 × 2 , 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 , . . ., . . .
How many terms are needed before the value reaches one million?
 1 Indices
1.3 Index Notation
1. Write in a form using indices:
(a) 2×2×2×2 (b) 3×3×3
(c) 6×6×6×6×6 (d) 7×7×7×7×7×7
(e) 1×1×1×1 (f) 2×2×2×5×5
(g) 17 × 17 × 17 × 17 (h) 5×5×5×6×6×6
(i) 3×3×7×7×7×7×7 (j) 2×2×3×3×3×5×5
(k) 5×3×3×3×5 (l) 11 × 11 × 11 × 11 × 13 × 13

2. Find the value of the following:

(a) 72 (b) 33 (c) 35

(d) 28 (e) 70 (f) 53
(g) 43 (h) 63 (i) 17
(j) 10 6 (k) 210 (l) 36

3. Simplify each of the following, leaving your answer in index notation.

(a) 27 × 25 (b) 32 × 34 × 36 (c) 52 × 52 × 52

(d) 43 × 4 7 (e) 7 2 × 7 4 × 73 (f) 21 × 25 × 22 × 21

(g) 2 3 × 2 3 × 51 × 53 (h) 32 × 33 × 4 5 × 4 2 × 31 (i) 52 × 5 4 × 5 7

4. Simplify each of the following, leaving your answer in index notation.

(a) 34 ÷ 33 (b) 75 ÷ 72 (c) (2 3

)
× 2 5 ÷ 28

(d) 812 ÷ 87 (e) (4 × 4 ) ÷ 4

3 3 3
(f) 26 ÷ 23 × 22 ( )
(g) (910
)
× 9 4 ÷ 96 (h) (6 ÷ 6 ) × 6
11 10 3
(i) (10 9
)
× 10 9 ÷ 1016
(j) (4 7
÷4 )×4
3 2
(k) (2 × 2 × 2 ) ÷ 2
1 2 3 4
(l) (
68 ÷ 61 × 6 2 × 6 3 )
5. Express each of the following numbers as a number to a power, e.g. 256 = 2 8 .
(a) 1024 (b) 243 (c) 125 (d) 216
(e) 512 (f) 169 (g) 343 (h) 1000
(i) 625 (j) 2048 (k) 289 (l) 1331
6. Fill in the missing numbers.

(a) (2 ) 3 2
= 2? (b) (3 )
3 3
= 3? (c) (5 ) ? 3
= 512

(d) (2 ) 4 ?
= 28 (e) (5 )
3 2
= 5? (f) (4 ) 3 ?
= 415

(g) (10 ) 3 ?
= 10 9 (h) (7 )
4 2
= 7? (i) (2 ) ? 6
= 212

(j) (3 )
? 7
= 321 (k) (2 )
4 ?
= 216 (l) (6 ) ? 4
= 6 20

7. Simplify the following expressions, leaving your answers in index notation.

(a) a 4 × a3 (b) x5 ÷ x2 (c) (b 4

)
× b3 ÷ b5

(d) a 4 ÷ a3 (e) x4 × x5 (f) (x 4

×x )
5 2

(g) (a 5
)
÷ a2 × a (h) (a ) × (a )
3 2 2 3
(i) (x 2
×x ) ÷x
3 2 4

(j) (b 4
÷b ) 2 3
(k) (b ) ÷ (b )
4 3 2 3
(l) [a 4
× (a ) ] ÷ a
2 3 8

( )
2
x7 × x2 a4 × a2 x5
(m) (n) (o)
x4 a8 x2 × x2

8. (a) Fill in the missing number.

2 4 × 2 ? = 210

(b) 210 is approximately equal to 1000.

1 000 000 is approximately equal to 2 ?
(SEG)

9. Write as a power of 7: (i) 73 × 7 4 (ii) 7 11 ÷ 7 5 (Edexcel)

1.4 Factors
1. Which of the following numbers are divisible by 2, 4 or 5?
(a) 10 (b) 24 (c) 60 (d) 108
(e) 135 (f) 189 (g) 240 (h) 315
(i) 648 (j) 756 (k 1024 (l) 2410

2. Which of the following numbers are divisible by 3, 9 or 11?

(a) 18 (b) 72 (c) 126 (d) 441
(e) 649 (f) 825 (g) 1419 (h) 9372

3. List all factors of these numbers.

(a) 20 (b) 24 (c) 32 (d) 84
(e) 60 (f) 102 (g) 81 (h) 98

4. Copy and fill in the missing factors in each of the following.

(a) 35 = 5 × ? (b) 77 = 7 × ? (c) 96 = 8 × ?
(d) 42 = 2 × 3 × ? (e) 66 = 2 × 3 × ? (f) 72 = 3 × 4 × ?
(g) 104 = 2 × 4 × ? (h) 125 = 5 × 5 × ? (i) 220 = 2 × 2 × 5 × ?

5. Copy and complete the following factor trees.

(a) 8 (b) 36

2 4

8 = ? × ? × ? 36 = ? × ? × ? × ?

(c) 30 (d) 72

30 = ? × ? × ? 72 = ? × ? × ? × ? × ?
1.5 Prime Factors
1. Which of the numbers 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13 are prime factors of the following numbers?
(a) 189 (b) 264 (c) 490 (d) 770
(e) 165 (f) 288 (g) 2873 (h) 2310
(i) 3640 (j) 6006 (k) 1925 (l) 1815

2. Use the Sieve of Eratosthenes to find all prime numbers between 100 and 200.

3. Express the following numbers as products of prime numbers.

(a) 150 (b) 60 (c) 72 (d) 144
(e) 315 (f) 210 (g) 284 (h) 180
(i) 270 (j) 231 (k) 306 (l) 500
(m) 702 (n) 3234 (o) 8008 (p) 8190
4. Find the highest common factor of the following.
(a) 16 and 24 (b) 45 and 63 (c) 56 and 70
(d) 90 and 126 (e) 42, 66 and 78 (f) 84, 98 and 154
(g) 189 and 84 (h) 315 and 720 (i) 616 and 392
(j) 560, 140 and 224 (k) 132, 156 and 180 (l) 525, 1400 and 315

5. (a) Copy and put {9, 17, 28, 30} into the correct boxes.

Is it odd?

Yes No

Is it a Is it a
prime number? square number?

Yes No Yes No

Does it have
exactly six factors?

Yes No

(b) Write down a number that could go into the empty box.
(SEG)
6. (a) Express the following numbers as products of their prime factors.
(i) 72 (ii) 80
(b) Two cars go round a race track. The first car takes 1 minute 12 seconds to
complete a circuit and the second car takes 1 minute 20 seconds.
They start level.
Find the length of time before they are next level with one another.
(SEG)
7. (a) Write 18 as the product of its prime factors.
(b) What is the least common multiple (LCM) of 12 and 18?
(AQA)
1.6 Further Index Notation
1. Without using a calculator, find the value of each of the following.
1 1 1 1
(a) 49 2 (b) 27 3 (c) 16 4 (d) 83
1 3 2
(e) 100 2 (f) 9 1.5 (g) 16 4 (h) 125 3
4 1 1 1
(i) 32 5 (j) 36 2 (k) 64 2 (l) 121 2
2 3 2
(m) 27 3 (n) 81 4 (o) 1000 3 (p) 32 0.6

(q) 4 1.5 (r) 4 2.5 (s) 81 0.25 (t) 5 −1

−2
 1
1
−
(u) (v) 8 3
(w) 9 − 0.5 (x) 16 − 0.25
 4

(y) 32 − 0.8 (z) 16 − 1.5

2. What is the value of each of the following expressions? Do not use a calculator.
1
− 23
(a)  1 2 (b)  1 (c) (25) − 2.5
 4  8
1
− −2
(d)  1 4
(e) 70 (f)  4
 16   5
−2
(g)  4 (h) 5 − 2 × 43 (i) 2 −3 ÷ 3−3
 7
−4 −2 −3
34 ÷    4 ×  
1 27
(j) (k) (l) 78 − 1 × 133
 3  9  8

3. Express each of the following in index form.

(a ) (a ) (27a ) (x )
1 1 1 1
16 2 15 3 9 3 32 4
(a) (b) (c) (d)

(x ) (a )
1 1
2 −2
(e) 20 4
(f) a− 2 ÷ a− 4 (g) a4 × a− 5 (h)

(a ) (a )
4 1
a2  16 − 4
1
−4 2
(i) (j) a− 4 × a4 (k)   (l)

4. Solve the following equations for x.

(a) 3 x = 81 (b) 4 x = 64 (c) 5 x = 125

(d) 7 x = 49 (e) 2 x = 32 (f) 2 x = 64
(g) x 3 = 27 (h) x 3 = 64 (i) x 5 = 32
(j) 5 x 2 = 45 (k) 3 x 3 = 24 (l) 4 x 4 = 324
1
(m) 5 x 3 = 320 (n) x2 = 3 (o) x − 4 = 256
− 12
(p) x =5 (q) 2x = 1 (r) 3− x = 1
5. Simplify the following:

( )
3
−3
1 3 1 2 1
a3 × a5
5
(a) (b) a3 (c) a5 a

(a b ) ÷ (a b )
5 1 7 1 1 2 1
(d) a7 ÷ a4 (e) a8 ÷ a4 (f) 2 3 3 6

(a a ) ÷ a
1 2 2 1 2 1 1 6 1
(g) a2 b3 × a3 b4 (h) 3 2 4
(i) a 7 × a 14

6. Write these numbers in order of size, starting with the smallest.

1
 1  2 , 2 − 3, 3 − 2 .
 4
(SEG)
7. Evaluate
1 1
−
(a) 16 4 (b) 2−4 (c) 27 3

(SEG)

8. (a) Calculate 2 n when n = 5 .

1
(b) Calculate n when 2 n =
32
3
−2
(c) Work out 9
(SEG)
9. Solve the following equations.

(a) 3n × 35 = 311 (b) 211 ÷ 2 n = 2 8

1
(c) 4n = (d) 3n + 2 n = 97
16
(SEG)

12 t 5
10. (a) Simplify (i) p 4 × p3 (ii) (AQA)
3t 2

11. (a) Calculate 2.7 2 + 3.5 (b) Calculate the cube of 4.2
(AQA)
1.7 Standard Form
1. Write the following numbers in standard form, A × 10 n , where 1 ≤ A < 10 and
n is an integer.
(a) 4000 (b) 560 (c) 700 000
(d) 50 (e) 4213 (f) 2700
(g) 236 (h) 2360 (i) 0.12
(j) 0.007 (k) 0.1007 (l) 0.000 12
(m) 2 million (n) 0.1 million (o) 562 005
(p) 23.006 (q) 470.3 (r) 0.003 002
2. Express the following in ordinary notation.

(a) 3.2 × 10 2 (b) 4.67 × 10 3 (c) 1.30 × 10 1

(d) 5.632 × 10 6 (e) 6.72 × 10 4 (f) 12.4 × 10 3

(g) 3.612 × 10 − 2 (h) 1.47 × 10 − 1 (i) 65.3 × 10 2

(j) 7.124 × 10 − 3 (k) 65.3 × 10 − 4 (l) 1.34 × 10 − 5

(m) 325 × 10 − 7 (n) 6.183 × 10 − 2 (o) 99.9 × 10 5

(p) 2.75 × 10 8 (q) 2.75 × 10 − 3 (r) 4.216 × 10 − 2

3. State whether or not the following numbers are in standard form.

If not, rewrite them in standard form.

(a) 2.157 × 10 − 1 (b) 42.76 × 10 2 (c) 5.672 × 10 − 5

(d) 0.782 × 10 − 3 (e) 516 × 10 − 2 (f) 2.17 × 10 2

(g) 82.71 × 10 − 1 (h) 0.01 × 10 − 2 (i) 8.9 × 10 0

4. The area of the surface of the earth is about 510 000 000 km2.
Express this in standard form.

5. The population of the UK is estimated as 58 700 000.

Write this in standard form.

6. The speed of light is approximately 300 000 km/s.

(a) Express this speed in m/s in standard form.
(b) The speed of sound is 300 m/s. How many times more than the speed of
sound is the speed of light?
Give your answer in standard form.

7. The population of Singapore in a given year was 2.5 × 10 6 .

Its total land area is estimated as 618 km2. What was the average population per
square km in that year?
Give your answer in standard form, correct to 2 significant figures.

8. Astronomers measure distances in the solar system in astronomical units (AU).

One AU is 150 000 000 kilometres. The distance from the Sun to Pluto is 39.5 AU.
How many kilometres is the Sun from Pluto?
Give your answer in standard form to a sensible degree of accuracy.
(AQA)
1.8 Calculations with Standard Form
1. Without using a calculator, work out the following calculations.
Express your answers in standard form.

(a) (2.8 × 10 ) + (3 × 10 )
4 3
(b) (2.8 × 10 ) − (3 × 10 )
4 3

(c) (6.3 × 10 ) + (5.37 × 10 )

3 4
(d) (9.7 × 10 ) + (0.3 × 10 )
2 3

(e) (4 × 10 ) × (2 × 10 )
3 2
(f) (5 × 10 ) × (3 × 10 )
4 2

(g) (8 × 10 ) ÷ (4 × 10 )
4 2
(h) (1.5 × 10 ) × (2 × 10 )
3 6

(i) (6.5 × 10 ) × (2 × 10 )
2 4
(j) (9 × 10 ) ÷ (3 × 10 )
2 3

(k) (6.4 × 10 ) ÷ (1.6 × 10 )

6 3
(l) (8.4 × 10 ) ÷ (2.1 × 10 )
5 3

(m) (2.5 × 10 ) × (4 × 10 )
6 −4
(n) (3.4 × 10 ) × (2 × 10 )
−4 3

(o) (5 × 10 ) × (2 × 10 )
−3 −2
(p) (2.4 × 10 ) × (5 × 10 )
−2 2

2. ( ) (
Write 4 × 10 − 4 + 8 × 10 − 3 ) as a single number expressed in standard form.

3. Given that x = 2 × 10 − 3 and y = 7 × 10 − 4 , express x + 8 y in standard form.

4. ( )
Express 10 − 6 − 2.5 × 10 − 7 in standard form.

5. Given that x = 3.2 × 10 6 and y = 5 × 10 7 , express in standard form:

2
x 2  x
(a) xy (b) (c) y (d)  
y  y

M
6. In the formula R = , substitute
EI
M = 6 × 10 4 , E = 4.5 × 10 8 , I = 4 × 10 2

and evaluate R, giving your answer in standard form.

7. The radius of a circular micro-organism is 2.8 × 10 − 7 cm.

Calculate the circumference and area of the micro-organism, giving your answer
in standard form.

8.* Evaluate each of the following expressions, giving your answers in standard
form.

(a) 6.393 × 7.84 (b) 16.34 − 3.656

(c) 7.81 × 10 3 − 0.13− 2 (d) 6.3 × 1014 × 8.919

(e) 9.94 × 1012 ÷ 23.54 (f) 3.62 × 10 − 4

 5.21 × 10 − 4
(g) 4.5 × 10 2 × 7.26 × 10 − 6 (h)
2.26 × 10 4

7.2 × 10 8
[( ) ( )]
3

(i) (j) 4.12 × 10 3 ÷ 6.25 × 10 2 2

4.31 × 10 6

15.3 × 12.4
9. Given that = 1.2 , without using a calculator find the value of
5.1 × 31
1.53 × 1.24
51 × 3.1
and express it in standard form.

10.* If x = 3.6 × 10 − 2 , evaluate and express your answer in standard form:

(a) 4x2 + x (b) x +1

11. Given that x = 5 × 10 5 , find the value of each of the following, giving your
answer in standard form.
2 3500
(a) 5x (b) x2 (c) (d)
x x2
12. Work out 4 × 10 8 − 4 × 10 6 . Give your answer in standard form.
(LON)

13. Saturn is approximately 1.43 × 10 9 km from the Sun.

Venus is approximately 1.08 × 10 8 km from the Sun.
How much further from the Sun is Saturn than Venus?
Give your answer in standard form.
(SEG)

14. A light year is the distance travelled by light in 365 days.

The speed of light is 3.9 × 10 5 kilometres per second.
(a) Calculate the number of kilometres in one light year.
Give your answer in standard form.
(b) The distance to the nearest star is 4.0 × 1013 kilometres.
How many light years is this?
(c) One kilometre = 0.625 miles.
Calculate the speed of light in miles per second.
(SEG)
15. The mass, M, of the planet Mars is 6.45 × 10 23 kg.
The planet is a sphere with radius, r, equal to 2.28 × 1011 m.
Use this formula to find its density:
M
Density =
4
πr
3

3
Express your answer in standard form, correct to three significant figures.
(SEG)

16. The surface area of the Earth is approximately 1.971 × 10 8 square miles.
The surface area of the Earth covered by water is approximately
1.395 × 10 8 square miles.
(a) Calculate the surface area of the Earth not covered by water.
Give your answer in standard form.
b) What percentage of the Earth's surface is not covered by water?
(SEG)

17. The mass of a neutron is 1.675 × 10 − 24 grams. Calculate the total mass of
1500 neutrons.
Give your answer in standard form.
(LON

18. (a) (i) Write sixty thousand in standard form.

(ii) Hence, or otherwise, find the value of the square of sixty thousand.
Give your answer in standard form.

(b) Work out 4.3 × 10 – 3 + 2.7 × 10 – 2 .

Give your answer in standard form.
(OCR)

19. Some large numbers are written below.

1 million = 10 6
1 billion = 10 9
1 trillion = 10 12

(a) How many millions are there in one trillion?

(b) Write 8 billion in standard form.
(c) Work out 8 billion multiplied by 3 trillion.
Give your answer in standard form.
(AQA)
2 Formulae
2.1 Using Formulae
1. The area of an ellipse is given by
A = π ab
where a and b are given lengths (as shown).
b
a
Find the area of an ellipse when
(a) a = 4, b = 2
(b) a = 2, b = 4
(c) a=b=3
2. The perimeter length of a triangle is given by
p=a+b+c
where a, b and c are the lengths of the
three sides of the triangle.
a b
Find the perimeter length when
(a) a = 1, b = 2 and c = 3
c
(b) a = 4, b = 3 and c = 2
(c) a=b=c=3
If a = 4, b = 3 and p = 11 , what is the length c?

3. Euler's formula for the vertices of a shape states that

v=e− f +2
where e is the number of edges and f is the number of faces.
Determine v when
(a) e = 9, f = 5 (b) e = 6, f = 4
If v = 8 and e = 12 , determine f.

4. Find the value of the function f where x = 2 and y = 3 and when

(a) f =x+y (b) f = 4x − 2y

x+y
(c) f = x 2 + y2 (d) f =
10
x+2
(e) f = (f) f = xy − 4
y +1

2x + 1
(g) f = 2 x 2 − y2 (h) f =
y

f = x 2 y2 f = ( x + y)
2
(i) (j)
2.1

5. Repeat Question 4 with x = 3 and y = 4 .

6. Find the value of the functions

x+y+z
f = 3
x y z and g =
3
when
(a) x=y=z=2 (b) x = 1, y = 2, z = 3 (c) x = 2, y = 3, z = 4

7. Here is a number machine.

Input ×4 +3 Output

Use the number machine to complete a copy of the table.

Input 2 n

Output 11 35 x
(AQA)
2.2 Construct and Use Simple Formulae
1. Find a formula for the perimeter, P, of each of the shapes below.

b a
(a) (b)
a a
a a
a a
b a

(c) (d) a
b
b b
a a
c c
d d
a a
c c
b
b b
a

In each of the following cases, use the formula to find the value of P:

(a) when a = 5 cm, b = 10 cm ;

(b) when a = 5 cm ;
(c) when a = 5 cm, b = 10 cm ;
(d) when a = 8 cm, b = 2 cm, c = 3 cm, d = 5 cm .
2. Find the area, A, and perimeter length, P, for each of these shapes.
(a) 2a (b)
a a
a a
2a 2a 2a 2a 2a

4a
2a
(c) a (d)
a a
a a 5a 5a
4a
a a
3a 6a

In each case, find A and P when a = 2 cm .

3. Petrol costs 58p per litre. What is the cost, in pounds, of x litres?
Use your formula to find the cost of
(a) 10 litres (b) 50 litres

4. A piece of wire is bent into the shape shown.

b
Find the total length of the wire used. a a
b
a
Simplify your answer. a
(All dimensions are in centimetres.) b a a
b
If the total length of the wire is 24 cm and
a = 2 cm , what is the length of b?

5. A train operating company calculates its fares using the formula 12p per mile. If
you travel a distance x miles, what is the formula for the cost in
(a) pence (b) pounds

Use your answer to (b) to find the cost when you travel
(i) 10 miles (ii) 100 miles (iii) 200 miles (iv) 1000 miles

6. A removals firm charges a fixed cost of £100 plus a payment of £2 for every mile
travelled by its van. If the van travels x miles, write down a formula for the total
cost.
Find the actual costs for journeys of
(a) 50 miles (b) 100 miles (c) 200 miles

7. Anne used this information Electricity Bill

to work out her electricity bill. Time Cost per unit Units used
Work out the total amount of her bill. Day 10 p 600
You must show all your working. Night 4p 200

(AQA)
2.2

8. Afzal scored x marks in a test.

(a) Ben scored 3 more marks than Afzal.
Write an expression for Ben's score in terms of x.
(b) Jason scored half of Afzal's marks.
Write an expression for Jason's score in terms of x.
(AQA)

9. Sally thinks of a number. She adds 11 to the number. She then multiplies by 3.
Her answer is 60.
What number did Sally first think of?
(Edexcel)

10. A function diagram produces algebraic expressions.

For example:

Input Output
x
x ÷2 +3 +3
2

(a) Fill in the missing expression on a copy of this function diagram.

Input Output

x +3 ÷2

(b) Fill in the missing operations on a copy of this function diagram.

Input Output

x 2x – 3

(AQA)
2.3 Revision of Negative Numbers
1. Without a calculator, answer the following questions.
(a) 5−2 (b) −5 + 6 (c) −7 + 4

(d) 12 − 14 (e) −10 + ( −5) (f) −10 − ( −5)

(g) −15 − 5 (h) 16 − ( −8) (i) 4 × ( −2)

(j) (− 4) × (−2) (k) ( −8) × 3 (l) ( −10) × ( −5)

(m) 14 ÷ ( −7) (n) ( −10) ÷ 2 (o) ( −10) ÷ ( −2)
(p) 20 ÷ ( −5) (q) (−15) ÷ ( −3) (r) ( −16) ÷ 4
2. Evaluate, without using a calculator:

(a) ( −2)2 (b) ( −1) × 1 (c) ( −1) × ( −1)

(d) ( − 4 )2 (e) 32 + ( − 4 )
2
(f) ( −6)2 + ( −8)2
(g) ( −1)2 ÷ ( −2)2 (h) ( −2)2 × ( −3)2
(i) 4 × ( −5) + (( −100) ÷ ( − 4)) (j) ( −20) ÷ ( −5) + ( −2)2

(k) ( −3)2 + ( − 4)2 (l) [(−3) × (− 4)] ÷ (−2)

(m) ( −2)3 (n) ( −1)2 × ( −1) (o) ( −5)3

3. The outside temperature was monitored every 4 hours for one day. Here is the
recorded information.
Time Temperature °C

00.00 −11
04.00 −7
08.00 −1
12.00 5
16.00 6
20.00 0
24.00 −5

(a) What is the difference between the lowest and highest temperatures?
(b) What is the difference between the temperature at
(i) 04.00 and 08.00 (ii) 04.00 and 12.00
(iii) 16.00 and 24.00 (iv) 08.00 and 20.00
(v) 00.00 and 24.00 (vi) 20.00 and 24.00?
 2 Formulae
2.4 Substitution into Formulae
1. The speed of a bike, v metres per second, is given by the formula
v = u + ft
when u is its initial speed (in m/s), f its acceleration (in m/s2) and t, the time in
seconds.
Determine v when
(a) u = 0, f = 5 and t = 10 (b) u = 20, f = 2 and t = 5
(c) u = 20, f = 0 and t = 5 (d) u = 40, f = − 5 and t = 5
(e) u = 40, f = − 5 and t = 8
In each case, briefly describe the motion of the bike.

2. The Fahrenheit scale, (F) and the Celsius scale (C) are related by the formula
9
F= C + 32
5
(a) Give the following temperatures in Fahrenheit.
(i) Normal body temperature: 37 °C
(ii) Boiling point of water: 100 °C

(b) Give the following temperatures in degrees Celsius.

(i) Freezing point of water: 32 °F
(ii) Singapore's average daily temperature: 86 °F

3. If x = 3, y = 4 and z = 7 , find the values of the following expressions:

12
(a) 5yz (b) x yz (c)
xy
xy
(d) (e) 2 x + 3y (f) x − 5y + 2z
18
(g) x y + yz (h) x 2 + y2 (i) 2z2 + y

(j) y2 + x 3 (k) x y2 (l) 4 x 2 y2

4. If a = 3, b = 2 and c = − 1, find the value of each of the following.

(a) a 3 + b 3 + c 3 − 2 abc (b) (2 a + b − c) (4b − 3c)

a b c
(c) ( a − b )2 − ( b − c )2 (d) + −
b c a
a +1 b + c c − a
(e) − + (f) ab − ca + ba
2 4 3
 (g) 2 a − 3b 2 + 3abc 2 (h) a 2 + 3b 3 − 4c 5

a + b ab − c 3a − b a + c
(i) − (j) +
c b b−c b−a

2c 2 − 3a 4b a2 − b2 a3 − c
(k) − (l) −
bc − a 3a c2 (c − 3b)

5. Find the value of x 3 + 2 x y 2 + y 3 when x = 2 and y = −1 .

x + 1 2x − 1
6. Find the value of + when x = − 2 .
x − 1 2x +1

7. Find the value of 2 ab + 3bc 2 when a = 0, b = 5 and c = − 2 .

8. The distance travelled, s metres, by a car is given by

1 2
s = ut + ft
2
Here u is the car's initial speed (in m/s), t the time (in seconds) and f the
acceleration (in m/s2).
(a) Find s when
(i) u = 0, t = 10, f = 5 (ii) u = 20, t = 5, f = 6
(iii) u = 50, t = 4, f = − 5 (iv) u = 60, t = 10, f = − 2

(b) If the car travels 400 metres in 5 seconds with initial speed of 40 m/s, what is
its acceleration?

9. (a) Work out the value of 3a + ac when a = 4 and c = – 5.

(b) Work out the value of 3 p 2 – 5 when p = 2.

(Edexcel)

10. Use the formula

v = u + at
to find the value of v when u = – 10, a = 1.8 and t = 3.7.
(AQA)

11. A table has four columns: A, B, C and D. Part of the table is shown.

A B C D
1 6 94 36
2 93 49
4 9
7 144
 (a) This is the 2nd row of the table.

A B C D
2 93 49

The number in column B = the number in column A + 5

Work out the number in column B in this row.

(b) This is the the 3rd row of the table.

A B C D
4 9

(i) The number in column C = 100 – the number in column B

Work out the number in column C in this row.

(ii) The number in column D = the number in column B squared

Work out the number in column D in this row.

(c) This is the 4th row of the table.

A B C D
7 144

Work out the number in column C in this row.

(AQA)

12. To cook roast lamb in a moderate oven, my recipe book gives these times.
78 minutes per kilogram, plus 35 minutes
(a) How long should I cook a 1.6 kg joint of lamb?
Give your answer in minutes to the nearest minute.
(b) Write your answer to part (a) in hours and minutes.
(c) I cooked one joint of lamb for 230 minutes. What was the weight of this
joint?
(OCR)
2.5 More Complex Formulae
1. It is given that v 2 = u 2 + 2 as . Find the values of u when v = 0.8, a = 0.05 and
s = 2.8 .
18 − 5 x
2. It is given that y = . Find:
2y
1
(a) the values of y if x = − 6.4 (b) x if y = 2
2
3. If S =
n
2
[2a + (n − 1) d ], find
1
(a) the value of S when n = 10, a = − 2 and d =
2
(b) a when S = 440, n = 10 and d = 5 .

4. The arithmetic mean, A, geometric mean, G, and harmonic mean, H, of three

numbers, are given by the formulae
a+b+c 3
, G = ( abc) 3 , H =
1
A=
3  1 + 1 + 1
 a b c
Find A, G and H for the following sets of numbers.
(a) a = 2, b = 3, c = 4 (b) a = 1, b = 3, c = 5
(c) a=b=c=3 (d) a = 2.5, b = 3, c = 3.5
What do you notice about the values of A, G and H?

5. Find z, given by each of the following formulae, for the given values of x and y.
1 1 1
(a) = 2 + , x = 2, y = 3
z x y2
(b) z 2 = x 2 + y 2 , x = 3, y = − 4
1 x+y
(c) = 2 , x = − 2, y = 4
z x + y2
x x
(d) = + 1, x = 5, y = 2
z y
1 1 1
(e) 2 = 2 + , x = 4, y = 3
z x y

6. The formula v 2 = u 2 + 2 f s connects the initial, (u), and final, (v), speeds of a car,
with its acceleration, (f), and distance travelled, (s).
Find v (in m/s) when

(a) u = 0, f = 10 m/s2 , s = 100 m

(b) u = 20 m/s, f = 5 m/s2 , s = 50 m

(c) u = 75 m/s, f = − 10 m/s2 , s = 25 m

7. A painting was valued at £600 on 1 January 2004. The value of the painting is
predicted to increase at a rate of R% per annum.
The predicted value, £V, of the painting after n years is given by the formula

V = 600 × (1.055) .
n

(a) Write down the value of R.

(b) Use your calculator to find the predicted value of the painting after 15 years.
(Edexcel)
8. This rule can be used to work out the cost, in pounds, of buying time on a satellite
link.

Add 3 to the number of hours of time bought.

Multiply your answer by 1000.

(a) Work out the cost of buying 4 hours of satellite time.

Julian bought some satellite time. The cost was £12 000.
(b) Work out the number of hours of satellite time that Julian bought.
The cost of buying n hours of satellite time is C pounds.
(c) Write down a formula for C in terms of n.
(Edexcel)
2.6 Changing the Subject
1. Make s the subject of each of the following:
(a) 2 s − 8 p = 14 (b) 28 = 4 s + r − s (c) 10 − 2 s = 12 r + 2 s

2. In each of the following, make y the subject:

k y
(a) y +x = 6 (b) m+y=2−n (c) =
5 3
(d) 3+ m= d + y (e) 5 = y − 3m (f) 2 y + 6 = 48 + 2 x

3. (a) Given that 4a + b = c − a , express a in terms of b and c.

(b) Given that x − y = 3z , express y in terms of x and z.
(c) Given that pq = r , express q in terms of p and r.
(d) Given that a + b = 8c + 7 , express c in terms of a and b.

4. Make a the subject of the following formulae:

(a) a+x=b (b) a+h=k (c) a−m=n
(d) a−k=h (e) a−b=c+d (f) a+c=d+e
(g) y+a=x (h) z − a = 2k (i) p=a−q

(j) 5k = p − a (k) 7k = p + a (l) a − b − c = k2

(m) b − a + k = h3 (n) m+n+a=k (o) m−n−a=h

(p) 7k − h − a = 2 a (q) 5 pq − a = p 2 − q (r) 3x y + a = x 2 y

(s) 5a = 15 (t) ax = 3 y (u) xay = 3k

(v) 2 x y = 3ak (w) ak = p − q + k (x) ax 2 = 5 y − 4

5. Make a the subject of the given formula.

(a) ax = y (b) a ( p − 4) = q (c) ax + by = c

(d) p (a + b) = c (e) 2 a − 3m = 4 a − 7 (f) 5b − 2 a = 3c

a 2a p+a
(g) +b=c (h) x= + 5z (i) = 3p
m 3 5

(j) R = m ( a + g) (k) 2b = ax + a (l) 2 m = 65 − 4 a

6. (a) The volume of a cylinder is given by

V = π r 2h
(i) Make h the subject of this equation. h

(ii) Find h when r = 3 cm and V = 350 cm 3 . r

(b) The total surface area is given by

s = 2π r 2 + 2π rh
(i) Make h the subject of this equation.

(ii) Find h when r = 3 cm and s = 300 cm 2 .

7. Electrical fuses are available as shown.

p p mp
3 am 5 am 13 a

The correct fuse to use for an electrical appliance can be calculated using this
formula,
P
F=
240
where F = Fuse rating in amps ,
P = Power rating in watts .

(a) Which fuse should be fitted for a toaster with power rating 1100 watts?
(b) An electric heater needs a 13 amp fuse. What is the largest power rating the
heater could have?
(SEG)

8. The length of a man's forearm (f cm) and his height (h cm) are approximately
related by the formula
h = 3 f + 90

(a) Part of the skeleton of a man is found and the forearm is 20 cm long.
Use the formula to estimate the man's height.
(b) A man's height is 162 cm.
Use the formula to estimate the length of his forearm.
 (c) George is 1 year old and he is 70 cm tall.
Find the value the formula gives for the length of his forearm and state why
this value is impossible.
(d) Use the formula to find an expression for f in terms of h.
(MEG)
9. Make t the subject of the formula
D = 5 t + π t + 5w
(Edexcel)

10. The cost, in pounds, to hire a conference centre is calculated by using this formula.
Cost = 4 × number of people attending + 250

(a) Find the cost of hiring the conference centre when 200 people attend.
(b) A company pays £650 to hire the conference centre.
How many people attend the conference?
(AQA)

11. This is the payment plan for Donal's mobile phone. He receives a bill every month.

(a) In January, Donal did not make any calls. How much was his bill?
(b) In February, Donal made 100 minutes of calls. How much was his bill?
(c) In March, Donal's bill was £7.50. How many minutes of calls did he make?
(AQA)
2.7 Further Change of Subject
1. The volume of a cylinder is given by

V = π r 2h
where r is the base radius and h the height.
(a) Make r the subject of the formula.

(b) Find r when V = 300 cm 3 and h = 5 cm

2. The volume of a toy, consisting of a base hemisphere

and cone top, is given by h
1 2 r
V = π r 2h + π r3
3 3
Make h the subject of this equation and find h when
V = 300 cm 3 and r = 3 cm .
3. The surface area of a sphere is given by

S = 4π r 2
(a) Make r the subject of this equation.

(b) Find r when (i) S = 100 cm 2 (ii) S = 200 cm 2

By what factor does the radius change when the surface area is doubled?

4. Make x the subject of

(a) y = 4x + 2 (b) y = 1 − 3x (c) y = mx + c

1 1
(d) y= (e) y =1+ x (f) y=
x +1 1+ x
5x 1 1
(g) y= (h) y= x +1 (i) = +1
a y x
1 2 1 1 1 4
(j) = − (k) y= + (l) y=
y 3 x 4 x 2+x

1 1 1
5. If = + , make u the subject of this formula. Find u when
f u v
(a) f = 5 and v = 1 (b) f = 3 and v = − 2

6. The percentage profit, p, on the sale of an item is given by the formula

100( s − c)
p=
c
where s is the selling price and c is the cost price. Express c in terms of s and p.
(MEG)
7. Students conduct an experiment to find g, the acceleration due to gravity.
They measure the time, T seconds, for one complete swing of a pendulum of length
L centimetres.
The formula for g is
4π 2 L
g=
T2
(a) Find g when L = 39.24 and T = 1.26 .
Take π = 3.142 or use the π button on your calculator.
(b) Rearrange the formula to express T in terms of L, π and g.
(SEG)
8. A star shape is made by cutting quadrants of a circle from a square of side 2r.
2r (a) Show that the shaded area is given by the formula
A = 4 r2 – π r2
2r (b) Rearrange the formula to make r the subject.
(AQA)
2.8 Expansion of Brackets
1. Copy and complete the following multiplication tables. Some have been done for
you.
(a) (b)

6 2k 2
x y−2 3y 4 − 3y x −k 2 − 2k
y 3 3k

−1 −3y 6 −6k

1 3 8
1− y −4 −
4 4 3k

2 3
1 3 1
− − −
2 y 2

2. Remove the brackets in each of the following algebraic expressions.

(a) 2(u − 3) (b) 8(v + 7)

(c) 4(2 x + 3 y) (d) 6(5a − b)

(e) −2( p − q ) (f) −5( a + b)

(g) −3( −2u − 3v) (h) 8( −2u − 3v)

1 1
(i) (10 p − 6q) (j) (20 x − 15)
2 5

(k) −(b + c) (l) −( p − q )

(m) − x ( p + q) (n) − y( − x + y )

(o) −( − p − q ) (p) −( −t + r )

6 a b − c
12
a − b
4 1 5
(q) (r)
23 5  3 6 

3. Simplify each of the following algebraic expressions.

(a) (3 x − 2 y ) + ( 4 x − y ) (b) ( p − m ) + ( m − 2 p)
(c) 5( x − 2) + 3( 4 − x ) (d) (3a + 2b) − (a − b)
(e) 2(3m + n) − 3( m − 3n) (f) ( x − y) − ( y − z ) − ( z − x )
(g) 3a(b − c) + (3b − 2)a (h) m( m − n) − n(n − m)

(i) x ( y − z ) + y( z − x ) + z( x − y) (j) 3(2 y + 5z ) − 4(2 y − x )

4. Multiply out and simplify each of the following expressions.

(a) 6(3x + y) (b) 5z( z − 2 y )

1
(c) (2 x y − 4 yz ) (d) q( p + 2 r − 3s)
2
(e) ( p + q ) (r + s) (f) ( x + y) ( z + 2 w)
(g) (3a + b) (a + c) (h) (m + 2n) (2 p + 3q)
(i) ( a − b ) (c + d ) (j) (2 e − f ) (2 g − h )
(k) (3 p − 4 q ) ( s + 2 t ) (l) (a + 7) (2b + 5)
(m) ( x + 3) ( x + 4) (n) (a + 5) (a − 3)
(o) ( x − 7) ( x − 6) (p) (3 + c ) ( 6 − c )
(q) (1 − 3x ) (4 + 3x ) (r) (2 p + 3) ( p + 5)
(s) ( 4 x + 5 y ) (2 x + 3 y ) (t) (d − 7) (d − 5)
(u) (a + 5)2 (v) ( x − 3)2
(w) ( b + 2 )2 (x) (e − 4 )2
(y) (2 x + 1)2 (z) (3 x − 2 ) 2

5. (a) (
Expand p p 2 – 3 p . ) (b) Factorise y 2 + 5 y .

(c) Factorise completely 2 x 2 + 6 xy .

(Edexcel)
2.9 Factorisation
1. Factorise the following:
(a) 2x + 4 (b) 9 − 3x
(c) 2 + 10 x (d) −5 − 15x

(e) x2 + 2x (f) x − 3x 2

(g) 4x + 2x2 (h) 3x 2 − 9 x

(i) 10 x − 5 x 2 (j) 7 x 2 + 21

(k) 3x 2 − x 3 (l) 2 x + 8x 3

(m) 2 x 3 + 10 x 2 (n) 4x2 − 4

2. The following expressions have been partly factorised.
Complete the factorisation.

(a) (
2x2 − 4x = 2 x2 − 2x = ? ) (b) 10 x − 5 x 2 = x (10 − 5 x ) = ?

(c) 4x3 + 8x = 4 ( x 3
+ 2 x) = ? (d) 8 x y + 16 x 2 = x (8 y + 16 x ) = ?

(e) 5 x y + 10 x 2 y 2 = 5(x y + 2x y ) = ?
2 2

3. Factorise the following:

(a) 10 a − 15b (b) 50 py − 120 p
(c) 24 abc − 8ab (d) 6 abc + 12 bcd

(e) 16 m 2 + 12 n 2 (f) p2 y + p2 y2

(g) 18s 2 t − 12 st 2 (h) 10 a + 15a 2

(i) c − c2 (j) 2 a 2 b 2 − 8a 2 b

(k) m 2 n − mnl (l) 6 x y − 3y + 9 x

(m) pqr + p 2 + pr (n) abc + a 2 b + bc

(o) 8abc + 6 ab 2 c + 4 abc 2 (p) 5s 2 t − 3st − 4 st 2

2.10 Algebraic Manipulation
1. Make a the subject of each of the following formulae.

k ( m + a) 4
(a) = (b) 5( a − b) = 7
m x
7ab + k
(c) v = m( a + c ) (d) y=
7 − 4a
5 − 2a 7 + 3a
(e) z= (f) x=
3−a a −4

x2a − b 4 ab + 5c + 2
(g) y= (h) z=
a−4 2 ax + 5 y

2. Make the letters in brackets the subject of the following formulae.

an − 5 x 1
(a) ( x + p) a = q( 2 x − q ) (x) (b) = (a)
3a − 4 x 3
2b + c y − 2x
(c) a= (b) (d) = 2 x − 7 (x)
b 3y
4 pr 1 2 3
(e) T= (p) (f) + = (u)
p + 4s v u f
y x+y−2
(g) x= (y) (h) x= (y)
2−y x − y +1
 a−b ax + b
(i) w= (a) (j) y= (x)
ac − 1 cx + d
1 u
(k) = −1 (f) (l) x y − 1 = 5(2 x + 3) (x)
v f
F + 40 c + 40 ER
(m) = (c) (n) P= (k)
9 5 k+R
2x − 1
3h = k  − y
x
(o) k= (x) (p) (x)
x+4 2 
mv 2 nE
(q) P − mg = (m) (r) c= (n)
r k + na
3 y − 4a a b
(s) = (y) (t) +h= (k)
5 y + 7b k k
1 2 3 4
(u) + = + (b)
a b c d

3. Make a the subject of the following formulae.

(a) a =b (b) 2a = b (c) m+a =b

a k
(d) e = 5a − 8 (e) =b (f) l=
2 ma
2a a
(g) x= (h) 3a − 2 = (i) 3a − 2 k = z
5c b
(j) 2a2 = b − 3 (k) 3a 2 − 2 = 3c (l) k = ba 2 + z

a2 na 2
(m) b= (n) m=n+ (o) A = 4π a 2
5c b

(p) 3
a−b =c

4. Make the letter in brackets the subject of the formula.

(a) a= a + 2b (b) (b) a2 + b2 = c2 (b)

(c) ( x + y )2 = x (y) (d) e = 3c − 7a (c)

(e) x = 2w2 + b (w) (f) 3

y −1 = z (y)

a2 b2 y
(g) + 2 =1 (b) (h) 3
2x2 − 7 = (x)
x2 y z

4x2 m+2
(i) t= (x) (j) t2 = (m)
m−3 m−5

1 1 1 nx
(k) − = (c) (l) y= (x)
a b c−2 a( 4 x − 3)
5. Find the value of x by making x the subject of each of the following.

2 4 5 1 3
(a) = (b) + =
5 x ( x − 1) x 4 7

2x x + 2 2x − 1
(c) =2 (d) =
2x + 3 3 14
3 1 3x x 1
(e) + =0 (f) − =
( x + 1) ( + 1)
2 x 8 4 2
2.11 Algebraic Fractions
1. Simplify each expression into a single fraction.
x x x x x x
(a) + (b) − (c) +
4 8 6 12 5 10
2x x x x 4x x
(d) − (e) − (f) −
3 6 2 8 7 9
5 10 1 1 3 2
(g) + (h) − (i) +
a b 2 a 3b a 3b

2. Express the following as fractions with a single denominator.

x x −1 3y y − 1
(a) + (b) −
2 4 4 2
z x+2 1 1
(c) − (d) −
2 3 3x 3y

4 2 n− p
(e) + (f) 3−
ac ab m

4 x 3 y2 x2 b c
(g) − (h) a+ −
8x y2 4 ca ab

3ab ab ab 2 y + 1 3y − 2 y
(i) − − (j) − +
5x 2 x 10 x 5 10 2
b+4 b b−3 a a 3a
(k) − + (l) + −
6 3 12 2 3 8
c − 1 2c + 3 2y − 3 y − 2
(m) − (n) +
5 3 3 4
a +1 a +1 a e−4
(o) − − (p) +1
5 10 15 5
2 3 1 1
(q) ( x − y) − ( x + y) (r) +
3 5 3x 5x
3. Simplify the following algebraic fractions.
x x− 3 x − 4 2x − y x − y
(a) + − (b) +
2 3 4 2 3
x + y x + 5y 5x − 4 y 2 x − 3y x − 6 y 5 x + 6 y
(c) − + (d) − +
2 4 8 5 10 15

4. Express the following as fractions with a single denominator.

1+ x x −5 1 2
(a) + (b) −
3 6 3x 5y

x +1 x −3 2( x + y) 3( x − 3 y)
(c) − (d) +
2 3 x 5x
5 7 1 2
(e) − (f) −
x−y y−x a a+b

x 1 x−2
(g) − (h) 3−
a−b b−a 3x

5. Simplify:
c c x 2x
(a) − (b) +
3 6 10 5
y 3 2x x − 1
(c) + (d) +
2 4 3 5
2 x + 3 3x − 2 u − 2 2u + 3
(e) − (f) +
4 12 3 9
1 1
(g) v+ (h) 2y +
v y

2 1 1
(i) m− (j) +
3m 6 x 3x
1 3 3 2
(k) + (l) −
2x 4x 4y y

1 1 1 5
(m) − (n) +
2 x−2 m mn

1 2 8 3
(o) + (p) −
p + q 3 p + 3q x + y 4x + 4y

7 2 5 1
(q) + (r) +
x − y 5x − 5y r − t 3r − 3t

3 2 5 7
(s) − (t) +
x +1 x −1 x−2 x+3
 1 4 2 6
(u) + (v) +
x + 2 x −1 x−2 x−3

x 3( x − 2) 2 y + 3 2( y − 1)
(w) + (x) −
4 5 3 7

6. Simplify fully

(2 x y )
3 5
(a)

x2 – 4x
(b)
x2 – 6x + 8
(Edexcel)
3 Angle Geometry
3.1 Measuring Angles
1. Using a protractor, measure the marked angles.
(a) (b)

(c) (d)

(e) (f)

2. Draw angles with the following sizes.

(a) 22° (b) 75° (c) 120° (d) 90°
(e) 153° (f) 45° (g) 180° (h) 62°

3. Measure these angles.

(a) (b)
4. Draw angles with the following sizes.
(a) 195° (b) 330° (c) 262°

5. For each triangle, measure each angle and add up the three angles obtained.

(a) (b) (c)

What do you conclude?

6. For each quadrilateral, measure all the interior angles and find the sum.

(a) (b) (c)

7. The diagram shows a triangle drawn on a grid of centimetre squares.

(a) Give the special name of this type of triangle.

(b) Measure the size of the angle marked with the letter A.
(c) What type of angle have you measured?
(Edexcel)
3.1

8. Here is a list of words connected with angles.

Acute Full-turn Obtuse

Reflex Right Straight

Choose the correct word to describe each of these angles.

(a) (b)

(c) (d)

(AQA)

9. The diagram shows an eight-sided shape.

A B

H C

G D

F E

(a) What name is given to an eight-sided shape?

(b) Which line is parallel to BC?
(c) (i) Measure accurately the length of line AB.
(ii) Write down the length of line AB to the nearest centimetre.
(d) (i) What type of angle is angle F?
(ii) Measure accurately the size of angle F.
(AQA)
3.2 Line and Rotational Symmetry
1. Copy each shape below, mark all lines of symmetry and state the order of rotational
symmetry.
(a) (b) (c)

(d) (e) (f)

(g) (h) (i)

2. Copy and complete each shape below so that they have line symmetry but no
rotational symmetry. Mark your lines of symmetry.

(a) (b) (c)

3. Copy and complete each shape below so that they have rotational symmetry but no
line symmetry. In each case state the order of rotational symmetry.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

3.2

4. Copy and complete each of the following shapes, so that they have both rotational
and line symmetry. In each case draw the lines of symmetry and state the order of
the rotational symmetry.
(a) (b)

(c) (d)

5. Draw a shape with exactly 5 lines of symmetry.

 3 Angle Geometry
3.3 Angle Geometry
1. Calculate the size of the angles marked with a letter in each diagram. None to scale

(a) 70˚ (b) (c) 54˚

20˚

b
a 65˚ 25˚ c 36˚

(d) (e) (f)

30˚
56˚ 40˚
e 70˚
d
60˚ 70˚
62˚ g
f

(g) (h) j (i) k

h
22˚ l
33˚
35˚
i

(j) (k) (l)

51˚

n
105˚
Pp
o
O
60˚ 80˚
33˚
m

(m) (n) s (o)

35˚ 99˚
u
v
121˚
51˚ 33˚
q r 100˚ t
72˚

2. Find the angles marked with a letter in each rectangle below.

(a) (b) (c)

a
45˚
20˚

50˚ c
b
3. The framework of a symmetrical roof is illustrated below. OA is perpendicular to
BOC. A
c

40˚
a
B C
O
Find the size of the angles marked a, b and c.

4. Write down an equation that is satisfied in each of the following diagrams.

In each case, solve the equation for x.
2x
(a) (b)
x
6x

2x
2x

(c) 5x (d)
6x
2x
x
4x
4x 3x 5x

(e) (f)
90 + x

x 5x
x
x 3x

R
Q.5 PQ and RS are straight lines.
Q
Work out the value of y.

125 y Not drawn accurately

34

P (AQA)
S
6. This triangle has two equal sides.
b Not drawn
(a) What name is given to this type of triangle? accurately
(b) Find the values of a and b. 70 a
(AQA)

7. ABC is an isosceles triangle. BCDE is a kite.

A
Work out the value of x. D 40
x
C
E Not drawn accurately

40
(AQA)
B
3.4 Angles with Parallel and Intersecting Lines
1. Calculate the unknown angles in the following diagrams.

(a) (b) (c)

37˚
45˚
b a 60˚
e
35˚
31˚ c d 69˚

(d) (e) (f)

142˚ 27˚ a

f g

h 290º
114˚ 15˚
68˚

(g) (h) (i)

63˚
50˚ 45˚
f
70˚
38˚
e
32˚ b a
d
p
 (j) (k) (l)
67˚ 25˚
e
m
85˚
e 80˚
57˚
f
g

(m) (n) (o)

82˚

s 40˚ x
140˚
65˚ 120˚ 265˚

x
(p) (q) (r)
p

83˚ b 112˚

100˚ a
69˚ e c
a 72˚
110˚

(s) (t)

313˚
27˚

x
46˚ 56˚
x y

2. For each diagram, find an equation in x, and hence solve for x.

(a) (b)

x 5x

7x

2x

(c)
5x

4x
3. Find the values of the unknown angles in each of the following.

(a) 126˚ (b) b

a 66˚

28˚ 154˚

(c) c (d) a

284˚ 284˚

38˚ 137˚

(e) (f)
72˚
4e 3e g
f 131˚
5e

D C
4. ABCD is a rhombus. 27˚

Angle BDC = 27° O

The diagonals AC and BD cross at O.

Calculate the size of the angle ADC. A B

5. The pentagon ABCDE is the frame for Ibrahim's mountain bike. E

ABC is an isosceles triangle in which Not to scale

A
AB = BC and angle BCA = 65° . D

In the quadrilateral ACDE angle ACD = 70° ,

angle CAE = 90° and AC is parallel to ED.
65˚ 70˚
B C
(a) (i) Calculate the size of angle ABC.
(ii) What facts about the angles of a triangle did you use in your
calculation?
(b) Calculate the size of the angle CDE.
(MEG)
6. The lines AB and CD are parallel. B
Not drawn
p accurately
r D
40
A
q

50
C

(a) Write down the value of p. Give a reason for your answer.
(b) Write down the value of q. Give a reason for your answer.
(c) Work out the value of r.
(AQA)

7. PQR and STUV are parallel straight lines.

Q
P R
38

Diagram not
accurately drawn

x
S V
T U

Work out the value of the angle marked x ° . Give reasons for your answer.
(Edexcel)
3.5 Angle Symmetry in Polygons
1. Find the sum of the interior angles of
(a) a quadrilateral (b) a pentagon.

2. Find the size of each interior angle of

(a) a regular hexagon (b) a regular nonagon.

3. Find the number of sides of a polygon if the sum of its interior angles is
(a) 1800° (b) 1080° .

4. Each interior angle of a regular polygon is 140° . Find the number of sides of the
polygon.

5. Each interior angle of a regular n-gon is 168° . What is the value of n?

6. Find the value of x in each of the following diagrams.
108˚
(a) 110˚ x (b) (c)
84˚ 2x 5x
4x

4x
78˚ 78˚
x
62˚ 102˚ 4x

(d) (e) (f)

x
107˚ 114˚ 93˚ 142˚
128˚

x
x 122˚ 104˚

x 133˚
x
3x 4x
121˚

7. The angles of a quadrilaterial are 3x, 4x, 5x and 6x.

(a) Find x. (b) What are the angles in degrees?

8.

(a) For each diagram above, show three different ways of shading parts of the
shapes so that they have line symmetry but no rotational symmetry.
(b) Shade sections of one shape so that it has rotational symmetry of order 2 but
no lines of symmetry. Is it possible to do this for both shapes?
(c) Repeat (b) for rotational symmetry of order 3.
(d) Repeat (b) for rotational symmetry of order 4.

9. (a) A regular polygon has an interior angle of 175° .

How many sides does it have?
(b) A second regular polygon has an interior angle which is 1° smaller.
How many sides does it have?
(c) Is it possible for a regular polygon to have an interior angle of 173° ?
10. (a) The diagram shows part of a tiling pattern of regular pentagons and another
shape.

x
108˚

(i) Which of the following correctly describes the shaded shape:

square, rhombus, trapezium, rectangle, parallelogram, kite?
(ii) Calculate the size of the angle marked x.
(iii) A regular pentagon has rotational symmetry. What is the order of
rotational symmetry of a regular pentagon?

(b) Another tiling pattern is formed using regular octagons and squares, as
shown.

Calculate the size of the angle marked y.

(c) Draw a tiling pattern using regular hexagons only. You must draw at least
five hexagons.
(SEG

11. The diagram shows part of a regular polygon. Each interior angle is 144° .

Not drawn accurately

144

Calculate the size of the exterior angle of the polygon.

(AQA)
12. The diagram shows a 6-sided shape, ABCDEF. All the sides of the shape are equal
in length.
F E
Diagram not
accurately drawn

A x D

y
B C

(a) (i) Find the value of x. (ii) Give a reason for your answer.
(b) Work out the value of y.
(Edexcel)
13. (a) ABCD is a quadrilateral. The side DC is extended to E.
Work out the value of x. B
50
Not drawn accurately
A 75

125 x
D C E

(b) Calculate the size of the exterior angle Not drawn

of a regular hexagon. accurately

(AQA)
3.6 Symmetry Properties of 3D Shapes
1. The following solids have rotational symmetry.
For each of them, state the order of rotational symmetry about the given axis.

(a) (b)

(c)
2. For each of the following prisms, draw an axis so that the order of rotational
symmetry about that axis is 2.
(a) (b) (c)

3. In the given prism, the cross-section is in the shape of a

regular pentagon. Draw
(a) an axis ST so that the order of rotational symmetry
about ST is 2;
(b) an axis XY so that the order of rotational symmetry
about XY is 5.

4. State the order of rotational symmetry about each of the axes shown.
All the 12 edges of the solid are equal in length.

(a) (b) (c)

P
5.

R S

For the solid above, find the order of its rotational symmetry about
(a) PQ (b) RS.
6. (a) A cube has 9 planes of symmetry. Draw diagrams to show these planes.
(b) A cube has 3 axes of rotational symmetry of order 4.
Draw diagrams to show these axes.
(c) The diagram of a cube opposite shows one
axis of rotational symmetry of order 3.
There are 3 other axes with the same order.
Draw diagrams to show these axes.
(d) There are 6 axes with symmetry of order 2.
Draw diagrams to show these axes.

7. Draw a solid that has one axis of symmetry and rotational symmetry of order 5
about the axis.
3.7 Compass Bearings
1. The map below shows the positions of some villages.

Bragfoot Harcombe N

W E

Sheepwash Cove

West Leigh
Bratton

Scale: 2 miles to 1 cm

(a) Which village is due north of Sheepwash?

(b) Which village is due west of Cove?
(c) What is the compass direction of Sheepwash from West Leigh?
(d) How many miles is
(i) Bratton from Cove (ii) Harcombe from Bragfoot?
(e) Make a tracing of the map and mark the positions of
(i) Darley, which is 3 miles due south of Harcombe,
(ii) Lee, which is 4 miles south east of Bragfoot.
2. For each of the following, write down the bearing of B from A.

(a) North (b) North (c) North (d) North

B
B
70˚
60˚
A 140˚ A 160˚ A A

B
North B
3. What is the bearing of
(a) Q from P
(b) P from Q?
106˚
P
North Q

4. What is the bearing of

T (a) T from S
60˚ (b) S from T?
S

5. Draw a diagram with 4 towns marked, so that that three of the towns are
equidistant from the fourth town, P, and have bearings from P of
(a) 036° (b) 132° (c) 265° .

North
6.
A field is in the shape of a square, with corners W, X, Y and Z.
The bearing of Y from Z is 135° .
Z 135˚
Find the bearing of
W Y (a) Y from X (b) W from Z.

North
7. What is the bearing of
A
(a) Q from O (b) B from O
(c) O from A (d) O from B? B
55˚
25˚
O
8. The figure shows the positions of P, Q and R. North
What is the bearing of Q
(a) Q from P (b) P from Q 100˚
(c) R from P (d) P from R R
(e) Q from R (f) R from Q? 36˚
37˚
P

9. A point B is 280 m due North of the point A.

A man walks from A in the direction 050° .
Calculate how far he walks before he is
(a) equidistant from A and B, (b) as close as possible to B,
(c) due east of B.

10. The diagram shows a scale drawing of one side, AB, of a triangular field, ABC.

Scale: 1 cm represents 50 m

(a) Use the diagram to calculate the actual distance fron A to B.

(b) Measure and write down the three figure bearing of B from A.
(c) The bearing of C from A is 130° .
The actual distance from A to C is 350 metres.
Mark the point C on a copy of the diagram.
(AQA)
3.8 Angles and Circles 1
1. Find the angles marked with a letter in each of the following diagrams. (In each
case O is the centre of the circle.)

(a) a (b)
c 32˚
55˚

O
b O

a b
62˚

(c) (d)
e d

O b a b 72˚ c
d e O
c

57˚ a

(e) (f)
c

O b O c
25˚ b
a
80˚ 50˚
a

2. Find the angles marked with a letter in each diagram below. (In each case O is the
centre of the circle.)

(a)

B
30˚
O
a

A
AB is a tangent
 (b) B

70˚ b
O

A a
C
AB and AC are tangents

3. Find the angles marked with letters in each of the following diagrams. (In each
case O is the centre of the circle.)

(a) (b)

O O b
a 105˚

37˚ b a

(c) (d)

O 39˚ O
61˚
b
52˚
b
a a

4. Find the diameter of each circle below. (In each case O is the centre of the
circle.
7
(a) 8 6 (b)
O
8
O

(c)
25
O B

24

B
5. In the diagram, lines ABC and ED are parallel. D
Not to scale
EOB is a diameter of the circle,
centre O.
C
Angle OED = 35° 35 x y
E B
O
(a) Find the size of
(i) angle x z
ii) angle y A
(b) Write down the size of angle z. Give a reason for your answer.
(OCR)
3.9 Angles and Circles 2
1. In each of the following circles, find the angles marked with letters.

(a) (b) (c)

f 40˚
a
22˚ 75˚
d
28˚

h
b 48˚
31˚ c g

2. In each of the following circles, O is the centre. Find the angles marked with a
letter.

(a) (b) (c)

x
25˚

O 110˚ O
O
O 240˚
a p

3. In each of the following figures, find the value of x. In each case, O is the centre of
the circle .

(a) (b) (c)

x
40˚

x
O
O O
O O
40˚
x 60˚
(d) (e) (f)

O 40˚ O
O x x O
O
110˚

(g) (h) (i)

40˚

x O 230˚
O O O
O

x
x

(j) (k) (l)

x
x

O 70˚ O
50˚ O 98˚
x 21˚

(m) (n) (o)

x
x
30˚

O 80˚
O O
30˚
x 50˚

(p) (q) (r)

110˚
x 20˚
x

O
100˚
x
68˚
70˚
4. In the diagram, AB is a diameter of the circle. A
Given that
angle BAP = 24° 24˚

and angle BPA = 35° ,

O
find angle BQX. Q

X 35˚
B P

5. In the diagram, A

ˆ = 25°
APC B
and ˆ = 16° .
BCD
X
25˚ P
ˆ .
Find AXB 16˚ D
C

D
6. In the diagram,
ˆ = 54°
ADB 54˚
C
ˆ = 58°
ACD 58˚

and ˆ = 80° .
CBP
80˚
ˆ . A P
Find APD B

7. In the diagram, O is the centre of the circle. C

AB ad CD intersect outside the circle at P. D
P
Given that 32˚ O
84˚
ˆ = 84°
AOC B
and ˆ = 32° ,
BOD A
ˆ .
find APC

8. In the diagram, O is the centre of the circle. D

Chords AB and CD intersect inside the circle at P.
OB is perpendicular to CD.
Given that O 59˚
B
81˚
ˆ = 81° and ˆ = 59° , P
AOC BOD
ˆ .
find APC A
C
9. In the diagram, B

AB = BC
A
54˚
CD = DA
and ˆ = 54° .
BAC

ˆ .
Find the value of ACD
D
C

10. In the diagram,

A B
ˆ = 65°
DAC
65˚
ˆ = 41°
ACB
and ˆ = 27° .
BDC 41˚

27˚ C
ˆ .
Find ABD D

R
11. Q
In the diagram, O is the centre of the circle
and RPS ˆ = 40° .
40˚
P S
O
ˆ and ORS
Calculate PQR ˆ .

12. In the figure, O is the centre of the circle, ABC.

Given that CAO ˆ = 20° and CBO ˆ = 30° , O
ˆ . 20˚
find ACB 30˚

A B

13. A, B, C and D are points on a circle. AB is equal in length and parallel to CD.
Lines AD and BC intersect at E. Angle EDC = 35°

B (a) Write down the size of angle ABE.

Not to scale Give a reason for your answer.
(b) (i) Find the size of angle AEC.
E D
A 35 Show all your working clearly.
(ii) What does this tell you about
point E?
C Give a reason for your answer.
(OCR)
3.10 Circles and Tangents
1. Given that PAT is a tangent to the circle with centre O, find the values of x, y and z.

(a) (b)
y

x
O O

70˚ 40˚ x
T A P T A P

(c) (d)
y z
y
z
36˚
O O

x 34˚
68˚ 62˚ x
T A P T A P
P
(e) (f)
44˚

O
O A
30˚
55˚
x y
x y
T A P

T
2. In the diagram, AB is the tangent to the circle at P and PX is a diameter.
Given that BPQˆ = 42° , find PQ̂X , PXQ ˆ and XPQ ˆ .

O Q

42˚
A B
P
3. In the diagram, O is the centre of the circle. AB is the tangent to the circle at X,
CXBˆ = 60° and CXD ˆ = 22° . What is the size of XCD ˆ ?

22˚

60˚
A B
X

4. ˆ = 30°
In the diagram, ATB is the tangent to the circle at point T. Given that PNM
and TMP ˆ = 97° , find MTBˆ .
P

N 33˚
97˚ M
O

A B
T

5. Given that PAT is a tangent at A to the circle with the centre O, find the value of x
and of y in each case.
(a) (b)
x

x
O O

y
24˚
y
25˚ 32˚
T P T P
A A
(c) (d)

y x

O O 38˚

46˚

33˚ x y
T P T P
A A
 (e) (f)

38˚
x
O
O y

10˚
y 72˚ x 65˚
T P T P
A A

(g) (h) y

x
O
x O
28˚

64˚ y 38˚
T P T P
A A
(i)

32˚

x
T P
A

6. Given that PA and PB are tangents to the circle with centre O, find the value of x
and of y in each case.

(a)
B

O x 20˚
P

A
(b)
B
y

O 22˚
x P

A (c)
B

O x y 48˚ P

(d) A
B

3 cm x cm

O 50˚ P

A
(e)
B
x

O 72˚ P

(f) A
B

O 150˚ y P
x

A
7. Find the length x in each case.
(a) (b)
2.4 cm
x 1.7 cm
5.2 cm
3.2 cm
1.8 cm
x 3.8 cm

(c) A

x B
6 cm

C TC is a tangent.

8 cm

(d)
T

7 cm

A C TC is a tangent.
x B 3 cm

8. If BP = 8 cm, DC = 7 cm and CP = 9 cm, calculate the lengths of

(a) chord AB
(b) tangent PT. A T

P
C
D
9. STP is a tangent to the circle, centre O. Q is a point on the circumference of the
circle. OQP is a straight line. OP = 26 cm and TP = 24 cm.

S T P

Q Diagram not
accurately drawn

(a) Angle OTP = 90° Give a reason why.

(b) Work out the radius OQ of the circle.
(c) Work out the area of the circle. Give your answer correct to 3 significant
figures.
(Edexcel)
B
10. In the diagram, A, B and C are points
on the circumference of a circle,
centre O. 50 P
O
PA and PB are tangents to the circle.
C
Angle POB = 50° .
(a) (i) Work out the size of angle BPO. A Diagram not
accurately drawn
(ii) Give a reason for your answer.
(b) (i) Work out the size of angle ACB.
(ii) Give a reason for your answer.
(Edexcel)
B
11. A, B and C are points on the circumference
Not drawn
of a circle with centre O. accurately
BD and CD are tangents. A q
O p
Angle BDC = 40° . 40 D

(a) (i) Work out the value of p.

(ii) Hence write down the
C
value of q. T
(b) The tangent DB is extended to T.
62
B
The line AO is added to the diagram. Not drawn
accurately
Angle TBA = 62° .
A x
(i) Work out the value of x. O
40 D
(ii) Work out the value of y.
y

C (AQA)
12. (a)
Not drawn
accurately
O is the centre of the circle.
72 a
Calculate the value of a.
O

B
(b) O is the centre of the circle. Not drawn x
accurately
A, B, C and D are points on the
circumference.
O
Angle AOC = 126° 126
(i) Calculate the value of x. A
C
(ii) Calculate the value of y. y
D
(c) P, Q and R are points on the circumference of the circle.
NPT is the tangent to the circle at P.

Q Not drawn
accurately

70 R

z 52
N P T

Calculate the value of z. Give a reason for each step of your working.
(AQA)
4 Trigonometry
4.1 Squares and Triangles
1. For each of the triangles below state whether they are scalene, isosceles or
equilateral.
(a) (b)
7

6
45˚
6

(c) (d)
60˚ 9

11
60˚
4

2. Find the area of a square of side

(a) 3 cm (b) 2m (c) 10 mm

3. Find the length of the sides of a square that has area

(a) 49 cm2 (b) 36 m2 (c) 10000 mm2

4. How many squares of 1 cm2 can be cut from a square of side 10 cm?
4.2 Pythagoras' Theorem
1. For each of the following, find the length of the hypotenuse, giving your answer
correct to 1 decimal place.
(a) (b)

7 cm 7 cm
7 cm

8 cm
11 cm
(c) (d)

4 cm 1m
5m
4.2
2. Find the length of the side marked r in each triangle.
(a) (b) 1.5 cm

39 m

r r 2.5 cm

15 m

(c) r (d)
26 m
12 cm
r
15 cm
10 m

3. For each of the following triangles, find the length of the side marked s. Give your
answer correct to 1 decimal place.
(a) (b)
s 1.2 cm
s

4.7 cm
12.2 cm

(c) 1 cm (d)
4 cm 2.2 cm
s
s
7 mm

3 mm

(e) (f)
12 cm
3 cm
6.6 cm

s 8.8 cm

s
 A
4. Find the height of an equilateral triangle
ABC of side 2 cm.

B C
1 cm 1 cm

5. What is the length of the longest side of the

sail of the boat?

5.4 m ?

3.8 m

6. A ladder of length 4 metres rests with one

end on horizontal ground and the other end
against a vertical wall. If it reaches a point
on the wall 3.5 metres above the ground,
how far is its foot from the wall? Wall

4m
3.5 m

7. Find the height h of the structure.

h 45 m

36 m

8. Which rectangle has the longer diagonal?

D C

4m H G
1m
E 8m F

A 7m B
4.2
9. The diagram shows a pendulum AB of length 16 cm. AC is a vertical line passing
through A such that AC = 9.4 cm and ACBˆ = 90° . Find BC, giving your answer
correct to 3 significant figures.
A

16 cm
9.4 cm

B C

10. ABC is a right-angled triangle. AB = 15 cm and AC = 17 cm

A 15 cm B

Not drawn accurately

17 cm

Calculate the length of the side BC. C

(AQA)
4.3 Further Work with Pythagoras' Theorem
1. Calculate the lengths x and y in these diagrams. Give your answers correct to
1 decimal place where appropriate. All dimensions are given in cm.
(a) (b) y
y

1 x
10
x 1
9
1
8

(c) (d)
y
4.2
y 8
x x
3.8
6.4
6 4

(e) y
(f)

18.5 y 5
9
22.5
x
21.3 4 x
2. In the given diagram, calculate AB, giving A
your answer correct to 2 decimal places.

4m 12 m
B C

3. Calculate the length q.

4m D 7m E

13 m

10 m

5m q

4. The diagonals of a rhombus are of lengths 9 cm and 13 cm. Find the lengths of its
sides, giving your answer correct to 1 decimal place.

5. A ladder of length 6 metres was placed on

horizontal ground and it leaned against a
vertical wall. If the ladder reached
5.1 metres up the wall, how far from the
wall was the foot of the ladder?
6m Wall
5.1 m
The foot of the ladder then slipped a
distance of 0.5 metres from its original
position. How far up the wall did the ladder
reach? Give both answers to 1 decimal
place.

6. Calculate PQ in the following diagrams. Give your answers correct to 1 decimal

place.
(a) (b) Q
P 8 cm S

6 cm
16 cm
20 cm

Q R
11 cm
P
O R 7 cm
4.3

7. In ∆STU, SU = 24 cm, ST = 26 cm, T

ˆ = 90° and V is the foot of the
TUS
V
perpendicular from U to ST. Calculate 26 cm

(a) TU
(b) the area of ∆STU
(c) UV. S U
24 cm
Give your answer to (c) correct to 1 decimal place.
4 Trigonometry
4.4 Sine, Cosine and Tangent
1. For each of the following triangles, all dimensions are in cm. Find the tangent ratio
of the shaded angle.
2
(a) (b) c
b
4
2
2

4
(c) 1
(d) k
f
2
5

2. Find each of the following, giving your answer correct to 3 decimal places.
(a) tan 36° (b) tan 42° (c) tan 55°
(d) tan17° (e) tan 68° (f) tan 73°
(g) tan 67.4° (h) tan 75.5° (i) tan 81.2°
(j) tan 89.3° (k) tan 16.9° (l) tan 26.2°

3. Find the size of angle x in each of the following. Give your answer correct to
1 decimal place.
(a) tan x = 0.3 (b) tan x = 0.4 (c) tan x = 0.8
(d) tan x = 1.3 (e) tan x = 1.5 (f) tan x = 2
(g) tan x = 2.5 (h) tan x = 3.3 (i) tan x = 4.5
(j) tan x = 5.8 (k) tan x = 100.4 (l) tan x = 233.5

4. For each of the following triangles, all dimensions are in cm. Find the sine ratio of
the shaded angle. Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.
(a) (b)
9 x 2

x
3
3

x
10
(c) (d) 14

12
x
11
5. Find the value of each of the following. Give your answer correct to 3 decimal
places.
(a) sin 22° (b) sin 76° (c) sin 19.6°
(d) sin 39.2° (e) sin 61.3° (f) sin 85.7°
(g) sin 44.9° (h) sin 50.4° (i) sin 67.1°
(j) sin 79.3° (k) sin 81.2° (l) sin 29.6°

6. Find the size of angle x in each of the following. Give your answer correct to
1 decimal place.
(a) sin x = 0.31 (b) sin x = 0.27 (c) sin x = 0.46
(d) sin x = 0.64 (e) sin x = 0.189 (f) sin x = 0.986
(g) sin x = 0.497 (h) sin x = 0.721 (i) sin x = 0.584
(j) sin x = 0.842 (k) sin x = 0.992 (l) sin x = 0.999

7. For each of the following triangles, all dimensions are in cm. Find the cosine ratio
of the shaded angle. Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.
(a) (b)
6 4
x
x 14
9

(c) 12 (d)
x
3
x 8
9

8. Find the value of each of the following. Give your answer correct to 3 decimal
places.
(a) cos 29° (b) cos 48° (c) cos30°
(d) cos 69° (e) cos 80.2° (f) cos 54.7°
(g) cos 79.3° (h) cos 35.5° (i) cos 43.8°
(j) cos 56.2° (k) cos 61.2° (l) cos 83.8°

9. Find the size of angle x in each of the following. Give your answer correct to
1 decimal place.
(a) cos x = 0.33 (b) cos x = 0.26 (c) cos x = 0.51
(d) cos x = 0.37 (e) cos x = 0.016 (f) cos x = 0.998
(g) cos x = 0.305 (h) cos x = 0.816 (i) cos x = 0.538
(j) cos x = 0.276 (k) cos x = 0.171 (l) cos x = 0.662
10. Write expressions for
α
sin α , cos α , tanα b
c
and
sin β , cos β , tanβ β
a
in terms of a, b and c. What do you notice
about the results?
4.5 Finding Lengths in Right Angled
Triangles
1. In each of the following find the length of y, giving your answer correct to
2 decimal places.
(a) 9 cm (b) y
y
43˚
70˚
16.6 cm

57˚
(c) (d)
55 cm
y 64.4˚
4 cm

(e) (f)
28˚
36.2˚
y
y

300 cm
21 cm

2. One end of a pole, 8 metres long, reaches a 8m

corner of the ceiling of a room. If the angle Pole
made by the pole with the horizontal is 35° ,
35˚
what is the height of the ceiling? Give your
answer correct to 2 significant figures.
3. The length of the shadow of a vertical pole
is 3.42 metres long when the rays of the sun Sun's rays
are inclined at an angle of 40.5° to the
horizontal. What is the height of the pole?
Give your answer correct to 2 decimal
places. Pole

40.5˚
3.42 m
shadow

4. The diagram shows two banks of a river

which are at different levels. Points P and Q P
are on opposite sides of the river such that a
rope attached from P to Q makes an angle of
70 m
22° to the horizontal. If PQ = 70 m ,
calculate Bank
Q 22˚
(a) the width of the river,
Bank River
(b) the difference in heights of the two
banks.
Give your answers correct to the nearest
metre.

5. A path, 750 metres long, runs straight up the Path

slope of a hill. If the angle made by the path 750 m
with the horizontal is 16° , find the height of
the point at the top end of the path. Give 16˚
your answer correct to 3 significant figures.

6. A ladder is placed on horizontal ground with

its foot 2 metres from a vertical wall. If the
ladder makes an angle of 50° with the
ground, find Wall
(a) the length of the ladder,
(b) how far up the wall it reaches.
50˚
Give your answers correct to 1 decimal place. 2m

7. One end of a rope of length 45 metres is tied

to a point on the ground and the other end to
the top of an antenna. When the rope is taut, 45 m
its inclination to the horizontal is 48° . Find,
correct to 3 significant figures, the distance
of the top of the antenna from the ground.
48˚
8. A wire 18 metres long runs from the top of a
pole to the ground as shown in the diagram.
The wire makes an angle of 35° with the 18 m
ground.
Calculate the height of the pole. 35˚
Give your answer to a reasonable degree of
accuracy.
(NEAB)
9. ABC is a right-angled triangle. B C

AB = 60 m
60 m
Angle BAC = 32° Not drawn accurately
32
Find the length of BC.
A (AQA)
10. ABC and ADE are similar triangles.
E Not drawn
BC = 1.5 m, DE = 9 cm, AB = 2 cm accurately
Calculate the length of BD. C 9 cm
1.5 cm
2 cm D
A B (AQA)
4.6 Finding Angles in Right Angled Triangles
1. In each of the following find angle x, giving your answer correct to 1 decimal place.
(a) (b) 34 cm
12 cm
x
5 cm
30 cm

3.4 cm
x x
(c) (d)
10 cm
15 cm
5.2 cm

(e) (f)
40 cm
x 18.6 cm
x
52 cm
27.8
2. The diagram shows a roofing frame ABCD.
AB = 7 m, BC = 5 m, DB = 3 m , angle ABD = angle DBC = 90° .
D

3m

A C
7m B 5m

(a) Calculate the length of AD.

(b) Calculate the size of angle DCB.
Man
(MEG)
3. From the top of a building a man sights a
pedestrian on the street below at a distance
of 48 metres away. The pedestrian is
34.5 metres away from the foot of the 48 m
building. Find the angle of depression of the
pedestrian from the man, correct to the
nearest degree.
Pedestrian
34.5 m

4. Find all unknown angles and lengths for each triangle. Give your answers correct
to the nearest cm or degree.
D
(a) B (b) 13 cm
8 cm
F
A 4 cm

C
26 cm

(c) G (d) L
33 cm

I 2.8 cm

24 cm J K
7.5 cm
H
4.7 Mixed Problems with Trigonometry
1. The angle of elevation of a radio-controlled
model aeroplane from the transmitter on the
ground is 32° . If the aeroplane is 1200 m
1200 metres from the transmitter, find the
(a) height of the aeroplane from the Transmitter 32˚
ground,
(b) horizontal distance of the aeroplane
rom the transmitter.

2. A weather balloon is at a height of 900

metres. The angle of elevation of the
balloon from an observer on the field is 42° . 900 m
What is the distance of the balloon from the
observer, correct to the nearest metre?
Observer 42˚

3. The angle of elevation of the top of a

building, 13 metres high, from an observer
at point A on the ground is 54° . 13 m
building
(a) How far is he from the base
of the building, correct to the
nearest metre? 54˚ 27˚
A B
(b) If he walks further away from the building to a point B such that the angle of
elevation is halved, find the distance AB correct to the nearest metre.

4. In each of the following cases, find the labelled side or angle. Give each answer
correct to the nearest cm or degree.
(a) 10 cm (b) 20 cm
q

6 cm 7 cm 10 cm

p 14 cm

(c) 12˚ (d)

25˚

30 cm 17 cm

12 cm

x
y
5. The diagram shows the positions of three
airports: L
North
E (East Midlands)
65 km
M (Manchester) and
L (Leeds). 60˚
The distance from M to L is 65 km on a M
bearing of 060° .
Angle LME = 90° and ME = 100 km .
(a) Calculate, correct to three significant 100 km
figures, the distance LE.
(b) Calculate, to the nearest degree, the E
bearing of E from L.
(c) An aircraft leaves M at 10.45 a.m. and flies direct to E, arriving at 11.03 a.m.
Calculate the average speed of the aircraft in kilometres per hour. Give your
answer correct to the appropriate number of significant figures.
(MEG)
B
6. The diagram shows a symmetrical framework
for a bridge.
AC = 100 m, AB = BC = 70 m . E F
(a) (i) Calculate the angle BAD.
(ii) Calculate the length ED.
A C
D

A similar framework is made with the length corresponding to AC = 180 m .

(b) (i) Calculate the length corresponding to AB.
(ii) What is the size of the angle corresponding to angle BAD?

7. A yacht is moored to the side of a quay by a

rope 3 metres long. The rope is tied to the
yacht at R and the quay at T. T
At low tide, when the yacht is as far away
from the quay as possible, the rope makes an
angle of 64° with the horizontal, as shown. 3m

(a) Calculate the vertical distance of R R 64˚

below T when the yacht is in this
position. Give your answer correct to
one decimal place.
At high tide, the water level at the quay is 1.6 metres higher than at low tide.
(b) At high tide, when the yacht is as far away from the quay as possible,
calculate the distance from R to the side of the quay.
(SEG)
8. When an aeroplane takes off, its ascent is in two stages. These two stages are
shown in the diagram below as AB and BC.
C

B 7˚ 35 000 feet

A 15˚
12 miles
Ground Distance

1 mile = 5280 feet

(a) In the first stage the aeroplane climbs at an angle of 15° to the horizontal.
Calculate the height it has reached when it has covered a ground distance of
12 miles. Give your answer correct to the nearest thousand feet.
(b) In the second stage the aeroplane climbs at an angle of 7° to the horizontal.
At the end of its ascent it has reached a height of 35 000 feet above the
ground. Calculate the total distance it has covered. Give your answer to a
reasonable degree of accuracy.
(NEAB)

9. Paul's ladder is 4 metres long. C

(a) Paul leans his ladder against a vertical
wall, with the end, A, on horizontal
ground. The angle between the ladder
4m Wall
and the ground is 70° .
Calculate the distance of A from the
wall.
A 70˚
B

C
(b) Pamela moves the ladder and uses it to reach
a windowsill which is 3.8 metres above the
ground.
For safely, the angle between the ladder and 4m 3.8 m
the ground should be within 2° of 70° .
Is the ladder safely placed?
A
You must show some calculation to
B
explain your answer.
10. AD = 4 cm, BC = 6 cm, angle BCD = 35° . B

BD is perpendicular to AC.
6 cm

35˚
(a) Calculate BD. A C
4 cm D
(b) Calculate angle BAC.
(c) Triangle A ′B′ C ′ is similar to triangle ABC.
The area of triangle A ′B′ C ′ is nine times the area of triangle ABC.
(i) What is the size of angle A ′B′ C ′ ? (ii) Work out the length of B′ C ′ .

11. (a) A tall vertical fence GY is supported by a Y

post AB which is 3.5 m long as shown. Not to scale
A
The foot of the post is 1.1 m from the fence
on horizontal gound XG.
3.5 m
(i) Calculate the length of AG.
(ii) To be safe, the post must make an angle
G 1.1 m B X
of at least 70° with the ground.
Is the post safe? Show the calculations you make.
(b) Another post makes an angle of 78° with the ground. Its foot is also 1.1 m
from the fence. What is the length of this angled post?
(OCR)
12. (a) ABC is a right-angled triangle. c) ABC and ACD are right-angled
AC = 19 cm and AB = 9 cm. triangles.
AD is parallel to BC.
A Not to scale
AB = 12 cm, BC = 5 cm
19 cm
and AD = 33.8 cm.
9 cm
D

B C

Calculate the length of BC. Not to scale

(b) PQR is a right-angled triangle. 33.8 cm

PQ = 11 cm and QR = 24 cm.
P
Not to scale C
5 cm
11 cm
A 12 cm B
Q 24 cm R
Calculate the size of angle ADC.
Calculate the size of angle PRQ. (AQA)
 IM4PB_37e168

4.8 Sine and Cosine Rules

1. Find the side marked with a letter in each triangle below.
(a) (b)
34.3˚
s 69˚
16 cm
37˚ 40 cm q
58˚

(c) (d) 62 cm
78 cm 75˚
w

110˚ 30˚
n

55˚

2. Find the shaded angles in the triangles shown.

(a) F (b)

D 54 cm
E
E 43˚
22 cm 32 cm
19 cm 125˚
F
G U
(c) (d)
X
108˚ 46 cm
18 cm

Z 93˚
S T
Y 25 cm 39 cm

B
3. Find AC in triangle ABC, given that
angle BAC = 34° , angle BCA = 75° 10
and BC = 10 cm .
75˚ C
34˚
A

Z
4. Find angle ZXY in triangle XYZ, given
that XY = 17 cm , XZ = 30 cm and angle
Y
XYZ = 40° . 30 40˚
17
X

Page 1 of 4
 IM4PB_37e168

5. The figure shows two trees, P and Q, on a P 250 m Q

bank of a river. R is another tree on the 70˚ 55˚
opposite bank.
Calculate
(a) angle PRQ,
(b) RQ.
R

6. Find the side marked with a letter in each triangle below.

(a) (b)
s

9 cm p

5 cm
140˚
60˚ 13 cm 8 cm

(c) (d)
14 cm 16 cm
w k

28˚ 30˚
16 cm 22 cm

7. Find the shaded angles in the triangles shown.

(a) C (b) Z

8 cm
7 cm 16 cm
25 cm
B
X
9 cm
A 13 cm
Y
(c) R (d)
8 cm F
Q
11 cm
15 cm
10 cm G
12 cm
20 cm
H
P

Page 2 of 4
 IM4PB_37e168

8. A parallelogram has sides of lengths 30 cm and 70 cm. One of its angles is 60° as
shown. Find the lengths of its diagonals.

30

60˚
70

9. AB is a chord of a circle, centre O and radius 7 cm. If AB = 8.6 cm , calculate

angle AOB.

O
7
8.6 B
A

10. In triangle ABC, AB = 7 cm , BC = 12 cm and angle ABC = 125° .

B
125˚
7 cm 12 cm

A C

Calculate the length of AC. Give your answer correct to 3 significant figures.
(LON)
11. A surveyor wishes to measure the height of a church.
Measuring the angle of elevation, she finds that the angle increases from 30° to
35° after walking 20 metres towards the church.

30˚ 35˚
20 m

What is the height of the church?

(SEG)

Page 3 of 4
 IM4PB_37e168

12. Two ships, A and B, leave Dover Docks at the same time.
Ship A travels at 25 km/h on a bearing of 120° .
Ship B travels at 30 km/h on a bearing of 130° .
Calculate how far apart the two ships are after 1 hour.
(SEG)
B
13. (a) ABC is a triangle.
Not drawn
AC = 19 cm, AC = 17 cm accurately
and angle BAC = 60° . 17 cm
A 60
Calculate the size of angle ABC.
19 cm
C
Q

(b) PQR is a triangle. 22 cm Not drawn

accurately
PR = 23 cm, PQ = 22 cm
and angle QPR = 48° . P 48
Calculate the length of QR. 23 cm
R (AQA)

Page 4 of 4
4.9 Angles Larger than 90°
1. Using the values
1
cos 45° = sin 45° = tan 45° = 1
2
1
cos 60° = sin 30° = tan 60° = 3
2
3 1
cos 30° = sin 60° = tan 30° =
2 3
find, without using a calculator, the value of
(a) sin135° (b) sin180° (c) sin120°
(d) cos180° (e) cos135° (f) cos 210°
(g) sin 270° (h) sin 240° (i) tan135°
(j) tan 240° (k) tan150° (l) sin 480°
(m) cos 405° (n) cos315° (o) sin 315°

2. Use a calculator, if needed, and a sketch to find all solutions in the range
−360° ≤ θ ≤ 360° of the following equations.
1
(a) cos θ = − 1 (b) sin θ = (c) sin θ = 0
2
(d) sin θ = 0.3 (e) cos θ = − 0.2 (f) sin θ = − 0.4
(g) tan θ = 1 (h) tan θ = 2 (i) cos θ = 0.8
(j) sin θ = 0.6 (k) cos θ = − 0.8 (l) sin θ = 1
3. Use a sketch to find how many solutions, in the range 0 ≤ θ ≤ 720° exist for the
equation sin θ = 0.7 . Evaluate each solution, to the nearest degree.

4. The depth of water in a harbour t hours after midday, d metres, is given by

d = 10 + 7 cos (30 t )°
(a) Draw a graph of depth against time for a 24-hour period.
(b) When is high tide and low tide?
(c) A ship needs a minimum depth of 11.5 metres to berth in the harbour. For
how long during the 24-hour period can the ship remain in the harbour?

5. In the triangle ABC, AB = 6 cm, BC = 5 cm , and angle BAC = 45° .

There are two possible triangles that can be constructed.
B

6 cm 5 cm

45
A C

Calculate the two possible values of the angle BCA. (SEG)

6. (a) The diagram shows the graph of y = cos x for 0° ≤ x ≤ 360° .

y

0 x
0˚ 90˚ 180˚ 270˚ 360˚

–1

(i) Copy the diagram and show the location of the two solutions of the
equation cos x = − 0.5 .
(ii) The angle x is between 0° and 360° .
Work out accurately the two solutions of the equation cos x = − 0.5 .

(b) On a particular day the height, h metres, of the tide at Weymouth,

relative to a certain point, can be modelled by the equation
h = 5 sin(30t )°
where t is the time in hours after midnight.
(i) Sketch the graph h against t for 0 ≤ t ≤ 12 .
(ii) Estimate the height of the tide, relative to the same point, at 2 pm that
day.
(SEG)
5 Probability
5.1 Probabilities
1. Describe the probability of the following events happening, using the terms
Certain
Very likely
Possible
Very unlikely
Impossible

(a) The next Prime Minister will be Sir Cliff Richard.

(b) It will rain tomorrow.
(c) England will win the next Football European Cup.
(d) You will be late for school tomorrow.
(e) You will have a cold next winter.
(f) You will get maths homework tonight
(g) You will get full marks in your next maths test.

2. If I toss a fair coin 50 times, how many times would you expect to get heads?

3. If I throw a fair die 60 times, how many times would you expect to get
(a) 6
(b) 1
(c) an even number?
5.2 Simple Probability
1
1. The probability that you will be late for school is .
10
What is the probability of not being late?

1
2. With a fair die, the probability of throwing a 6 is .
6
What is the probability of not throwing a 6?

2
3. The probability of it raining tomorrow is .
5
(a) What is the probability of it not raining tomorrow?
(b) Is it more likely to rain or not to rain?
4. The probability of a 'white' Christmas is 0.05.
What is the probability of it not being a 'white' Christmas?

5. The probability of Exeter City football team coming last in Division 3 next year is
estimated as 0.2.
What is the probability of Exeter City not coming last?

6. The probability of Newcastle United football team beating Manchester United is

estimated as 0.3. The probability of Manchester United beating Newcastle United
is 0.4. Why do these two probabilities not add up to 1?

7. 'The probability that Nottingham Forest will win the F.A. Cup is 1.2.'
'The probability that Birmingham City will win the F.A. Cup is –0.5.'
Explain why the value of probability in each of these statements is not possible.
(NEAB)
8. Imran plays a game of chess with his friend.
A game of chess can be won or drawn or lost.
The probability that Imran wins the game of chess is 0.3.
The probability that Imran draws the game of chess is 0.25.
Work out the probability that Imran loses the game of chess.
(Edexcel)

9. There are blue, red and yellow discs in a bag.

When a disc is picked out at random, the probability of it being red is 0.4 and the
probability of it being blue is 0.3.
(a) What is the probability of picking a yellow disc?
(b) There are 60 discs in the bag. Work out how many of them are red.
(OCR)

10. A bag contains only red, blue and white counters.

The table shows the probability of taking a red or blue counter from the bag at
random.

Colour Red Blue White

Probability 0.25 0.3

Work out the probability of taking a white counter from the bag.
(AQA)
 5 Probability
5.3 Outcome of Two Events
1. A coin is tossed, and a die is thrown. List all the possible outcomes.

2. A die is thrown twice. Copy the diagram below which shows all the possible
outcomes.

4
2nd
throw
3

1 2 3 4 5 6
1st throw

On your diagram, show outcomes which have

(a) the same number on both throws, (b) a total score of 8.

3. When this spinner is used, the scores 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5

are equally likely. 1
2

5
(a) For one spin,
3

4
(i) what is the probability of scoring a 2,
(ii) what is the probability of not scoring a 2?

(b) When playing a game the spinner is spun twice and the scores are added to
give a total.
Write down all the different ways of getting a total of 7.
(SEG)

4. The diagram shows a spinner, labelled A. A

The result shown is Blue.
d
Re
Gree

Spinner A is a fair spinner.

n

(a) What is the probability of not getting Blue

Green with spinner A?
B
The diagram shows another spinner, labelled B.
2
1

The result shown is 3.

3
Spinner B is weighted (biased).
 The probability of getting a 3 is 0.2 and the probability of getting a 1 is 0.1.
(b) What is the probability of getting a 2 with spinner B?

A game is played with the two spinners. They are spun at the same time.
The combined result shown in the diagram is Blue 3.

Gr

2
Red
ee

1
n
Blue 3

(c) Write down the total number of different possible combined results.
(LON)

5. A coin is tossed 4 times. List all the possible outcomes.

5.4 Finding Probabilities Using Relative
Frequency
1. Last year it rained on 150 days out of 365.
Estimate the probability of it raining on any one day next year.
How could your estimate be improved?

2. Throw a die 120 times. How many times would you expect to obtain the
number 6?
In an experiment, the following frequencies were obtained.

Number Frequency

1 31
2 15
3 14
4 16
5 15
6 29

Do you think that the die is fair? If not, give an explanation why not and estimate
what you think are the probabilities of obtaining each number.
3. There are 44 students in a group. Each student plays either hockey or tennis but
not both.
Hockey Tennis Total

Girls 8 20
Boys 18 24
Total 44

(a) Complete the table.

(b) A student is chosen at random from the whole group.
Calculate the probability that this student is a girl.
(c) A girl is chosen at random. Calculate the probability that she plays hockey.
(SEG)

4. John recorded the results of his football team's last 24 matches.

W W D L W L W D Key: W Win
D L L W W W L L D Draw
D W L W W L W L L Lose
(a) Organise and display this information in a table.

(b) Janet told John that, since there are three possible results of any match, the
1
probability that the next match would be drawn was .
3

(i) Explain why Janet's argument is wrong.

(ii) What might John suggest for the probability of a draw, based on the
past performance of his team?

(c) Julia estimates that the probability that her hockey team will win their next
match is 0.6 and that the probability they will lose is 0.3
What is the probability that her team will draw?
(MEG)

5. The number of serious accidents on a stretch of motorway in each month of one

year are given below.
January 16 July 7
February 12 August 8
March 9 September 6
April 10 October 10
May 6 November 9
June 5 December 12

(a) Estimate the average number of accidents per month over the whole year.
 (b) Estimate the probability of an accident happening on any particular day.
Would your estimate change if you know that the particular day is in
January?

6. Julie has a square-shaped spinner with the letters A, B, C and D on it.

She spins the spinner and records the letter on which the spinner lands.
She plots the relative frequence of the letter C after every 10 spins.

0.6

A
D
B
0.5
C

0.4

Relative
frequency 0.3
of C
0.2

0.1

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Number of spins

(a) How many times did the letter C occur in the first 40 spins?
(b) After 80 spins the letter C occurred 30 times.
Plot the relative frequency for 80 spins on a copy of the diagram.
(c) Is the spinner biased? Give a reason for your answer.
(AQA)
5.5 Determining Probabilities
1. In a raffle 200 tickets are sold. Peter buys 40 tickets. What is the probability that
he wins first prize? Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.
(SEG)
2. A box contains only blue pencils and red pencils.
6 of the pencils are blue and 5 are red.
A pencil is taken at random from the box.
Write down the probability that
(a) a blue pencil will be taken, (b) a blue pencil will not be taken.
(LON)
3. A bag contains 8 marbles of which 2 are green, 3 are red and the rest yellow.
A marble is taken out at random.
Find the probability that the marble is
(a) green, (b) not yellow.
4. In an assortment of 36 calculators, 7 have defective switches, 12 have scratched
screens and no calculator has both defects. A calculator is chosen at random for
inspection.
Find the probability that
(a) it has a defective switch, (b) it has no defects.

5. In a raffle, a winning ticket is to be drawn from 200 tickets numbered 1 to 200.

Yusof holds 1 ticket, Yanling holds 9 tickets and Sam holds 4 tickets. What is the
probability of each of them winning the prize?

6. Each letter of the word 'PERSPECTIVE' is written on a separate card. The 11

cards are placed face downwards. A card is drawn at random.
What is the probability of picking a card with
(a) the letter C, (b) the letter P,
(c) a vowel, (d) a consonant?

7. One hundred raffle tickets, numbered from 1 to 100 are placed in a drum.
A ticket is taken from the drum at random.
(a) What is the probability that the number on the ticket is a multiple of 5?
(b) What is the probability that the number on the ticket is a square number?
(SEG)
8. Zaheda conducted a probability experiment using a packet of 20 sweets.
She counted the number of sweets of each colour.
Her results are shown in the table.

Red Green Orange

12 3 5

Zaheda is going to take one sweet at random from the packet. Write down the
probability
(a) that Zaheda will take a green sweet from the packet,
(b) that the sweet Zaheda takes will not be red.
Green
(LON)
Ye

9. The spinner shown is biased.

ll

e
Blu
ow

The probabilities of getting a particular

colour are shown in the table below. Red

(a) Complete the table to show the probability of getting GREEN.

Colour RED YELLOW BLUE GREEN

Probability 0.4 0.1 0.3

(b) The spinner is spun once.

What is the probability of getting either RED or BLUE?
 (c) The spinner is spun 50 times.
Approximately how many times would you expect to get RED?
(NEAB)
10. A bag contains 50 discs numbered 1 to 50. A disc is selected at random.
Find the probability that the number on the disc
(a) is an even number (b) is an odd number (c) has the digit 1.

11. A box contains a number of counters. Number

Each counter is coloured red (R) or white (W).
1 2
Each counter is also numbered 1 or 2.
1 1
The table shows the probabilities of picking the R 5 10
Colour
different colours and numbers when a counter is 1 9
picked at random from the box. W 4 20

(a) Sam says that there are 50 counters in the box.

Explain why Sam must be wrong;
(b) Show that the probability of picking a red counter (R) at random from the
3
box is . (AQA)
10

12. A fair spinner has 10 equal sections.

Blue Yellow
Five sections are yellow, three are blue and two are red.
Blue Yellow

(a) The arrow is spun. Blue Yellow

(i) What is the probability of the arrow
Red Yellow
landing on blue?
Red Yellow
(ii) What is the probability of the arrow
landing on green?
(b) The arrow is spun 100 times. How many times do you expect the arrow to
land on yellow?
(AQA)
13. A spinner has coloured sections. The sections are different sizes. When the
spinner is spun, the pointer lands on a colour.
The table shows the probability for the pointer landing on yellow and blue. The
probability of the pointer landing on red is equal to the probability of the pointer
landing on green.

Diagram
Red Number Red Yellow Blue Green
Yellow not
Blue accurately
Probability x 0.35 0.15 x
Green drawn

Pointer (a) Work out the value of x.

Sarah is going to spin the wheel 400 times.
(b) Work out an estimate for the number of times it will land
on blue.
(Edexcel)
5.6 Probability of Two Events
1. A fair dice is thrown twice.
(a) What is the probability of obtaining two sixes?
(b) What is the probability of obtaining exactly one six?

2
2. A coin is biased so that the probability that it lands showing heads is . The coin is
3
tossed three times. Find the probability that
(a) no heads are obtained,
(b) more heads than tails are obtained.

3. If a coin and a die are tossed together, calculate

(a) the probability of getting a tail with the coin and an even number with the
die,
(b) the probability of a head with the coin and a number less than three on the
die,
(c) the probability of a head with the coin and a multiple of 3 on the die.

4. A box contains 5 red, 3 yellow and 2 blue discs. Two discs are drawn at random
from the box one after another.
(a) What is the probability that the first disc drawn will be red?
(b) If the first disc drawn is blue and it is not replaced, what is the probability of
drawing a yellow disc on the second draw?

5. Consider the experiment of rolling two dice and noting the two values uppermost.
The score is the sum of these two numbers.
Complete the table of outcomes, as shown below.

1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 3 4
3
4
5
6

From your table, deduce the probability that the score:

(a) equals 12 (b) is less than 12
(c) equals 7 (d) is less than 7.
Remember that each of the 36 entries in the table is equally likely.
6. Two bags contain 9 marbles each. In each bag, there are 4 red marbles, 3 white
marbles and 2 green marbles.
(a) One marble is drawn from the first bag. Find the probability that it is white.
(b) One marble is drawn from the second bag. Find the probability that it is
either red or green.

These marbles are then returned to their original bags.

(c) One marble is drawn from each bag. Calculate the probability that the two
marbles are
(i) red (ii) of different colours.

7. When throwing a dice, the possible outcomes are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6.

A particular dice is biased so that the probability of throwing a 6 is 0.25.
(a) What is the probability of not throwing a 6?
(b) The outcomes 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 have the same probability as each other.
What is the probability of throwing a 4?
(c) The dice is thrown twice.
(i) How many ways are there of reaching a total score of 10?
(ii) What is the probability that the total score is 12?
(MEG)
8. In the film Shipwreck, the captain and five passengers remain on board a sinking
ship. There are three lifejackets remaining.
The Captain knows that three of the passengers cannot swim.
In his panic he hands out the lifejackets randomly to three of the five passengers.
Calculate the probability that he gives the lifejackets to just two of the three non-
swimmers.
(OCR)
9. Two boxes contain coloured bricks.
Box A contains 2 red bricks, 3 blue bricks and 1 yellow brick.
Box B contains 3 red bricks, 2 yellow bricks and 1 green brick.
Janet selects one brick from box A and one brick from box B.
Calculate the probability that the two bricks will be of the same colour.
(Edexcel)
5.7 Use of Tree Diagrams
1. A fair coin is tossed three times. By drawing a tree diagram, determine the
probability of obtaining
(a) exactly two heads, (b) at least two heads.

2. George passes three sets of traffic lights on his way to work.

The lights work independently of each other.
The probability that he has to stop at any set of traffic lights is 0.35.
What is the probability that George stops at two or three sets of traffic lights?
(SEG)
3. The faces of a die are marked with the numbers 2, 2, 4, 4, 6, 6. If the die is rolled
twice what is the probability of getting
(a) a 4 each time,
(b) either a 2 or a 6 each time, or a 2 and a 6?

If the die is rolled three times, what is the probability of getting

(c) a 2 each time,
(d) either a 4 or a 6 each time, or a combination of 4s and 6s?

4. There are two spinners, one marked into equal sections numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and
the second spinner marked into equal sections A, B, C.
Calculate the probability of getting
(a) a 2 and a B, (b) a 5 and an A,
(c) an even number and an A, (d) an odd number and either B or C.

5. Rob has a bag containing 3 blue balls, 4 red balls and 1 green ball.
Sarah has a bag containing 2 blue balls and 3 red balls.
The balls are identical except for colour.
Rob chooses a ball at random from his bag and Sarah chooses a ball at random
from her bag.
(a) Draw a tree diagram and write the probability of each of the events on each
of the branches of the tree diagram.
(b) Calculate the probability that both Rob and Sarah will choose a blue ball.
(c) Calculate the probability that the ball chosen by Rob will be a different
colour from the ball chosen by Sarah,
(MEG)
6. A letter has a first class stamp on it.
The probability that it will be delivered on the next working day is 0.86.
(a) What is the probability that the letter will not be delivered on the next
working day?
 Sam posts 2 letters with first class stamps.
(b) Copy and complete the tree diagram.
Write all the missing probabilities on the appropriate branches.

First letter Second letter

Delivered next
working day
..........

Delivered next
working day ..........
0.86
.......... Not delivered next
working day

..........
Delivered next
.......... working day
Not delivered next
working day

..........
Not delivered next
working day

(c) Calculate the probability that both letters will be delivered on the next
working day.
(LON)
7. Amy is going to play one game of snooker and one game of billiards.
3
The probability that she will win the game of snooker is .
4
1
The probability that she will win the game of billiards is .
3
(a) Copy and complete the probability tree diagram.

Snooker Billiards
1
Amy
3 wins
3 Amy
4 wins
Amy does
..... not win

..... Amy
Amy does wins
..... not win Amy does
..... not win

(b) Work out the probability that Amy will win exactly one game.
 Amy played one game of snooker and one game of billiards on a number of
Fridays. She won at both snooker and billiards on 21 Fridays.
(c) Work out an estimate for the number of Fridays on which Amy did not win
either game.
(Edexcel)
8. Emma has a box of counters. The counters are green, red or blue.
She picks a counter at random.
The table shows the probability that she picks a green counter and the probability
that she picks a red counter.

Colour Probability
Green 0.6
Red 0.25
Blue

(a) What is the probability that Emma picks a blue counter?

(b) There are 10 red counters in the box. How many green counters are in the
box?
(c) Emma picks a counter at random. She replaces it in the box and then picks
another counter at random.
(i) Copy and complete the tree diagram.

First counter Second counter

0.6 green
green
0.6 not
..... green

..... green
not
..... green not
..... green

(ii) What is the probability that at least one of the counters is green?
(AQA)
5.8 Multiplication for Independent Events
1. A die is thrown and a coin is tossed. What is the probability of obtaining an even
number on the die and a Head on the coin?

2. Three dice are thrown and their scores are added.

What is the probability of scoring in total
(a) 18 (b) 17 (c) 16?
 3
3. A day which is fine has probability of being followed by another fine day.
4
2
A day which is wet has a probability of being followed by another wet day.
3
Given that days are classified either fine or wet, and that June 6th is fine, set out a
tree diagram for June 7th, 8th and 9th.
Calculate the probability that at least two of the three days are fine.

4. On a stretch of main road there are 4 independent sets of traffic lights, each phased
for 120 seconds red, 60 seconds green.
What is the probability that a motorist arriving at random will have to stop at least
once?

5. Four balls are drawn at random, one after the other and without replacement, from
a bag containing
5 Red, 4 White , 8 Blue and 3 Purple balls.
Find the probability that you obtain one ball of each colour.

6. A fair dice is thrown three times.

(a) What is the probability of throwing 3 sixes?
(b) What is the probability of throwing a six on the first throw, a six on the
second throw but not a six on the third throw?
(c) What is the probability of throwing exactly two sixes in the three throws?
(d) What is the probability of throwing at least two sixes in the three throws?
(SEG)

7. The diagrams show two fair spinners. 1 1

Both spinners are spun and the scores 2 2
4 2
are added together. 5
5
What is the probability that the sum 3 3 1 2
of the scores is at least 5? 2 5

8. Mrs Collins drives to work. On her way to work she has to cross two sets of traffic
lights marked A and B in the diagram.

WORK

B A HOME

The probability of having to stop at the traffic lights is shown in the table.
 Traffic Probability of
having to stop

A 0.3
B 0.6

On Monday Mrs Collins drives to work.

(a) What is the probability that she will not have to stop at traffic lights A?
(b) What is the probability that she will not have to stop at either set of traffic
lights?
(c) What is the probability that she will have to stop at only one set of traffic
lights?
(SEG)

9. A car driver has 4 keys, only one of which will open the car door. Given that the
keys are otherwise indistinguishable, find the probability (before he starts trying
them) that the door will open on the first, second, third and fourth attempts.
(a) Consider two cases where
(i) he discards each key which fails to open the door,
(ii) he returns each key to the collection before choosing the next one at
random.
(b) Consider the cumulative probabilities with each strategy. i.e. the probability
that he will have succeeded by the first, second, third and fourth attempts.

10. A company secretary carries out a survey of incoming post to compare the delivery
times of 1st and 2nd class letters. His results are shown below.

Days to deliver 1 2 3 4

1st class letter 92% 7% 1% 0%

2nd class letter 5% 55% 34% 6%

Use the information in the table to find the probability of

(a) a 2nd class letter taking more than two days to deliver,
(b) two 1st class letters taking two days to deliver,
(c) a 1st and a 2nd class letter taking the same number of days to deliver.
(SEG)
11. At the village fete, Susan helps on a stall where radios can be won. She makes the
following poster explaining the rules.

6
6 6
6 WIN A RADIO 6
6
Throw 3 dice
Score a total of 18 and the radio is yours!

(a) The first person to try their luck was told that they must throw a six with
each dice to win. Calculate the probability of this person winning the radio.
(b) During the day 648 people tried to win a radio. How many radios would
you expect to be won during the day of the fete?
(SEG)
A
12. Helen lives in Ilkley.
She cycles to work in Menston. B

Peter lives in Menston. Ilkley Menston

C
He cycles to work in Ilkley.
Ilkley and Menston are connected by four
roads, A, B, C and D.
D

(a) Make a list of all the possible combinations of roads which they can take to
go to work.
Write them in pairs with the road Helen takes written down first.
For example, A, C means that Helen goes along road A, and Peter goes
along road C.
(b) Each day, Helen chooses the road she takes to go to work at random. So too
does Peter. All four roads are equally likely to be chosen.
Calculate the probability that on any given day both of them will go to work
on the same road.
(NEAB)
13.
START 1 2 3

8 7 5

9 11 12

16 15 14 13

'SWEET SIXTEEN' is a game for any number of players. To play the game,
players take it in turns to throw a fair die and then move their counter the number
of places shown uppermost on the die. If a player lands on one of the shaded
squares the player must start again. The first player to land on square 16 is the
winner. If a player would move past square 16 on a throw, the player is not
allowed to move and misses that turn.
(a) What is the probability that a player lands on a shaded square on the first
throw?
(b) A player moves to square 3 on the first throw. What is the probability that
the player lands on a shaded square on the second throw?
(c) (i) A player is on square 12 after three turns. Write, in the order thrown,
three scores the player could have had.
(ii) In how many different ways could a player have reached square 12
with three throws? Show working to support your answer.
(d) (i) What is the minimum number of turns necessary to complete the
game?
(ii) What is the probability of this happening?
(SEG)
14. 100 tickets are sold in a raffle. There is one prize.
(a) Dave buys one ticket. What is the probability that he wins the prize?
(b) Joanna buys five tickets. What is the probability that she wins the prize?
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.
(AQA)
15.
(a) What is the probability of throwing 5 sixes with
one throw of the 5 ordinary dice?

(b) The number of dice is now changed so that n dice

are thrown.
You win a holiday if all n dice show sixes.
Throw five sixes and Ian throws the n dice once.
win a holiday
Write down an expresssion for the probability that
Ian does not win a holiday.
Give your answer in its simplest form.
(OCR)
5.9 Mutually Exclusive Events
1. A man throws a die and a coin. Find the probability that he will get
(a) the number 3 followed by a head,
(b) an even number followed by a tail.

2. In an experiment, a card is drawn from a pack of playing cards and a coin is tossed.
Find the probability of obtaining
(a) a card which is a king and a head on the coin,
(b) the ace of diamonds and a tail on the coin.

3. In an experiment consisting of throwing a die followed by drawing a card from a

pack of playing cards, find the probability of obtaining
(a) an odd number on the die and a card which is an ace,
(b) a six on the die and a picture card,
(c) a six on the die and a club.

1 2
4. In a certain class, of the pupils read the local newspaper and watch the local
3 3
news on television. None of these pupils read the local newspaper and also watch
the local news on television. What is the probability that a pupil chosen at random
reads the local newspaper or watch television?

5. In an inter-school mathematics quiz, the probability of school A winning the

1 1
competition is , the probability of school B winning is and the probability of
2 6
1
school C winning is .
10
Find the probability that
(a) B or C wins the competition,
(b) A, B or C wins the competition,
(c) none of these wins the competition.

6. A box contains buttons of various colours. The probability of drawing a red button
1 2
at random is and the probability of drawing a white button at random in .
5 7
What is the probability of drawing neither a red nor a white button?

7. A box contains eight marbles: 1 is red, 2 are blue and 5 are green,
One marble is drawn at random from the box. A second marble is drawn at
random from the remaining seven marbles in the box.
(a) Find the probability that both marbles are green.
(b) If the first marble is red, find the probability that the second marble is blue.
8. Nine slips of paper are numbered 1 to 9. A slip is drawn at random. This is
replaced before a second slip is drawn.
Find the probability that one is an odd number and the other is an even number.
5.10 Tree Diagrams and Conditional
Probability
1. A bag contains 7 red counters, 8 green counters and 5 blue counters.
Anna takes one counter at random from the bag and, without replacing it, takes a
second counter at random.
What is the probability that Anna
(a) (i) has two red counters,
(ii) has exactly one red counter,
(b) has two counters of the same colour?
(SEG)
2. Three cards are drawn at random from a pack of playing cards. Find the
probability of obtaining
(a) three picture cards (ace is not a picture card)
(b) two picture cards
if each card chosen is not replaced.

3. Bag A contains 3 white counters and 2 black counters whilst bag B contains 2
white and 3 black. One counter is removed from bag A and placed in bag B
without its colour being seen.
What is the probability that a counter removed from bag B will be white?

4. A box of 24 eggs is known to contain 4 old and 20 new eggs. If 3 eggs are picked
at random determine the probability that
(a) 2 are new and the other old, (b) they are all new.

5. Calculate the probability of obtaining 3 picture cards of the same suit when dealt a
hand of 3 cards.

6. Terry has a box of chocolates.

The box contains six milk chocolates and five plain chocolates.
Terry chooses two chocolates at random and eats them.
(a) Copy and complete the tree diagram showing all the probabilities.
 First choice Second choice

6 Milk
11

Plain

(b) Calculate the probability that when Terry eats two chocolates, he eats either
two milk chocolates or two plain chocolates.
(SEG)
7. Sanjay has four possible ways home from school.
From school he takes either a bus or a train.
3
The probability that he will go by train is .
5
If he goes by train, he complete the journey by walking or by getting a lift.
1
The probability that he gets a lift is .
5
If he catches a bus, the second part of his journey can be complete by catching
another bus or he can walk.
7
The probability that he will walk is .
8
What is the probability that Sanjay
(a) catches a bus from school and then walks,
(b) walks for part of his journey home?
(SEG)

8. Magic matches all look the same but when they are struck they burn red, white or
blue. Each box contains 24 matches.
1
In every box will burn red, 10 will burn blue and the rest will burn white.
4
(a) What is the probability that the first match taken from a box will burn blue?
(b) How many matches in a box will burn white?
(c) The first match taken from a box burns red. What is the probability that the
second match taken from the box will also burn red?
(SEG)
9. During a word game the following 27 letter tiles remain to be taken at random from
a bag. Some are vowels and some are consonants.

VOWELS

A A E E E I I O U

CONSONANTS

B C D D F G J K K

L N P Q R S S T Z

(a) Zoe wants to choose first. What is the probability that her tile would be,
(i) a vowel, (b) a letter S?
(b) David actually chooses a tile first. The letter is a vowel. What is the
probability that this vowel will be an E?
(c) John is another player. If he had started first and taken three tiles, what is
the probability that he chose the letters SEG in that order?
(SEG)
10. There are 8 balls in a box. 7 of the balls are yellow and 1 ball is red.
Jean selects balls at random, without replacement, from the box until she obtains
the red ball.
When she obtains the red ball, then she stops selecting.
By extending a copy of the tree diagram shown below, or otherwise, calculate the
probability that Jean selects the red ball on one of her first three selections.

Start
Red
1
8

7
8
Yellow
(LON)

11. A bag contains 5 red, 4 orange and 3 yellow sweets. One after another, 3 children
select and eat one sweet each. What are the probabilities that
(a) they all choose red sweets,
(b) at least one orange sweet is chosen,
(c) each chooses a different colour,
(d) all choose the same colour?
Answers may be left as fractions in their lowest terms.
12. A sailing competition between two boats, A and B, consists of a series of
independent races.
Every race is won by either A or B, and their respective probabilities of winning
are influenced by the weather. In rough weather the probability that A will win is
0.9; in fine weather the probability that A will win is 0.4. For each race the
weather is either rough or fine, the probability of rough weather being 0.2.
Show that the probability that A will win the first race is 0.5.

13. At the end of a training programme students have to pass an exam to gain a
certificate. The probability of passing the exam at the first attempt is 0.75.
Those who fail are allowed to re-sit. The probability of passing the re-sit is 0.6.
No further attempts are allowed.
The tree diagram below shows all the possible outcomes.
(a) (i) Copy and complete the tree diagram.

1st attempt 2nd attempt

0.75 Pass

0.6 Pass
..... Fail

..... Fail

(ii) What is the probability that a student fails to gain a certificate?

(b) Three students take the exam. What is the probability that all of them gain a
certificate?
(AQA)
5.11 Using Venn Diagrams to find
Probabilities
1. 80 pupils in a certain school may choose one, two or three optional subjects:
History (H), Geography (G) and Biology (B). The numbers in the Venn diagram
represent the number of pupils in each subset.
(a) If a pupil is chosen at random from the group, find the probability that
(i) he studies Geography,
H
(ii) he studies one optional subject only.
16
(b) If two pupils are chosen at random from the 5
3 7
group, find the probability that 20 8
21
(i) both study all three optional subjects, B G
(ii) neither study History.
2. A school offers 3 racket games: squash (S), badminton (B) and tennis (T).
70 pupils play one or more of these games.
S
The figures in the Venn diagram represent the number
of players in each subset. 15
B
6
Two pupils are chosen at random. 18
3 4
Find the probability that 8
16
(a) both play only squash, T
(b) both play 2 of the 3 racket games,
(c) neither plays tennis,
(d) one plays all 3 games and the other plays
only one game.

3. A group of people apply for work in either one or two of the three firms, L, M
and N.
L
In the Venn diagram the numbers represent the numbers
10
of people who apply for jobs in the three firms.
3
0 2
(a) A person is chosen at random from the group.
4 2 9 M
Calculate the probability that the person applies N
for L and M.
(b) A person is chosen at random from those who apply for N. Calculate the
probability that this person also applies for L.
(c) Two people are chosen at random from the group. Calculate the probability
that
(i) they both apply for only one firm
(ii) they both apply for M.
6 Number System
6.1 Decimals
1. Write each of the following as a decimal.
7 27 2 401
(a) (b) (c) (d)
10 100 10 1000
15 15 43 999
(e) (f) (g) (h)
100 1000 100 1000

2. Write each of the following as a fraction.

(a) 0.6 (b) 0.37 (c) 0.07 (d) 0.219
(e) 0.001 (f) 0.999 (g) 0.093 (h) 0.55

3. Read the value indicated by each pointer

(a) (b)
6 7 0 1

(c) (d)
0.5 0.6 3.2 3.3

(e) (f)
10.5 10.6 4.7 4.8

4. Copy each scale three times and indicate with a pointer each of the numbers given.

(a) (b)
4.5 4.6 0.7 0.8

(i) 4.52 (i) 0.75

(ii) 4.57 (ii) 0.79
(iii) 4.555 (iii) 0.705

5. Calculate
(a) 4.2 − 3.1 (b) 5.6 + 2.7 (c) 7.4 + 9.7
(d) 21.3 + 32.4 (e) 46.5 + 21.6 (f) 39.8 + 38.9
(g) 27.3 + 62.4 + 10.3 (h) 4.2 − 3.1 (i) 5.6 − 2.4
(j) 9.2 − 7.4 (k) 8.3 − 2.5 (l) 25.6 − 12.2
(m) 47.7 − 24.5 (n) 86.4 − 37.5 (o) 73.2 − 45.6
(p) 5.22 + 3.45 (q) 3.65 + 4.17 (r) 4.37 + 2.75
(s) 21.42 + 37.23 (t) 74.56 + 19.58
6. (a) Convert the following amounts in pence to £s.
(i) 57 p (ii) 214 p (iii) 7002 p (iv) 47631 p

(b) Convert the following amounts in £s to pence.

(i) £2.99 (ii) £0.07 (iii) £521 (iv) £345.27

7. Find a decimal number between

(a) 4.5 and 4.6 (b) 0.49 and 0.50 (c) 12.2 and 12.3
(d) 75.37 and 75.38

8. Put these decimal numbers in ascending order.

1.47, 1.4, 1.7, 1.471, 1.444, 1.4747

9. Felix has 8.5 m of model railway track and Gerry has 6.6 m.
(a) What is the total length of their track?
(b) They sell 4.7 m of the total length of their track. What length of track is left?
(SEG)

10. The Robinson family (2 adults and 2 children) are members of Parkmead Leisure
Centre.

SWIMMING PRICES
Members Non-Members
Adults £1.50 £2.00
Children £1.20 £1.50

(a) How much in total do the Robinson family have to pay for a swim?
(b) How much less do the Robinson family pay as members for a swim, than
they would if they were non-members?
(c) A family ticket for membership costs £25.
What is the minimum number of times that the Robinson family would have
to go swimming if they were to save money on their family ticket?
(SEG)

11. Fatima is making a shelf unit as shown.

She needs three pieces of wood, each of

0.9 m
length 1.4 m, for the shelves.
She needs two pieces of wood, each of
length 0.9 m, for the ends.
1.4 m
The wood is sold only in 3 m lengths.
Calculate how many 3 m lengths Fatima needs to buy.
(SEG)
6.1

12. A sports shop keeps information about sports shoes on a database.

Part of this database is shown below.

Model Manufacturer Cost

Flyer Tiger £39.99

Racer Cheetah £37.29
Runner Cheetah £35.99
Strider Tiger £48.99
Blinder Lion £33.49
Sprinter Leopard £49.99

(a) Write down the name of the manufacturer of the cheapest shoe.
(b) How much dearer is the Strider than the Racer?
(LON)

13. Six girls competed in the long jump at their school Sports Day. Their best jumps
were as follows.

Anne 6.08 m Donna 6.12 m

Beth 5.93 m Emma 5.98 m
Candy 5.87 m Fatima 5.98 m

(a) Fatima finished in second place.

Write down a possible length for Fatima's jump.
(b) Arrange the six competitors in order of merit.
(c) Write down the length of Anne's jump in centimetres.
(MEG)
14. 39 members of Arwick Youth Club went on an outing to a leisure centre.
They went in minibuses which could seat up to 15 members.
(a) (i) How many minibuses were needed?
(ii) How many spare seats were there?

The transport costs were £90 altogether. They also had to pay £150 for the group
to use the leisure centre.
(b) Jo collected £6.50 from each passenger to pay for this.
How much was left over?
(OCR)
15. Burger Fries Drink

£1.35 99 p 62 p

(a) (i) Arnie orders a burger and fries. How much does this cost?
(ii) He pays with a £5 note. How much change does he get?
(b) A 'Meal Deal' gives a burger, fries and drink for £2.50.
How much cheaper is this than buying the items separately?
(AQA)
6.2 Multiplying and Dividing with Decimals
1. Without using a calculator, find
(a) 2.5 ÷ 10 (b) 4.57 × 100 (c) 2.13 × 10
(d) 9.5 × 1000 (e) 15.241 × 100 (f) 0.57 × 10
(g) 92 × 100 (h) 7.93 × 1000 (i) 2.114 × 100
(j) 0.221 × 100 (k) 0.0049 × 1000 (l) 0.078 × 100

2. Without using a calculator, find

(a) 2.47 ÷ 10 (b) 22.5 ÷ 10 (c) 476.9 ÷ 100
(d) 0.01 ÷ 10 (e) 100.2 ÷ 100 (f) 99 ÷ 100
(g) 526.4 ÷ 100 (h) 9748 ÷ 1000 (i) 9748 ÷ 100
(j) 27.49 ÷ 100 (k) 0.109 ÷ 100 (l) 4000 ÷ 10 000

3. The Williamson family went into a café. The table shows what they ordered.

Cost
£ . p
Three cans of cola at 63 pence each 1 . 89
Two cups of tea at 54 pence each
Five buns at 32 pence each
Total cost

(a) Copy and complete the table.

Mr. Williamson paid the bill with a £10 note.

(b) How much change did he get?
(LON)
6.2

4.
ES
ORAN
GES R ANG
O
£1
15 for for
£1.20 10

These notices were seen on two market stalls.

At which stall was the price of one orange cheaper and by how much?
(MEG)
5. Fencing rails are 3.9 metres long.

3.9 m

How many rails are needed for a fence 200 metres long?
(SEG)
6. Tom earns a basic weekly wage of £180 for 36 hours work.
(a) How much does Tom earn for one hour at the basic rate?
(b) Overtime pay is one and a half times the basic rate.
How much is Tom paid for one hour of overtime?
(c) Overtime is paid for each hour over the basic 36 hours.
How much does Tom earn if he works 43 hours in one week?
(SEG)
7. Jane's classroom is rectangular.
She measures the length and width of the floor.
The length is 6.73 m. The width is 5.62 m.

(a) Calculate the area of the classroom floor.

Write down all the figures in the answer shown on your calculator.
(b) (i) The classroom is to be carpeted.
Give your answer to part (a) to an appropriate degree of accuracy.
(ii) Explain why you chose this degree of accuracy.
(SEG)
6.3 Fractions and Decimals
1. Write each of the following correct to 1 decimal place.
(a) 3.14 (b) 5.67 (c) 385.28 (d) 9.942
(e) 8.01 (f) 145.97 (g) 0.521 (h) 0.062
2. Write each of the following correct to 2 decimal places.
(a) 0.089 (b) 6.315 (c) 0.802 (d) 12.989
(e) 4.999 (f) 0.007 (g) 1.002 (h) 52.436

3. Write all the numbers in Question 1, correct to

(i) 2 significant figures (ii) 1 significant figure.

4. Write each of the following as exact decimal equivalents.

3 1 4 7
(a) (b) (c) (d)
8 4 5 8
1 3 1 5
(e) (f) (g) (h)
5 4 8 8

5. Write each of the following as decimals, correct to 3 decimal places.

2 1 2 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 6 7 11
2 1 5 1
(e) (f) (g) (h)
9 3 6 7

6. Copy and complete the table below, putting on the equivalent fractions, decimals
and percentages.

Proportion Fraction Decimal Percentage

1
one tenth
10

25%

0.3

three eighths

1
2

0.625

three quarters

4
5
6.4 Long Multiplication and Division
1. Without using a calculator, find
(a) 21 × 17 (b) 32 × 14 (c) 26 × 33
(d) 31 × 104 (e) 47 × 25 (f) 72 × 214
(g) 17 × 1147 (h) 312 × 274 (i) 45 × 940

2. Without using a calculator, find

(a) 504 ÷ 4 (b) 120 ÷ 20 (c) 1008 ÷ 8
(d) 414 ÷ 23 (e) 496 ÷ 32 (f) 756 ÷ 21
(g) 7525 ÷ 35 (h) 1323 ÷ 49 (i) 24 849 ÷ 99

3. A Maths teacher buys 92 text books, costing £3.85 each.

Without using a calculator, work out the exact total cost.
(MEG)
4. A group of 24 teachers wins £2.7 milion on the National Lottery.
Without using a calculator, find out how much each gets in £s if the money is
shared equally.

5. 17 tickets cost £21.25. If they all cost the same, find, without using a calculator,
the cost of one ticket.

6. The cost of a calculator is £6.79.

(a) Work out the cost of 28 of these calculators.
A college wants to buy 570 calculators. They are sold in boxes of 50.
(b) Work out the number of boxes the college should buy.
The college decides to increase its order of calculators by 10%.
(c) Increase 570 by 10%.
(Edexcel)
7. Watcham has a population of 86 000 in an area of 104 square miles.
To meet housing targets, it needs to aim to house an extra 14 000 people whilst
increasing the area by only 6 square miles.
If this happens, by how much will the population density have increased?
(OCR)
 6 Number System
6.5 Estimating Answers
1. Express each of the following correct to 3 significant figures:
(a) 96.63 (b) 316.5 (c) 1.940 5
(d) 0.004 681 (e) 50.92 (f) 0.000 604 8
(g) 0.040 713 (h) 5.984 (i) 26.98

2. Write each of the following correct to the number of significant figures (s.f.)
indicated.
(a) 308.637 (4 s.f.) (b) 0.099 8 (1 s.f.)
(c) 420.65 (3 s.f.) (d) 0.004 307 (2 s.f.)

3. Write 13.004 72 correct to

(a) 5 s.f. (b) 4 s.f. (c) 2 s.f.

4. Nigel, Ali and Sue were given ten calculations to do.

The following table shows their answers. For each calculation, only one of the
three obtained the correct answer. By working out an estimate for each question,
decide who was correct in each calculation.

Question Nigel's answer Ali's answer Sue's answer

(a) 1.02 × 2.9 12.928 2.958 6.438
(b) 0.99 × 46.7 46.233 32.136 25.633
(c) 4.8 × 10.4 26.32 49.92 89.42
(d) 33.264 ÷ 13.2 8.42 12.62 2.52
(e) 35.244 ÷ 8.01 4.4 1.4 12.4
(f) 7.1 × 7.1 50.41 5.41 36.01
(g) 27.028 ÷ 4.66 2.68 11.08 5.8
(h) 76.16 ÷ 47.6 1.6 8.6 12.2
(i) 12.7 × 8.5 50.85 107.95 204.75
(j) 8.342 ÷ 0.97 2.7 16.16 8.6
5. Without finding the exact answer:

(a) Which of the following is nearest in value to 6.96 + 7.21 + 7.1 + 6.82 ?
21.7, 28.09, 90.73 or 21.826

(b) Which of the following is nearest in value to 3.14 × 300 − 34.3 ?

57, 87, 870 or 570

(c) Which of the following is nearest in value to 9 × 7 + 10 × 14 ?

148, 67, 14.8 or 6.7

6. Estimate, correct to 1 significant figure, the value of 2.01 × 29.2 .

7. Express each number correct to 1 significant figure and work out an estimate to
19.7 × 9.75
.
12.4

19.7 × 9.75
Use your calculator to evaluate correct to 2 significant figures.
12.4

8. (a) Bottles of mineral water cost 39 p each. Estimate the cost of 142 bottles.
Show how you obtained your estimate.
(b) Without using a calculator, work out the exact cost of 142 bottles of mineral
water at 39 p each.
(MEG)

9. Charlie has to work out 5.2 × 3.9 × 2.1. He uses a calculator and gets 425.88 for
his answer.
Saeeda works out an approximate answer for the question. She knows that
Charlie's answer must be wrong.
(a) (i) Write down approximate values for 5.2, 3.9 and 2.1.
(ii) Use these approximations to find a rough answer to Charlie's
calculation.
(b) What is the mistake in Charlie's answer?
(SEG)
10. The rectangular glass tank shown in the diagram contains 1 litre (1000 cm3 of
water.

Not to scale

d cm

11.63 cm 9.21 cm

Sanjay wanted to find the depth (d cm) of the water.

He multiplied 11.63 by 9.21 on his calculator and wrote down the answer.
He then divided 1000 by this answer.
(a) Explain how you could use your calculator to find the depth without
writing down the answer to 11.63 × 9.21 .
(b) Work out the depth of the water, and write down all the figures on your
calculator display.
(MEG)
11. Estimate the answer to the following.
83.4 + 39.72
5.8 × 10.1
(OCR)

12. (a) Work out the value of 2 3 .

(b) Work out 6 × 15 + 4 × 15 .
37.48 × 6.13
(c) Use approximations to estimate the value of
(1.95)2
You must show your working.
(AQA)
6.6 Using Brackets and Memory on a
Calculator
1. Use a calculator to evaluate each of the following:
(a) 480 − 96 + 15 (b) 4 059 ÷ 1353 × 11
(c) 533 + 118 − 227 (d) (251 + 696) × 15
(e) (1283 − 694) ÷ (12 + 19)
(f) 241 × (270 − 121) ÷ (129 + 112)
(g) 77175 ÷ [(17 + 18) × (78 − 57)]
(h) [33350 ÷ (290 × 115) + 798] ÷ (869 − 70)
2. For each of the following expressions,
(a) evaluate, giving your answer correct to 2 decimal places;
(b) express each number correct to the nearest whole number and give an
estimate to check your calculations.

(i) 4.6 + 3.9 × 2.2 (ii) (4.6 + 3.9) × 2.2

(iii) 3.3 × 25 × 0.612 5 (iv) 4.2 × 0.8 − 1.6 × 1.2

1.1 × 12
(v)
1.82 × 3.1
(vi) ( )
9.4 + 3.6 2 ÷ 1.9

3. (a) Use your calculator to work out the value of

6.08 × (9.72)
2

581 + 237
Write down the full calculator display.

(b) (i) Write down a calculation that could be done mentally to check the
answer to part (a) using numbers rounded to one significant figure.
(ii) Write down the answer to your calculation in part (b) (i).
(MEG)
4. Work out:
78 × 14
(a) 0.6 × 2.5 (b) (c) 7 2 − 52 .
112 − 86
(MEG)
5. Gabriel buys a packet of 18 biscuits. The packet weighs 285 g.
(a) Gabriel wants to calculate the weight of one of these biscuits.
He presses the following buttons on his calculator.

1 8 ÷ 2 8 5 =

Explain what is wrong with his calculation.

(b) Calculate the weight of one of these biscuits. Give your answer to the
nearest gram.
(c) Gabriel checks his answer without using a calculator.
Show how you can use approximation to check that his answer is of the right
order. You must show all your working.
(SEG)
6. Use your calculator to work out:
95.4 + 18.9
35.2 – 17.3
(a) Write down your full calculator display.
(b) Give your answer to 2 significant figures.
(AQA)
7. Calculate the following.
3.9 – 0.65
(a) 57.76 (b) 4.2 4 (c)
0.013
3.9 2 + 0.53
(d) Give your answer to the nearest integer.
3.9 × 0.53

(e) (3 + 5 cos 40°)

(OCR)
6.7 Upper and Lower Bounds
1. Write down the upper and lower bounds for each of the following measurements.
(a) 56 g (b) 43.0 litres (c) 2.35 metres
(d) 5.6 km (e) 17.8 metres (f) 8.54 kg
(g) 17.2 seconds (h) 0.5 mm (i) 1.9 cm

2. Find the upper and lower bounds for each of the calculations shown below,
assuming the dimensions given are subject to rounding errors. (Give a sensible
answer to each calculation.)
(a) The perimeter of a rectangle 65 cm by 84 cm.
(b) The area of a rectangle 65 cm by 84 cm.
(c) The perimeter of an octagon of side 42 mm.
(d) The volume of a cube of edge length 96 mm.
(e) The total weight of 54 objects, each weighing 2.62 kg.

3. (a) Angela measures the lengths of some sticks to the nearest centimetre.
She arranges them in groups.
The length of the sticks in the shortest group is 14 cm, to the nearest
centimetre.
(i) What is the smallest possible length for a stick in this group?
(ii) What is the smallest possible length for a stick which is not in this
group?
(b) Angela measures the lengths of some other sticks. She records the length of
one of these sticks as 52.2 cm, to the nearest tenth of a centimetre.
What is the smallest possible length of this stick?

4. Sections of a railway line are measured to the nearest metre as either 200 m or 80 m.
What are the bounds on the total length of 15 sections, consisting of eight 200 m
sections and seven 80 m sections?
5. The area of a rectangle is 54.4 square centimetres, correct to 1 decimal place.
The length of this rectangle is 8.3 centimetres, correct to 1 decimal place.
(a) From this information, write down
(i) the largest value (ii) the smallest value
that the length of the rectangle could have.
(b) Use your answers in (a) to calculate the largest possible width of the
rectangle.
(NEAB)
F
6. The formula S= is used in engineering.
A
F = 819 , correct to 3 significant figures
A = 2.93 , correct to 3 significant figures.

(a) For the value of F, write down

(i) the upper bound (ii) the lower bound.
(b) For the value of A, write down
(i) the upper bound (ii) the lower bound.
(c) Calculate
(i) the upper bound (ii) the lower bound
for the value of S for these values of F and A. Write down all the figures on
your calculator display.
(d) Write down this value of S correct to an appropriate number of significant
figures.
(LON)
7. Cases each weigh 20 kg to the nearest kilogram. What is the least that six cases
could weigh?
(AQA)

8. I wish to paint the outside walls of my house. A tin of paint covers 25 m 2 , correct
to the nearest 5 m 2 . The outside walls of my house have an area of 320 m 2 ,
correct to the nearest 10 m 2 .
Calculate the maximum number of tins of paint that I may have to buy.
(OCR)
9. The time period T of a simple pendulum of length l is given by the formula

l
T = 2π
g
where g is the acceleration due to gravity.
The length of a simple pendulum is given as 30 cm, correct to 2 significant figures.
The value of g is given as 9.8, correct to 2 significant figures.
Calculate the greatest value of T. Give your answer correct to 3 significant figures.
(Edexcel)
10. A circle has an area of 100 cm 2 , measured to the nearest square centimetre.
What is the lower bound of the radius?
(AQA)
6.8 Number System
1. In the following list, which are irrational numbers?
1
0.45, , 13 , 16 , π , 0.6˙ , 3
27 , 3
36
4

2. Express the following fractions as recurring decimals.

2 5 5 29
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 6 11 33
17 5 11 13
(e) (f) (g) (h)
18 22 36 24
13 4
(i) (j)
27 7

3. Express each of the following as a decimal and indicate whether it is recurring or

non-recurring.
4 13 1 7
(a) (b) (c) (d)
9 20 6 3
9 13 11 61
(e) (f) (g) (h)
8 18 15 90
7 59
(i) (j)
11 99

4. (a) Which of the following numbers are rational?

(i) 1− 2 (ii) π2 (iii) 30 − 3 − 1 − 3 − 2
(b) When p and q are two different irrational numbers, p × q can be rational.
Write down one example to show this.
(c) Write down a fraction which is equal to the recurring decimal 0.036 36 ...
(SEG)

5. (a) Write down a rational number beween 1.2 and 1.25.

(b) Write down an irrational number between 1.2 and 1.25.
(SEG)

6. State whether the following numbers are rational or irrational.

2 π2
(a) − (b) − 144 (c)
3 8
3
64
(d) 9 + 99 (e) 100 + 3 1000 (f) 3
−8
If rational, state the value, expressed as simply as possible.
7. (a) The recurring decimal 0.027 027 027 ... is a rational number.
The following method is used to convert it to a fraction.
Complete the working.

(i) Let x = 0.027 027 027 (A)

then 1000 x = ? (B)

(ii) Take (A) from (B) to give

999x = ?
(iii) Hence find x as a fraction in its lowest terms.

(b) Using a similar method, or otherwise, find the fraction equivalent to the
recurring decimal
0.128 712 871 287 . ..
Give your answer in its lowest term.
(SEG)

8. Find the fraction equivalent of

(a) 0.428 571 428 ... (b) 0.307 692 30 ... (c) 0.013 698 530 13 ...

9. Express the recurring decimal 0.4272727. . . . . as a fraction. Give your answer

in its simplest form.
(AQA)
6.9 Surds
1. If a = 1 + 2 and b = 1 − 2 , state whether the following numbers are rational
or irrational.

(a) a2 (b) a+b (c) ab

(d) a−b (e) b2 (f) ( a + b )2

(g) ( a − b )2 (h) ( a − b) ( a + b) (i) a2b2

2. Simplify the expression 12 × 6 , leaving your answer in surd form.

(SEG)

3. (a) What could be added to 2 + 3 to give an answer which is rational?

(b) State whether the following are rational or irrational.

22
(i) 3 (ii) π (iii) (iv) 1.333 3 ...
7
(NEAB)
4. Using examples or counter examples, decide whether the following statmements
are true or false.
(a) When you add two irrational numbers, your answer is still irrational.
(b) When you multiply two irrational numbers, your answer is still irrational.
(c) When you multiply an irrational number by a rational number, your answer
is still irrational.

5. (a) Simplify
(i) 3+ 3 (ii) 3× 3

(b) Show that

75 – 12
75 + 12
3
simplifies to .
7
(AQA)
6. (a) Express the following in the form p q where p and q are integers.
4
2

(b) Simplify the following. Give your answer in the form a + b 2 , where a
and b are integers.
(1 + 2 ) (3 – 2 )
(OCR)

7. (a) (i) Show that 20 = 2 5 .

(ii) Expand and simplify

( )
2
2 + 10

(b) Is this triangle right-angled?

Not to scale

2 + 10
3

2+ 5
You must show your working
(AQA)
 7 Mensuration
7.1 Using and Measuring
1. Measure each line below. Give its length to the nearest mm and nearest cm.

(a)

(b)

(c)

2. Which units would be most suitable for measuring.

(a) the length of a garden
(b) the length of a shoe
(c) the mass of a bag of apples
(d) the volume of a glass of milk

3. (a) How many grams are there in 8.21 kg ?

(b) How many cm are there in 4.27 m ?
(c) How many mm are there in 2.5 cm ?
(d) How many grams are there in 3.148 kg ?

4. Copy and complete the table below

m Length in cm mm

32

975

762

7.14
7.1

5. Read off the value shown by the arrow on each of the following scales:

(a)
10 20

(b)
100 150

(c)
1 2

(d)
50 70

(e)
20 25

(f)
190 210

6. State whether the following lengths would be best measured to the nearest km, m,
cm or mm:

(a) the length of a car,

(b) the height of a house,
(c) the length of a train,
(d) the distance between two towns,
(e) the length of a drawing pin,
(f) the diameter of a screw hole in a bookcase.

7. Give each of the following to the nearest (i) cm (ii) m:

(a) 1572 mm (b) 632 mm (c) 92 mm

8. Change 3.25 m3 to cm3.

(Edexcel)
9. (a) Copy and complete the table by writing a sensible metric unit on each dotted
line. The first one has been done for you.

The distance from London to Manchester 222 kilometres

---------------------

The volume of coffee in a mug 310

---------------------

The height of a door 215

---------------------

The weight of a one pound coin 12

---------------------

(b) Change 8 kilometres to metres.

(Edexcel)

10. (a) Write down the length of this stick.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
centimetres

(b) Tom has a toy car.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
centimetres

What is its length in millimetres?

(AQA)

11. Give the values shown by the arrows on these scales.

(a)

60 70 80 90

cm
7.1
(b)

200 300 400 500

kg

(c)

(AQA)
7.2 Estimating Areas
1. Find the area of each of the shaded shapes below

(a) (b)
2. By counting the number of whole squares and half squares, find the area of each of
the following shapes:

(a) (b)

(c)

3. Estimate the area of each of the following:

(a) (b)

(c) (d)
7.2

(e) (f)

4. The diagram below shows the outline of an island. The grid squares each represent
a length of 1 km. Estimate the area of the island.
7.3 Making Solids Using Nets
1. Copy each net shown, add flaps, and make it into a solid. In each case, state the
name of the solid.

(a) (b)
 (c)

2. (a) Write down the name of each of these 3-D shapes.

(i) (ii) (iii)

(b) Here is a net for another 3-D shape.

Write down the name of this 3-D shape.

(AQA)
3. Below is the net of a solid.
All the lines drawn are the same length.

(a) Write down the full mathematical name of the solid that the net will make.
7.3

(b) Measure and write down the length of one of the lines in the diagram.

(c) Measure and write down the size of angle

(i) x,
(ii) y.

(d) What is the special mathematical name given to the triangles in this net?

(e) Draw the lines of symmetry of the net on a copy of the diagram above.
(OCR)
7.4 Constructing Nets
1. Draw an accurate net for each of the following cuboids:

(a) (b)

2 cm 1 cm 4 cm
5 cm 5 cm
2 cm
(c)

4 cm

6 cm

1 cm

2. Draw accurate nets for each of the shapes below

(a) (b)

(c) (d)
7.4

3. The diagrams below show some different ways in which 4 isosceles triangles
(not equilateral) and 1 square can be arranged. Which could be nets for a square
based pyramid ?

(a) (b)

(c) (d)

4.

P Q R S

Which one of these nets can be folded to make a cube ?

(SEG)
7.4

5. The diagram shows a cuboid 4 cm by 2 cm by 1 cm.

1 cm
NOT TO SCALE

4 cm
2 cm

On a copy of the following centimetre grid, complete the net of the cuboid.

(AQA)
7.5 Conversion of Units
1. Convert each quantity to the units given
(a) 5 feet to inches (b) 4 yards to feet
(c) 5 gallons to pints (d) 72 inches to feet
(e) 4 stone to pounds (f) 4 stone to ounces
(g) 56 pints to gallons (h) 108 inches to yards
2. Convert each quantity to the units given, giving your answer to an appropriate
degree of accuracy.
(a) 5 inches to cm (b) 5 kgs to lbs
(c) 3 feet to cm (d) 2 feet 4 inches to cm
(e) 15 gallons to litres (f) 25 miles to km
(g) 120 kgs to stones (h) 20 litres to pints

3. Convert each quantity to the units given. Give your answers to 1 d.p.
(a) 6 km to miles (b) 38 cm to inches
(c) 10 lbs to kgs (d) 86 ounces to kgs
(e) 963 cm to feet (f) 10 pints to litres
(g) 17 km to miles (h) 7 stone to kgs

4. The table below gives the distance between towns in miles. Rewrite the table, with
distances in km.

Exeter

79 Bristol

90 65 Southampton

170 105 87 London

5. A car is travelling at a constant speed of 70 miles per hour. What is its speed in:
(a) km per hour,
(b) m per hour,
(c) m per sec,
(d) cm per sec,
(e) feet per sec.

6. The heights of 5 girls in a class are:

Sarah 1 m 32 cm
Jane 62 inches
Lucy 123 cm
Ann 4 feet 9 inches
Elaine 1 m 27 cm
Put these girls in height order, tallest first.

7. A train travels 50 km and uses 250 litres of fuel. A second train uses 24 gallons of
fuel to travel 15 miles. Find the fuel consumption of each train. Which one is
most economic?
7.5

8. The same quantity can sometimes be measured in different units.

(a) Fill in the missing unit in the statement below.
Choose the unit from this list:
millimetres, centimetres, metres, kilometres.
1 inch = 2.54
(b) Fill in the missing unit from the statement below.
Choose the unit from this list:
millilitres, litres, gallons, cubic metres.
4 pints = 2.27
(MEG)
9. George calculates that his car does 35 miles per gallon of petrol.
Pierre calculates that his car does 9 kilometres per litre of petrol.
1 mile = 1.61 kilometres 1 gallon = 4.55 litres
(a) Calculate the petrol consumption of George's car in kilometres per litre.
(b) Calculate the difference in the petrol consumption of George's car compared
with Pierre's car as a percentage of the petrol consumption of Pierre's car.
(SEG)
10. (a) Megan is 5 feet 3 inches tall.
1 cm = 0.394 inches
12 inches = 1 foot
Calculate Megan's height in centimetres.
Give your answer to an appropriate degree of accuracy.
(b) An electronic weighing scale gives Megan's weight as 63.4792 kg.
Give her weight correct to an appropriate degree of accuracy.
(NEAB)

11. (a) When Lisa was on holiday in Spain she paid 138 pesetas for a glass of milk.
She knew that £1 = 193 pesetas and estimated that the milk cost 70 pence.
Show clearly, without using a calculator, how Lisa could have obtained her
answer.
(b) 9
litres
8

ml
80
1 litre
0.8 60
200 0.6 40
ml 0.4
0.2 20

Bucket Drinking Jug Measuring

glass cylinder

Choose the most appropriate container from the four pictured above to
measure
(i) the amount of milk used in a cup of tea,
(ii) the amount of water in a garden pond.
(MEG)
7.6 Squares, Rectangles and Triangles
1. Find the area of each of the following shapes:
(a) (b)
4 cm 6 cm

4 cm 4 cm

(c) (d)
2 cm
5 cm 5 cm

8 cm

(e) (f)
3 cm

5 cm
4 cm
5 cm
5 cm

2. Find the area of the triangle PQR in the following cases:

(a) R (b)
P R

6 cm
13 cm
10 cm
Q

Q 7 cm P R
(c) (d)

9 cm
6 cm 10 cm

Q 7 cm R

P 3 cm Q
7.6

3. S R 30 cm Q
In the diagram the area of ∆ PQR is
255 cm 2 and the length of QR is 30 cm.
Find the length of PS.

4. Find the base of each triangle when:

Area Height

(a) 6 cm 2 4 cm

(b) 20 cm 2 5 cm

(c) 100 mm 2 25 mm

(d) 48 m 2 160 cm

5. Copy and complete the table below for each given rectangle

Length Breadth Perimeter Area

(a) 6m 4m

(b) 8m 48 cm 2

(c) 2.2 m 8.8 cm 2

(d) 4.5 m 23 m
(e) 26 mm 98 mm

6. Find the areas of the shaded regions. All dimensions are in cm.

(a) 4 (b) 4

2 2
4
2 1 6

3 3 3

(c) (d)
5 3
1.5 3
3
1.5
2 5 8
1.5 2
1.5 2
2
1.5 2 1.5 8
7. A wedding photograph measures 250 mm by 150 mm and is mounted on a frame
300 mm by 200 mm. Find the area not covered by the photograph.

8. The wall of a room has one window.

The diagram shows the dimensions of the 2m
wall and window.
2.5 m Window 1.4 m
(a) Find the area of wall;

(b) If it costs £2 per m 2 for painting,

5m
how much will it cost to paint the wall?

9. Find the number of 15-centimetre square tiles required to cover a floor 5.4 m
long and 4.05 m wide.

10. Find the area, in square centimetres, of a rectangular strip of board 3.28 m long
and 75 mm wide.

11. A square cardboard of side 20 m has a 4 m wide border round three of its sides.
Find the area of the border.

12. A paper box without a lid is 25 cm long, 16 cm wide and 5 cm deep. How many
square centimetres of paper have been used to make the box ?

13. Find the area of each of the following shapes:

(a) (b)
2m

8m
6m 2m 2m

10 m
6m

(c) 4 cm (d) 4 cm

5 cm 4 cm

4 cm 2 cm
8 cm 10 cm

(e) 2 cm (f)

2 cm 3 cm

5 cm 5 cm 5 cm

6 cm 6 cm
7.6

14. The shaded square has sides of length 1 cm.

It is enlarged a number of times as shown.

(a) Complete the table.

Length of side of square 1 cm 2 cm 3 cm 4 cm

Perimeter of square 4 cm 8 cm 12 cm

Area of square 1 cm 2 4 cm 2 16 cm 2

The shaded square continues to be enlarged.

(b) Complete the following table.

Length of side of square

Perimeter of square

Area of square 64 cm 2
(SEG)

15. (a) The area of each small square on the chequered flag is
64 cm 2 .
What is the area of the flag

(b) The design on this flag consists of a

rectangle and a triangle.
8 cm Calculate the area of the design
(NEAB)
6 cm
10 cm

NOT TO SCALE
16. Debbie wants to make a rectangular paved area in her garden. She uses 36 square
paving tiles. One possible arrangement is shown.

NOT TO SCALE
Each tile is 50 cm by 50 cm.

(a) What is the perimeter of this arrangement? Give your answer in metres.

(b) Four other rectangular paved areas can be made from the 36 tiles.
One of the other areas is 9 by 4.
Note that a rectangle 9 by 4 is the same as one 4 by 9.
Write down in the table the length and breadth of each of the remaining three
of these rectangles.

length 6 breadth 6

length 9 breadth 4

length breadth

length breadth

length breadth

(SEG)
17. Terry is told to draw four different rectangles, each with a perimeter of 18 cm.
He draws these shapes.

A
B
C

D
7.6

(a) His teacher says two of these are really the same.
Which two?
(b) What is the mathematical name given to two shapes which are exactly the
same?
(c) On the grid draw another rectangle with a perimeter of 18 cm which is not
exactly the same as A, B, C or D.
(d) What is the area of rectangle D?
(SEG)

18. A farmer plans to fence off a rectangular part of a field using fence panels. The
width of each panel is 1m.

1m 1m

He needs to fence off an area of 50 m 2

(a) One rectangle he can fence off is 5 m by 10 m.

5m

10 m Not to scale

(i) Write down the dimensions of the other two rectangles he can make, each
with an area of 50 m 2 .
(ii) Which rectangle uses the smallest number of panels?

The farmer changes his mind because he wants to use fewer panels. He decides to
use an existing wall for one side of the rectangle, and fence panels for the other
three sides.

WALL Not to scale

(b) What is the smallest number of panels he can now use to make an area of
50 m 2 ?
(SEG)
19. 5m Not to
scale
4m
Door 1m
3m

11 m

The diagram shows the plan of the floor of a room.

(a) Calculate the perimeter of the room.
(b) Wooden skirting board is fitted around the perimeter, but not across the
doorway.
It costs 83 p per metre.
Calculate the cost of the skirting board needed for this room.
(c) Calculate the area of the floor of the room.
(d) Carpet tiles measure 1 m by 1 m.
They are sold in boxes each containing 12 tiles.
Each box costs £103.50.
(i) How many boxes are needed to carpet this floor area?
(ii) What is their total cost?
(MEG)

20. (a) A shaded rectangle is drawn on a centimetre square grid.

Work out the area of the shaded rectangle.

State the units of your answer.

(b) On a copy of the centimetre square grid below draw a rectangle with a
perimeter of 10 cm.
7.6

(AQA)
21. The diagram shows the plan of a floor.
There is a carpet in the middle of the floor.

3m
Diagram NOT
Carpet 2m 4m accurately drawn

5m

Work out the shaded area. Write down all the stages in your working.
(Edexcel)

22. The diagram shows the side wall of a building.

6m
5m
Not to scale

4m
Calculate the area of the wall.
You must show all your working.
(AQA)
23. A shop sells square carpet tiles in two different sizes.

Small Large

30 cm
2 Not to scale
2500 cm
30 cm

(a) What is the area of a small carpet tile?

(b) What is the length of a side of a large carpet tile?
(c) The floor of a rectangular room is 300 cm long and 180 cm wide.
How many small tiles are needed to carpet the floor?
(AQA)
7.7 Area and Circumference of Circles
1. Copy and complete the table below for each circle.

Radius Diameter Circumference Area

(a) 10 m
(b) 176 mm

(c) 616 cm 2
(d) 3.6 m

2. Calculate the circumference and area of each circle given its diameter.
(a) 70 mm (b) 28 cm (c) 35 cm

3. Calculate the circumference and area of each circle given its radius, giving your
answer correct to 2 decimal places.
(a) 3.5 cm (b) 13.8 m (c) 5.25 cm

4. Find the radius of a circle whose area is 44 cm 2 .

Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.

5. Find the diameter of a circle whose area is 22 cm 2 .

Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.
7.7
6. Find the areas of the shaded regions, given that O is the centre of each circle.

(a) (b)

O 3 cm
8m
O
4m

7. Find the perimeter and area of each of the following figures. All dimensions are
given in cm and the circular portions are semicircles.

(a) (b)
10

14

28

(c) (d)
5.7

21 7

36 5.7

(e) (f)
2

3 70
56

2
9

8. Two wire circles of diameters 12 cm and 8 cm are cut and then joined to make one
large circle. Find the diameter of this larger circle.

9. A bicycle wheel has a radius of 30 cm.

(a) Find the circumference of the wheel.
(b) How far does the bicycle go in 100 turns of the wheel?
Give your answer in m.
10. Find the perimeter and area of each of the shaded regions. Take π = 3.14 and
give your answers correct to 3 significant figures. All measurements are in
centimetres (cm).
14
(a) (b)

10
6
14

(c) (d)
14.14
10 10 20
O
10

32

(e)
(f)

24 6 8

10

24

(g)

12

11. A cardboard party plate has a diameter of 22 cm.

22 cm
Not to scale
7.7

(a) Calculate the circumference

Take π to be 3.14 or use the π key on your calculator.
(b) (i) What is the radius of the plate?
(ii) Calculate the area of the plate correct to the nearest whole number.
(SEG)
12. The diagram shows a regular hexagon.
The point X is the centre of the hexagon.

(a) (i) Measure and write down the length of one side of the hexagon.
(ii) Calculate the perimeter of the hexagon.
(b) (i) Draw a circle, centre X, which passes through the six vertices of this
hexagon.
(ii) Write down the length of the radius of your circle.
(c) Use the diagram to explain why the circumference of the circle is greater
than the perimeter of the hexagon.
(d) Calculate the circumference of the circle you have drawn.
(NEAB)

13. (a) A circle has a radius of 4 cm. Write down the length of the diameter.
(b) On a copy of the circle below,
(i) draw a diameter
(ii) mark with a cross a point on the circumference
(iii) draw a tangent.

(AQA)
14. A circle fits inside a semicircle of diameter 10 cm as shown.

Not drawn
accurately

10 cm

Calculate the shaded area.

(AQA)

15. A giant paper clip is placed alongside a centimetre ruler.

The curved ends are semicircles.

Not drawn
accurately

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
cm

Calculate the length of wire used to make the clip.

(AQA)
7.8 Volumes of Cubes, Cuboids, Cylinders
and Prisms
1. Find the volume of each shape shown below.

(a) (b)
4 cm
8 cm

4 cm
4 cm 1 cm

2 cm
7.8

(c) 5 cm (d)

3 cm
5 cm
4 cm

4 cm

(e) (f)

1 cm

3cm
6 cm 8 cm
3 cm

2. Find the volume of each prism below.

(a) (b)

2 cm 2 cm

7 cm 6 cm
3 cm

(c) (d)

3cm
12 cm 3 cm
4 cm
3 cm
3 cm

3. Find the volume of each prism below.

(a)
2 cm
1 cm 2 cm
1 cm 2 cm
8 cm

(b)

5 cm 5 cm
2 cm 2 cm
10 cm
2 cm
5 cm
4. Quickgrow fertiliser is packed in cylindrical drums.

20 cm
QU
ICK 50 cm
GR
OW Not to scale

(a) One size of drum has a radius of 20 cm and a height of 50 cm.

(i) Calculate the area of the base of this drum.
Take π to be 3.14 or use the π key on your calculator.
(ii) Calculate the volume of this drum.

(b) Another size of cylindrical drum has a volume of 100 000 cm 3 and a height
of 40 cm. Calculate the radius of this drum.
(SEG)

5. A cylindrical can has a radius of 6 centimetres. 6 cm

(a) Calculate the area of the circular end of the can.
(Use the π button on your calculator or π = 3.14)

The capacity of the can is 2000 cm 3 .

(b) Calculate the height of the can.
Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.
(LON)

6. A cylindrical pencil holder is shown.

The height is 15 cm and the diameter 6 cm.
(a) What is the capacity of the pencil holder?
Pencils 15 cm
(b) The outer curved surface area is covered with
coloured paper.
What is the area of the paper?

6 cm
(SEG)
7. Jack makes some concrete steps. The diagram shows their dimensions in
centimetres.
60
100 20 60
20 60
100 20

Not to scale

(a) Calculate, in cubic centimetres, the volume of concrete needed.

(b) There are 1 000 000 cm 3 in 1 m 3 . Change your answer to (a) into m 3 .
(SEG)
7.8

8. A pencil is in the shape of a regular hexagonal prism as shown

The pencil consists of a cylinder of graphite and a wooden surround.
O is the centre of the circular end of the graphite.
The diameter of the circle is 2 mm.
ED = 4 mm. DG = 18 cm.

A B
G
o
F
C
2 mm
18 cm
E D
Not to scale
4 mm

(a) Find the size of angle AOB.

(b) Calculate the area of the regular hexagon ABCDEF.
(c) Calculate the area of the circle.
Take π to be 3.14 or use the π key on your calculator.
(d) Calculate the volume of wood in one pencil.
(SEG)

9. Tennis balls are sold in boxes of three. The balls fit tightly inside the box.

ACEALLS
7 cm B
NIS
TEN
7 cm

(a) (i) Calculate the length of the box.

(ii) Calculate the volume of the box.
The tennis balls do not fill all the space inside the box.
(b) Give a rough estimate for the volume of one tennis ball. Show your working.
(SEG)

10. Evelyn buys a special offer packet of biscuits marked 20% extra free. It contains
20% more biscuits than a normal packet for the same price.

te
o c ola
h S
lk c UIT
Mi ISC
ra B
ext
%
20 FRE E

The normal packet weighs 250 g.

 (a) What is the weight of the special offer packet?
The special offer packet of biscuits is a cylinder with radius 3 cm and length 18 cm.
(b) Calculate the volume of a special offer packet.
Take π to be 3.14 or use the π key on your calculator.
(c) The normal packet is also a cylinder.
What is the volume of a normal packet?
(SEG)

11. (a) Christopher buys a fish tank.

The dimensions of the tank are 91 cm by 32 cm by 35 cm.

35 cm

32 cm
91 cm

(i) Calculate the volume of the tank in cm 3 .

(ii) How many litres of water will the tank hold when full?
(1000 cm 3 = 1 litre)

(b) Christopher bought the tank from a pet shop.

He had a choice of four different sizes of tank.

PETS GALORE
TANKS NOW IN STOCK
2 feet, 3 feet, 4 feet or 5 feet

These sizes are the

lengths of the tanks

length

Which size of tank did Christmopher buy?

(c) Christopher needs to put 50 litres of water into the tank.

He wants to know how deep the water will be in centimetres.
To do this he needs to work out this calculation:
50 × 1000
91 × 32
The answer he gets on his calculator is 17582.418.
This answer is wrong.
(i) What mistake did he make when he worked this out?
(ii) What is the correct answer?
(NEAB)
7.8

12.
A
A child builds a tower from three similar
Not B cylindrical blocks.
to
scale The smallest block, A, has radius 2.5 cm and
C
height 6 cm.

(a) Find the volume of the smallest box.

(b) Block B is an enlargement of A and block C is an enlargement of B, each
3
with a scale factor of 1 .
4
Find the total height of the tower.
(MEG)

13. (a) This cuboid is made from 1 centimetre cubes.

What is its volume?

Not to
scale

(b) Calculate the volume of this cuboid.

7.6 cm
Not to
3.2 cm scale

4.5 cm
(OCR)
14.

4 cm

11 cm
3 cm

Work out the volume of the triangular prism.

Give the units with your answers.
(Edexcel)
15. The diagram shows a cylinder.
The diameter of the cylinder is 10 cm.
The height of the cylinder is 10 cm.
10 cm
(a) Work out the volume of the cylinder.
Give your answer in terms of π .

10 cm

(b) Twenty of the cylinders are packed in a box of height 10 cm.

The diagram shows how the cylinders are arranged inside the box.
The shaded area is the space between the cylinders.

Not drawn
accurately

Work out the volume inside the box that is not filled by the cylinders.
Give your answer in terms of π .
(AQA)
7.9 Plans and Elevations
1. Draw the plan, front elevation and side elevation for each solid shown below.

(a) (b)

(c) (d)
7.9

2. Draw a plan and front elevation for:

(a) a lampshade,
(b) a cricket bat,
(c) a pencil,
(d) a ring doughnut.

3. Draw the plan, front and side elevation for:

(a) (b)

4. Part of a net of a cuboid has been drawn on the grid.

(a) Complete accurately this net.

(b) Write down the length, width and height of the cuboid which can be made
from this net.
(c) The net in the diagram is a scale drawing of a net of a cereal packet. The
scale is 1 cm to 5 cm.

(i) Write down the length, width and height of the cereal packet.
(ii) Calculate the area of cardboard needed to make the cereal packet,
without flaps.
(d) Calculate the volume of the cereal packet.
 (e) Some other boxes have dimensions 4 cm by 10 cm by 30 cm. They are
packed into a carton with dimensions 48 cm by 80 cm by 60 cm.
Can boxes of this size be fitted exactly into the carton, with no space
wasted?
Show calculations to explain your answer.
(SEG)

5. The drawing shows a cuboid with a prism removed. The measurements are in
centimetres.

3
1
A 4

4
B

6
5 F
S
(a) On a copy of the grid, draw full size the front (F) and side (S) elevations.

(b) What is the length of the sloping edge marked AB on the drawing?
(OCR)
7.9

6. Here are the plan, front elevation and side elevation of a 3-D shape.
plan

front side
elevation elevation

(a) Draw a sketch of the 3-D shape.

Here is a sketch of a different 3-D shape.

The shape is a cylinder with a cone on top.

Diagram NOT accurately drawn

(b) Sketch the front elevation of this 3-D shape.

(Edexcel)
7.10 Using Isometric Paper
1. On isometric paper draw the following cuboids:
(a) sides of length 3 cm, 3 cm and 5 cm,
(b) sides of length 2 cm, 3 cm and 4 cm.

2. On isometric paper, draw a garage which has a sloping roof.

3. In each case below, the plan and two elevations of a solid are given. Draw an
isometric drawing of each solid.

(a) 4 cm

3 cm
6 cm 6 cm 2 cm

3 cm 3 cm

4 cm 6 cm
 (b)
2 cm 2 cm

6 cm 2 cm 2 cm
1 cm

2 cm 2 cm

3 cm 3 cm 6 cm
(c)
3 cm 3 cm 3 cm
2 cm
5 cm
8 cm 3 cm
3 cm

6 cm
8 cm

(d)
2 cm 2 cm
2 cm 2 cm 2 cm
2 cm 2 cm
4 cm 4 cm
2 cm
8 cm 4 cm 4 cm

8 cm
7 Mensuration
7.11 Discrete and Continuous Measures
1. State whether each of the following is discrete or continuous:
(a) number of goals scored in a football match,
(b) the length of a human foot,
(c) the number of teachers in your school,
(d) the time it takes to travel to London,
(e) the number of players in a tennis tournament,
(f) the weight of your school bag,
(g) the number of rabbits in the country.

2. In each case state whether the the value given is exact or give the range of values
in which it could lie.
1
(a) Shoe size is 6 2 .

(b) The radius of the earth is 3866 km.

(c) The cost of a shirt is £5.99.
(d) A newspaper has 64 pages.
(e) The capacity of a bus is 73 people.
(f) The weight of the contents of a tin of baked beans is 220 grams.
(g) 486 people voted for the Monster Raving Loony party.
(h) The volume of a drink is 0.175 litres.
7.12 Areas of Parallelograms, Trapeziums,
Kites and Rhombuses
1. Find the area of each of the following shapes:
2 cm 2m
(a) (b) (c)
2m 3 cm 3m

5 cm 6m
3m

(d) (e) 6 cm
2 cm
8 cm

8 cm
7.12
3.5 m
(f) (g)

3 cm 4m

5 cm 7m
(h) (i)

2 cm
5 cm
10 cm
6 cm

2. Find the areas of the following parallelograms:

(a) (b)
2.8 m

9 cm 1.2 m

6 cm

2m
(c) (d)
1.5 m
4 cm

500 cm 41 mm

15 mm

(Give your answer in m 2 ) (Give your answer in mm 2 )

3. Find the base of a parallelogram, given that its height is 8 cm and its area 64 cm 2 .

4. The area of a parallelogram is 108 mm 2 . Find its height if the base is 12 mm.

5. Find the area of the trapezium.

180 mm
Give your answer in cm 2 .

6 cm

150 mm
 6.8 cm
6. Find the area of the trapezium.
Give your answer in mm 2 .
15 mm

4.4 cm

7. A trapezium has an area of 120 cm 2 . Its parallel sides measure 14 cm and 10cm.
Find its height.

8. A trapezium has a height of 8 m. What is the sum of its parallel sides if its area is
64 m 2 .

9. The area of a trapezium is 40 m 2 . It has a height of 5 m and one of its parallel

sides is 6 m. Find the length of the other parallel side.

10. In the diagram, CDE is an isosceles triangle with an area of 24 cm 2 .

If AB = 8 cm and AD = 12 cm, calculate the area of the trapezium ABED.

A 12 cm D

8 cm

B E F C

11. Find the value of the unknown in each of the following figures.

(a) (b)
9 cm
16 cm 11 cm
x cm 7 cm
k cm

10 cm 14 cm

(c) 18 cm (d)
D C 32 cm
D C
h cm
24 cm
A B
24 cm
A B
Area of ABCD = 273 cm 2 y cm
2
Area of ABCD = 912 cm
7.13 Surface Area
1. Find the surface area of each of the following cuboids with dimensions:
(a) l = 10 cm, b = 5 cm, h = 4 cm,
(b) l = 8 m, b = 2.5 cm, h = 10 m.

2. Find the surface area of each cube of edge:

(a) 2 cm, (b) 9.2 m.

3. The surface area of a cube is 24 cm 2 .

(a) What is the area of each face? (b) Find the length of each edge.

4. Find the surface area of each of the following prisms:

(a) 2 cm (b) 11 m

12.5 cm
10 m 10 m
10 cm

15 cm
9.5 cm 4m
5m

Trapezoidal prism Trapezoidal prism

(c) (d) 15 cm

40 cm
20 cm

7m

2m
2m

Square prism Rectangular prism

(e) 3 cm (f)
5m
6 cm
2m 1m

2 cm 2m
6 cm 2m
4m
6 cm
L-shaped prism 1m T-shaped prism
 (g) (h)
3 cm
5 cm

3 cm
9 cm
3 cm 20 cm
3 cm
8 cm
5 cm
6 cm

C-shaped prism Triangular prism

5. Find the surface area of the following cylinders:

(a) (b)
4 cm

2 cm 6 cm

12 cm

(c) 1.5 cm

15 cm

6. A cylindrical vase has a base whose external diameter is 8 cm and height is 12 cm.
Find its external surface area.

7. If the area of the curved surface of a cylinder is 44 m 2 and its height is 2 m, find
the radius of its circular ends.

8. Ali wants to wrap a hollow tube of length 21 cm with paper. He needs an extra
400 cm 2 of paper to fold over the edges. If the radius of the ends of the tube is
5 cm, how much paper does Ali need altogether?
7.14 Mass, Volume and Density
1. A rectangular block, 15 cm by 10 cm by 5 cm, has a mass of 1500 g. Find:
(a) its volume,
(b) its density.
7.14

2. Find the density of each of the following solids, given its mass and volume. Give
your answers in g/cm 3 correct to 3 significant figures.
(a) mass = 45 g, volume = 8 cm 3 ;
(b) mass = 1.35 kg, volume = 250 cm 3 ;
(c) mass = 0.46 kg, volume = 78 000 mm 3 ;
(d) mass = 0.325 kg, volume = 85 cm 3 ;
(e) mass = 567 g, volume = 0.000 4 m 3 ;
(f) mass = 521.3 kg, volume = 0.12 m 3 .

3. Find the volume of each of the following solids, given its mass and density. Give
your answers in cm 3 correct to 3 significant figures.
(a) mass = 78 g, density = 5.4 g/cm 3 ;
(b) mass = 179.2 kg, density = 0.82 g/cm 3 ;
(c) mass = 1.35 kg, density = 2.78 g/cm 3 ;
(d) mass = 45.3 kg, density = 5600 kg/m 3 ;
(e) mass = 867.5 kg, density = 12 500 kg/m 3 ;
(f) mass = 790 g, density = 850 kg/m 3 .

4. Find the mass of each of the following solids, given its volume and density.
(a) volume = 98 cm 3 , density = 2.65 g/cm 3 ;
(b) volume = 459 cm 3 , density = 1.2 g/cm 3 ;
(c) volume = 0.005 6 m 3 , density = 0.75 g/cm 3 ;
(d) volume = 74 cm 3 , density = 3400 kg/m 3 ;
(e) volume = 432 cm 3 , density = 2450 kg/m 3 ;
(f) volume = 485 cm 3 , density = 650 kg/m 3 .

5. Calculate the densities of the following:

(a) A piece of metal that has a mass of 1400 g and a volume of 200 cm 3 ,

(b) A substance that has a mass of 220 kg and a volume of 0.44 m 3 .

6. What is the mass of 400 cm 3 of a metal rod whose density is 2.4 g/cm 3 ?

7. Find the volume of a substance with a mass of 52.8 g and a density of 1.2 g/cm 3 .

8. A wooden cube is of side 5 cm. The density of the wood is 0.8 g/cm 3 . Find:
(a) the volume of the cube,
(b) the mass of the cube.

9. Find the mass of a plank whose volume is 0.05 m 3 and density 900 kg/m 3 .
10. A ball bearing has mass 0.44 pounds.
1 kg = 2.2 pounds
(a) (i) Calculate the mass of the ball bearing in kilograms.
mass
Density =
volume
(ii) When the mass of the ball bearing is measured in kg and the volume is
measured in cm 3 , what are the units of the density?
(b) The volume of a container is given by the formula:

V = 4L (3 - L)2 .
Using Mass = Volume × Density calculate the mass of the container when
L = 1.40 cm, and 1 cm 3 of the material has a mass of 0.160 kg.
(SEG)

11. The volume of a cuboid of length 20 cm and breadth 5 cm is 900 cm 3 . Find its
height.

12. The volume of a cube is 125 cm 3 . Find the length of its edge.

13. The floor of an empty rectangular room measures 6 m by 4 m. Its height is

310 cm. What is the volume of air it contains in cubic metres?

14. The dimensions of a box are 6 cm by 5 cm by 10 cm. How many such boxes can
be placed in a rectangular case whose dimensions are 30 cm by 15 cm by 20 cm?

15. The volume of a rectangular block is 720 cm 3 . If the area of its cross-section is
90 , what is its height?

16. The base of a rectangular tin has an area of 150 cm 2 . If the tin contains 450 cm 3
of water, what is the height of water in the tin?
7.15 Volumes, Areas and Lengths
1. Calculate the volume of each of the following prisms:

(a) (b) (c)

2 cm 11 cm
12 m 5m 4 cm
3m
20 cm
12 cm 10 m

15 cm 3m
13 m
10 cm
5 cm
Trapezoidal prism Pentagonal prism Trapezoidal prism
7.15

2. Find the area of the shaded regions in the following figures:

(a) (b) (c)

3 cm 25˚
4 cm
4 cm 45˚
50˚ 3 cm

3. Find the volume of a sphere with:

(a) radius 4 cm, (b) radius 21 cm,
(c) diameter 6.42 cm, (d) diameter 2.5 cm.

4. Find the radius of a sphere whose volume is:

1
(a) 1437 cm 3 , (b) 288π cm 3 .
3

5. A spherical container is 20 cm in diameter. Calculate the volume of water if the

container is :
(a) half-filled with water, (b) filled completely with water.

6. A spherical lead ball 15 cm in radius is melted and made into smaller spherical
balls of radius 3 cm each. How many smaller balls can be obtained?

7. The side of the base of a square pyramid is 7 m long. Its height is 4.5 m. Find the
volume of the pyramid.

8. A square pyramid has a volume of 270 m 3 and a height of 10 m. Calculate:

(a) the area of its base, (b) the length of the side of its base.

9. The length and breadth of the base of a rectangular pyramid are 8.4 m and 7.5 m
respectively. Its height is 10 m. Find the volume of the pyramid.

10. The volume of a rectangular pyramid is 72.5 m 3 . The area of its base is 25 m 2 .
Find its height.

11. Find the surface area of a sphere with:

(a) radius 2.8 cm, (b) radius 13 m,
(c) diameter 6.3 m, (d) diameter 11.2 m.
Give each answer correct to the nearest whole unit.

12. Find the radius of a sphere whose surface area is

(a) 154 cm 2 , (b) 2464 cm 2 .

13. Find the surface area of each of the following candles which is in the shape of a
hemisphere with:
(a) radius 10 cm, (b) diameter 5 m.

14. A cone has a height of 10 cm and a base radius of 6.5 cm. Calculate:
(a) the area of its base, (b) the volume of the cone.
Give each answer correct to 3 significant figures.

15. A cone has a height of 14 cm and a base radius of 4.2 cm. Calculate its volume.
Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.

16. Find the slant height of a cone whose base radius is 1.4 m and whose area of
curved surface is 132 m 2 .

17. In a conical tent, the diameter of the base is 7 m and the slant height is 4.5 m.
Calculate, correct to the nearest m 2 , the amount of material used for making this
tent including the base.

18. A party hat is in the shape of a cone with a slant height of 20 cm. If the
circumference of the base is 88 cm, calculate:
(a) the radius of the base,

(b) the amount of paper used for making it. Give your answer in cm 2 .

19. An arc of a circle with radius 4.5 cm subtends an angle of 84° at the centre of the
circle. Find the length of the arc. Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.

20. A sector of a circle with radius 5 cm has an angle of 104° at the centre of the
circle. Find the area of the sector. Give your answer correct to the nearest whole
number.

21. The pendulum of a clock is 50 cm long. 12

The pendulum bob swings from P to Q 9

6
3
12˚
through an angle of 12° .
50 cm
What is the area of the sector covered by the
pendulum as the bob swings from P to Q?
Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.
P Q

22. The hour hand of a clock sweeps through a sector with an area of 130 cm 2 in
5 hours. Find the length of the hour hand. Give your answer correct to the nearest
whole number.
7.15

23. Vijay is planning his garden. The shaded area in the diagram represents a path.
B

72˚ Not to scale

O C D
8m 2m

AC and BD are arcs of circles whose centres are at O.

OC = 8 m CD = 2m Angle BOD = 72°
Take π to be 3.14 or use the π key on your calculator.
(a) Calculate the area of the sector OAC.
(b) Calculate the area of the path.

(c) Vijay uses 1.2 m 3 of concrete to make the path. The depth of the concrete is
the same over the whole path.
Calculate, in centimetres, the depth of the concrete.
(SEG)

24. A cylindrical birthday cake is cut into pieces. One of the pieces is shown. O is the
centre of the circle.
OD = 9 cm OA = OB = 10 cm Arc length AB = 3 cm

O 10 cm B

3 cm
9 cm 10 cm
A
D
9 cm
Not to scale

(a) Calculate the size of angle AOB.

Take π to be 3.14 or use the π key on your calculator.
(b) Calculate the area of the sector AOB.
(c) Calculate the total surface area of one of the pieces of cake.
(SEG)
25. A "TRAFFIC CONE" is made from a cone and a cuboid.
The cone has a radius OA = 20 cm and slant height AB = 81 cm.
The cuboid has a square base, centre O, of side 40 cm and height 15 cm.
B

81

15
O
20
A Not to scale
40

(a) How many planes of symmetry has the "TRAFFIC CONE"?

(b) Calculate the vertical height OB of the cone.
(c) Calculate the volume of the cone.
Take π to be 3.14 or use the π key on your calculator.
(d) Calculate the volume of the "TRAFFIC CONE".
(SEG)

26. A circular badge is shown. It consists of a circle centre O and radius 3 cm. The
design on the badge is an arc BOC of a circle centre A and radius also 3 cm.
The lines OA = OB = OC = AB = AC = 3 cm.

3 cm
O

B 3 cm 3 cm C

Not to scale
A
(a) Find the size of angle BAC.
(b) Find the area of the shaded sector OBAC.
Take π to be 3.14 or use the π key on your calculator.
(c) The shaded sector OBAC is to be painted red.
The rest of the badge is to be painted yellow.
Find the area that is to be painted yellow.

Not to scale
7.15

(d) The circles for the badges are cut out from square sheets of metal 50 cm by
50 cm as shown. What is the maximum number of badges that can be cut
from the square?
(SEG)

27. The head of a baby's rattle is a sphere.

The sphere has a diameter of 8 cm.

Calculate the volume of the sphere.
Take π to be 3.14 or use the π
key on your calculator.

(SEG)
8 cm
28. A bar of gold is a prism with volume 165 cm3. Its cross-section is a trapezium with
dimensions as shown.

4.2 cm
3.6 cm
6.7 cm

(a) Calculate the length of the gold bar.

(b) A similar bar of gold has a volume of 675.84 cm3. Calculate the height of
this bar of gold.

(c) A different bar of gold has a volume given by the formula V = h 2 y .

Rearrange the formula to make h the subject.
(OCR)
29. A marble paperweight consists of a cuboid and a hemisphere as shown in the
diagram. The hemisphere has a radius of 4 cm.

4 cm

5 cm

10 cm 10 cm

Calculate the volume of the paperweight.

(AQA)
7.16 Dimensions
1. If a, b, c and d are all lengths, consider each expression and decide if it could be a
length, area, volume or none of these:
(a) ab + cd (b) abc (c) a+b+c+d

(d) a2 + b2 + c2 (e) abcd (f) abc + bcd + cda + dab

a c
(g) + (h) a + bcd (i) (ab)2 + (cd )2
b d

2. Which of the following formulae could be the volume of

the solid shape illustrated opposite.
ah 2
(i) V= π + π a2
12 3

a2h 2
(ii) V= π + π a3
12 3

ah 2 2
(iii) V= π + π a2
12 3

(ah)2 4
(iv) V= π + π a3
12 3

3. By considering dimensions, decide whether the following expressions could be a

formula for
perimeter, area or volume.
In the expressions below, a, b and c are all lengths.
2
(a) a + b + c (b) π a3 + π a2 b
3
(SEG)
4. Explain whether the following formulae could be a volume or not.
In each a, b, c and d are lengths.
3
4 ab
(a) π a2 (b) π abc (c) (π ab)2 (d) 4π  
3  c

( a + b + c )3 π (ab + cd )
2
3
(e) (f) (g) (ab + bc + cd ) 2
12
5. The table shows some expressions.
a, b, c and d represent lengths.
π and 3 are numbers which have no dimensions.

π ab 3 3
3a 2 π bc ac + bd π (a + b) 3(c + d ) 3π bc 2
3d

Write down the three expressions which could represent areas.

(Edexcel)
7.17 Areas of Triangles
1. Calculate the areas of the following triangles:

(a) (b)
6 cm
5 cm 3 cm

5 cm
10 cm
6 cm

(c) (d)

12 cm
4 cm 8 cm 8 cm

10 cm

7 cm
2. For each of the triangles shown, find:
(i) the area of the triangle,
(ii) the angle shown by θ .

(a) (b)

6 cm 4 cm
8 cm
8 cm

8 cm θ
θ 9 cm

(c) θ
6 cm
7 cm

11 cm
8 Data Handling
8.1 Tables and Timetables
1. In a factory there are 79 male and 74 female managers.
Managers can be either junior or senior. There are 28 male senior managers.
There is a total of 93 junior managers.
(a) Construct a two-way table to show the number of male and female managers
in junior and senior management.
(b) Comment on the proportion of women in junior and senior management.

Male Female

Junior
management

Senior
management
(LON)

2. The timetable summarises part of the Intercity East Coast line trains from King's
Cross to Edinburgh.

London, King's Cross 0800 0830 0900 – 1000

Peterborough – 0915 – – 1045
Doncaster 0930 1015 – 1130 1145
York 1005 1055 1100 1205 1220
Darlington 1035 1125 1130 1235 1250
Durham 1050 1145 – 1300 1315
Newcastle 1105 1205 1200 1315 1330
Berwick – 1250 – – 1415
Edinburgh 1235 1340 1330 – 1505

(a) What is the shortest journey time from Newcastle to Edinburgh?

(b) If you arrive at London King's Cross at 0745, what is the earliest time
that you can reach Berwick?
(c) If you just miss the 1015 train from Doncaster to Edinburgh, what is
your new arrival time in Edinburgh?
(d) What is the shortest travel time from London to Edinburgh?
8.1

3. The table shows the distances, in miles, between major cities in Scotland.
en
de
ber
A

se
fri
um
D
210

e
de
un
gh

D
67 140 ur
b
in
Ed
125 75 57

wo
sg
la
ss

G
147 73 78 46
rne
ve
In
106 239 124 158 173

rth
Pe
86 119 21 42 61 114
g
in
irl
116 89 51 38 31 140 30 St

(a) What is the distance between

(i) Aberdeen and Stirling, (ii) Aberdeen and Glasgow
(iii) Edinburgh and Perth, (iv) Dumfries and Glasgow?

(b) You are planning a cycling tour of Scotland, starting and finishing in
Dumfries, and visiting, in order,
Dumfries – Edinburgh – Stirling – Perth – Inverness – Glasgow – Dumfries.
What is the total distance that you will travel?

4. Here is some information about Year 11 students in a school.

Stays school
No. Name Date of birth Form Village
lunch

1 Bright. M 12/2/77 11W Swinton Yes

2 Patel. D 24/4/77 11L Bolton Yes
3 Learson. M 5/11/76 11L Bolton No
4 Thompson. A 30/09/76 11W Bolton Yes
5 Williams. C 15/7/77 11P Bolton No
6 Yip. D 21/10/76 11R Goldthorpe No
7

(a) Gillian Reed, in form 11L, stays for school lunches. She lives in Bolton and
was born on 17 January 1977. Add this information to the list.
(b) What is the name of the oldest student on the list?
(c) Which students live in the village of Bolton and do not stay for school
lunch?
(NEAB)
5. Four hockey teams play each other in a competition.
The results are

Ramblers 3 Wanderers 2
ROUND 1
Rovers 0 Nomads 0

Wanderers 2 Rovers 2
ROUND 2
Nomads 0 Ramblers 1

Wanderers 3 Nomads 1
ROUND 3
Ramblers 0 Rovers 2

Using the above table of results, suggest a reason why

(a) Ramblers could say they are the best team,
(b) Wanderers could say they are the best team,
(c) Rovers could say they are the best team.
(MEG)

6. The London Police fitted cameras on traffic lights.

The table shows the number of accidents that occurred before and after the
cameras were fitted.

Type of accident Number of accidents Number of accidents

before cameras after cameras

Minor 685 532

Serious 914 707

Very serious 146 103

(a) Calculate the total number of accidents which happened before the cameras
were fitted.
Write this answer to the nearest hundred.

(b) Without using a calculator, estimate the number of accidents that occurred
after the cameras had been fitted.
Show how you made your estimate.
(c) A spokesman for the police said:
"The total number of accidents has been reduced by almost 25%."
Use the information in the table above to decide if you agree with this
statement.
Show all your working.
Give a clear reason for your decision.
(LON)
8.1

7. The following table gives the distances, in km, between major cities and towns in
Finland to which the national airline, Finnair, operates flights.

Ke R O T V Ku J

Helsinki (H) 1050 1200 900 300 700 600 650

Joensuu (J) 750 850 600 900 700 200

Kuopio (Ku) 600 700 500 700 600

Vaasa (V) 600 750 550 500

Turku (T) 1200 1300 1050

Oulu (O) 200 300

Rovaniemi (R) 150

Kemi (Ke)

(a) Which is the place furthest away from Helsinki?

(b) Which is the place closest to Oulu?
(c) If you fly from Oulu to Helsinki, via Rovaniemi and Kemi, how much
further do you travel than flying direct from Oulu to Helsinki?
(d) A plane makes the following journey:
Helsinki to Oulu
Oulu to Kemi
Kemi to Helsinki
Helsinki to Rovaniemi
Rovanieme to Kuopio
Kuopio to Helsinki
What is the total distance flown by this plane?

8. 80 students each play in one of three mixed sports teams.

The two-way table shows some information about these students.

Football Cricket Hockey Total

Female 6 36

Male 23 44

Total 36 19 80

Complete a copy of the two-way table.

(Edexcel)
8.2 Pictograms and Bar Charts
1. The table below shows the profits after taxation of a company from 1986 to 1991.
(a) What was the profit (i) in 1989?
(ii) in 1991?

(b) in which year was the profit smallest? By how much had the profit fallen
that year from the previous year?

1986 $ $ $ $ $ $

1987 $ $ $ $ $ $

1988 $ $ $ $

1989 $ $ $ $ $ $

1990 $ $ $ $ $

1991 $ $ $ $ $ $ $

$ represents 1 million dollars

2. The pictogram shows the number of TV sets manufactured by a factory between

1988 and 1991.

1988
1989 represents
2000 sets
1990
1991
 (a) How many TV sets were manufactured in 1988?
(b) How many TV sets were manufactured in 1990?
(c) In which year was the most number of TV sets manufactured?

3. The table below shows the results of a survey on the number of families who
visited various countries from March to December last year.

Country Portugal Spain France Holland

No. of families 40 135 90 65

(a) What was the total number of families involved in the survey?
(b) What fraction of the total number of families visited Spain?
(c) Draw a pictogram to represent the given data, using one picture to represent
10 families.

4. The grades obtained by 40 pupils in a Mathematics examination are shown in the

table.

Grade Fail Pass Credit Distinction

No. of pupils 4 18 12 6

Draw a pictogram for this information.

5. This is a pictogram for the number of cars sold each month by a motor company.

Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct represents
Nov 20 cars
Dec

(a) In which month were the sales the highest?

(b) In which month were the sales the lowest?
(c) How many cars were sold in August?
(d) How many cars were sold in December?
8.2

6. The table shows the number of pupils in a certain school sitting various subjects.

Subject Mathematics Physics Chemistry Literature History

No. of pupils 88 63 42 30 20

Show this information on a bar chart.

7. The bar chart shows the results of a survey of the number of children per family.

15

10
Number of
families
5

0 0 1 2 3
Number of children per family

(a) How many families have just 2 children?

(b) How many families were surveyed?
(c) How many children are there altogether?

8. In a particular year, 720 families booked holidays to the Far East through a local
travel agent.

Country Japan Hong Kong Thailand Phillipines Taiwan

Nunber of 200 190 110 100 120

families

Represent this information on a horizontal bar chart.

9. The bar chart shows the holiday destinations of the pupils in a class.

10

Number 6
United Kingdom

of
pupils
Resorts

Spain

4
Germany
France

2
Italy

0
Holiday destinations
 (a) How many pupils went on a holiday to Spain?
(b) How many pupils were in the class?
(c) A pupil is chosen at random from the class. What is the probability that this
pupil went to Germany?
(SEG)

10. The usual mid-day temperatures, in °F , are shown for London and Athens.

°F °F
90 90
85 85

80 80
75 75

70 70

65 65

60 60

55 55

SEPTEMBER
SEPTEMBER

OCTOBER
OCTOBER

AUGUST
AUGUST

50 50
APRIL
APRIL

JUNE
JUNE

JULY
JULY

MAY
MAY

45 45

40 40
LONDON ATHENS

(a) What is the usual mid-day temperature in London in June?

(b) Find the difference in the temperatures in London and Athens in June.
(c) Which place has the lowest difference in temperature for the months shown?
Justify your answer.
(NEAB)

11. The average monthly temperature in Prague for 1990 is shown in the table.

Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Temp °C − 4 −2 1 4 9 13 14 14 11 7 2 −2

(a) Copy and complete the following bar chart to show this information.
(b) Which month has the lowest average monthly temperature?
(c) What is the range of these temperatures?
8.2
Temp
°C
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
−1
−2
−3
−4
Months (SEG)

12. You are writing an article about television viewing in Newtown since 1981.

Colour

100 Black and white

80

60
Percentage
of
households 40

20

0
1961 1966 1971 1976 1981
Year

You have obtained the diagram above.

(a) What percentage of households had a television licence in 1966?
(b) What percentage of households had a licence for colour television in 1976?
(c) Comment on how the percentage of licences for colour television compared
with the percentage of licences for black and white television over the years
1961 – 1981.
(d) This year, 97% of the households have a television licence. If one
household is chosen at random, what is the probability that they do not have
a television licence?
(NEAB)
13. The bar chart shows the complaints that people made to British Rail in 1991 and
1992.

How the complaints against British Rail were broken down

Punctuality
Suitability of service
Information at stations
Fares policy
Refunds and claims
Station environment
1991
Cleanliness
1992
Staff conduct
Overcrowding British
Rail
Cancellations

Number of complaints 0 500 1000 1500 2000

(a) Which complaints were made more often in 1991 than in 1992?
(b) The total number of complaints made in 1992 was 7000.
What percentage of these complaints was about 'Cleanliness'?
(NEAB)

14. The bar chart shows the average speeds of cars, lorries and vans on a motorway.

Cars

Lorries

Vans

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Average speed (mph)

(a) Write down the average speed of cars.

(b) Work out the difference between the average speeds of lorries and vans.
8.2

(c) Andrew says that the graph shows that cars always travel faster than lorries
on the motorway.
Is he correct? Give a reason for your answer.
(AQA)

15. The heights of twenty Y7 students were measured in metres.

The measurements, to the nearest 0.1 metre, are given below.
1.5 1.5 1.8 1.6 1.7 1.5 1.6 1.9 1.7 1.6
1.9 1.7 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.5 1.7 1.6 1.9

(a) Complete a copy of the frequency table below.

Height (m) Tally Frequency

1.5
1.6
1.7

1.8

1.9

(b) Use a copy of the grid below to draw a bar chart for the information in the
frequency table.
Make sure that you label your diagram clearly.

(c) One of these students is chosen at random.

What is the probability that this student is 1.7 m tall?
(OCR)
16. The data show the shoe sizes of 20 students.

5 7 6 7 10 8 6 7 9 10
10 8 6 6 7 8 7 9 7 6

(a) Complete a copy of the frequency table below.

Shoe size Tally Frequency

5 1

10

(b) Complete a copy of the bar chart to show this information.

4
Frequency
3

0
5 6 7 8 9 10
Shoe size

(c) Write down the mode of the shoe sizes.

(AQA)
8.3 Pie Charts
1. A survey of workers in a city firm asked how they travelled to work. The results
are given in the table.

Mode of travel Number of

people

Bus 12
Train 14
Car 9
Train and Bus 5
Train and Walk 16
Bicycle 4

Represent this data as a pie chart.

2. John and Ahmad counted cars of various colours in a car park. The table below
shows what they found out.

Colour Red Blue Yellow Green White Grey

Number of cars 15 12 10 8 15 30

Represent the data as a pie chart.

3. A pie chart is used to represent the sales of 3 products, A, B and C. The angles of
the sectors representing A, B and C are 90°, 120° and 150° respectively. Given that
the total sales is 480 kg, calculate the amount, in kilograms, of each product sold.

4. Each week a class of pupils has lessons in 7 subjects. The number of lessons in
each subject is: English 6, Mathematics 6, Literature 4, Geography 3, History 3,
Second Language 6 and PE 2. Draw a pie chart to show this information.

5. The nursing staff of a hospital are made up of 10 sisters, 20 staff nurses, 110 nurses
and 40 trainee nurses. Represent this information on a pie chart by first calculating
the angle of each of the 4 sectors.

6. The diagram shows how a council tackles the

problem of what to do with domestic waste.
(a) Write down the fraction of waste Recycled
which is recycled. Burnt
2
(b) of the total waste is burnt.
5
Calculate the angle of the sector Used for landfill
Diagram not
which represents the waste burnt. accurately
(c) Calculate the percentage of the total waste drawn.
which is used for landfill. (NEAB)
7. 300 young people were asked what they did after completing Year 11 at school.
The pie chart shows the results of the survey.

Where they went

College
22%
Stayed at
Out of school
work 11% 12%
Other 5% Diagram not
Training accurately drawn
Scheme Working
20% 30%

(a) How many of the young people were working?

Gwen made an accurate drawing of the pie chart.
She first drew the sector representing the young people out of work.
(b) Calculate the size of the angle of this sector.
Give your answer to the nearest degree.
(c) Change to a decimal the percentage going to college.
(d) What fraction of the young people stayed at school?
Give your answer in its simplest form.
(LON)
8. A shop sells a certain type of boot in five sizes.
(a) During February the sales and prices were as follows:

Size 6 7 8 9 10

Price (£) 25.99 25.99 26.99 26.99 27.99

Number sold 23 32 26 23 30

Calculate the exact amount of money received from the sale of all these
boots.
8.3

(b) The numbers sold during March are illustrated in the pie chart

size 10

size 6
size 9

size 8
size 7

(i) Measure the angle for size 9.

(ii) The total number of pairs of boots sold during March was 150.
Calculate the number of size 9 pairs which were sold.
(iii) What was the median boot size for March?
(c) The pattern of sales changed from February to March. Write down one way
in which the pattern changed.
(SEG)
9. (a) A geography book contains the pie chart shown below.

Comparison of distribution of tropical forests by area

Asia

Africa

Latin America

SOURCE: WWF United Kingdom

Data Support for
Education Service

This pie chart shows that about one third of the tropical forests lie in Africa.
Copy and complete each of the following statements.
(a) (i) About . . . . . . of the tropical forests lie in Latin America.
(ii) The area of tropical forest in Latin America is about . . . . . . times the
area of tropical forest in Asia.
 (b) Another geography book contains the diagram shown below.

Comparison of distribution of tropical forests by area

Asia

Africa
Latin America

(i) Does the information in this bar chart agree exactly with the
information in the pie chart?
Give a reason for your answer.
(ii) Using the bar chart, find the percentage of the total area of tropical
forest which lies in Latin America.
(MEG)

10. Pali asked 180 boys what was their favourite sport. Here are his results.

Sport Soccer Rugby Cricket Basketball Other

Number of boys 74 25 18 37 26

(a) Draw a pie chart to show these results.

Pali also asked 90 girls about their favourite sport.

In a pie chart showing the results, the angle for Tennis was 84° .
(b) How many of these girls said that Tennis was their favourite sport?
(OCR)

11. The table shows the races that 60 primary school pupils entered on their Sports
Day. They each entered one race.

Race entered Number of pupils

Egg and spoon 18
3-legged 20
Sack 12
Obstacle 10

(a) Draw and label a pie chart to represent the information in the table.
(b) Work out the percentage of pupils who entered the egg and spoon race.
(c) The pupils in the obstacle race took these times in seconds.
23 36 18 29 44 39 36 54 43 41

Draw an ordered stem and leaf diagram to show this information.

(AQA)
8.4 Line Graphs
1. The table shows the hourly temperature readings of a patient.

Time 8 pm 9 pm 10 pm 11 pm 12 am 1 am 2 am 3 am 4 am 5 am

Temperature ( °C ) 40.0 38.5 39.5 37.4 38.0 36.9 37.2 37.0 37.2 37.0

Draw a line graph to represent this information.

2. The table below shows the number of spectators who attended a tennis tournament.

Date 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

Temperature ( °C ) 31 29 30 31 33 36 38

(a) Draw a line graph for this information.

(b) What was the total number of spectators?

3. The line graph below shows the average monthly temperatures recorded in Chicago
Meteorological Station in Singapore in a certain year.
Temperature
(˚C)

30

29

28

27

26

25

0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Month

(a) What was the highest average monthly temperature during the year?
(b) Which was the coolest month on the year?
(c) In which month was the average temperature 28.4 °C ?
(d) In which months were the average temperatures below 27 °C ?
(e) What was the difference in the average monthly temperature for the months
of April and December?
 4. The following graph shows the hourly temperatures between 7 am and 4 pm on a
certain day in the summer.
(a) What was the temperature at 09.00?
(b) What was the temperature at 14.00?
(c) Between 07.00 and 13.00, was the temperature rising or falling?
(d) What happened to the temperature after 1 pm?

Temperature
(˚C)

26

24

22

20

18

16

14

0
07.00 08.00 09.00 10.00 11.00 12.00 13.00 14.00 15.00 16.00 17.00 18.00
Time

5. In August, Claire went to Spain. She recorded the midday temperature each day.

Day 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th

No. of spectators 500 450 300 330 310 510

Claire used her data to draw a temperature graph.

(a) Copy and complete her graph.
8.4

40

35
Temperature
(˚C)

30

25
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Time

(b) Calculate the average midday temperature.

Give your answer to the nearest degree.
(c) What is the range of these midday temperatures?
(SEG)

6. The weekly sales of Chanel No.5 in a shop are shown below.

Day Sun Mon Tue Wed Thur Fri Sat

No. sales 0 4 3 3 7 9 2

Draw a line graph to illustrate this data.

7. The number of trains arriving late at London, Paddington Station each day during
one week is shown in the table below.

Day Sun Mon Tue Wed Thur Fri Sat

No. late 4 7 3 1 12 3 0

Illustrate this data by using a line graph.

The following results were recorded during another week.

Day Sun Mon Tue Wed Thur Fri Sat

No. late 6 2 0 0 5 7 9

Illustrate this data with a line graph, using the same axes. What are the main
characteristics of the two sets of data?
8. The table shows the temperature at midday on each day of a week during winter.

Day Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat

Temperature ( ° C ) 6 8 6 7 8 8 7

(a) Work out the median temperature.

The graph shows the temperature from 0700 to 1100 during one day.

Temperature
(° C)

3
0700 0800 0900 1000 1100 Time

(b) What was the temperature at 1000?

(c) What was the temperature at 0800? (Edexcel)

9. A survey was carried out to see how much the sixth formers in a school earn each
week from part-time employment.
The frequency polygon shows the distribution of earnings for Year 12 students.

40

30
Number
of
students
20

10

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Earnings (pounds)
8.4

The table below shows the distribution of earnings of the Year 13 students.

Earnings (£x) Number of Year 13 students

0 < x ≤ 10 15
10 < x ≤ 20 27
20 < x ≤ 30 14
30 < x ≤ 40 4
40 < x ≤ 50 1

(a) Draw, on a copy of the grid above, the frequency polygon for the earnings of
the Year 13 students.
(b) Make two different comparisons between the earnings of the Year 12 and the
Year 13 students.
(OCR)
8.5 Questionnaires and Surveys
1. Criticise the following questions for bias.
(a) "Animal Hospital was a super TV programme, wasn't it?"
(b) "Shouldn't the Queen pay income tax?"
(c) "Do you think that butter tastes much better than margarine?"
(d) "Shouldn't the Government spend more on education than
on defence?"

2. Provide suitable multiple responses for these questions.

(a) "Do you like watching Eastenders?"
(b) "How often do you play football?"
(c) "Do you enjoy listening to music?"
(d) "What sort of holiday do you like?"

3. Angela and Sanjay organise a school trip.

They can go to Chester Zoo, Alton Towers or Blackpool.
Angela and Sanjay ask each pupil where they would like to go.
Here is one page of their notebook.

Chester Zoo Blackpool

Alton Towers Blackpool
Alton Towers Chester Zoo
Chester Zoo Chester Zoo
Blackpool Chester Zoo
Chester Zoo Blackpool
Alton Towers Alton Towers
Chester Zoo Alton Towers
Chester Zoo Alton Towers

(a) Think about the way you have recorded answers when you have done a
survey.
Show how you would improve Angela and Sanjay's method.

(b) The trip is arranged for Chester Zoo.

246 pupils and 22 teachers are going on the trip.
Angela and Sanjay are hiring buses. Each bus holds 63 people.
How many buses will they need?
(NEAB)
8.5
4. A teacher wants to find out how his 32 pupils travelled to school today.
(a) Design a suitable observation sheet to get this information.
(b) Fill in your observation sheet as if you had carried out this survey.
(You should invent suitable replies for all 32 pupils and collect the
information together.)

5. A school is considering whether to abolish all or part of its school uniform, but
wants to find out the views of all pupils. Design a suitable questionnaire for this
purpose.

6. Your school is conducting a survey of its staff to find out how the school day
should be divided up between teaching periods, breaks and lunch. Design a
suitable questionnaire for this.

7. Design a survey to find out what sort of films your school friends most enjoy.

8. Design a survey to find out what type of holidays pupils in your class most enjoy.

9. Tony wants to collect information about the amount of homework the students in
his class get.
Design a suitable question he could use.
You should include response boxes.
(Edexcel)

10. Dan and Doris are doing a survey on the type of music people buy.
(a) This is one question from Dan's survey.

Classical music is just for snobbish people.

Don't you agree?
Tick (√) a box.

Strongly agree Agree Don't know

Give two criticisms of Dan's question.

(b) This is a question from Doris's survey.

Do you buy CDs? Yes No

If yes, how many CDs do you buy on average each month?

2 or less 3 or 4 5 or 6 More then 6

Give two reasons why this is a good question.

(AQA)
8.6 Frequency Graphs
1. A company claims that it produces matches in boxes of 50 sticks. Forty boxes were
selected from a large number of boxes manufactured by the company and their
contents counted, giving the following results.
53 50 48 52 52 50 49 51 50 52
49 49 50 51 48 51 50 52 52 49
50 50 51 52 49 53 50 52 49 52
51 49 50 53 52 50 49 50 48 50

(a) Construct a frequency distribution table for the results.

(b) Draw a bar chart to represent the data.
(c) What percentage of the boxes contain exactly 50 matches?

2. The lengths, x , in mm, of 50 hummingbirds were measured and the results are
given below.
45 49 45 45 49 52 46 49 41 46
50 48 42 48 52 45 48 49 48 47
54 46 49 49 48 49 48 43 52 43
51 54 51 50 41 52 42 43 45 44
47 48 48 43 47 48 46 43 54 49

Copy and complete the following table.

Length (x mm) 40 < x ≤ 42 42 < x ≤ 44 44 < x ≤ 46 46 < x ≤ 48 48 < x ≤ 50 50 < x ≤ 52 52 < x ≤ 54

Frequency

(a) Draw a histogram for the above frequency distribution.

(b) Using a separate diagram, draw a frequency polygon to represent the results.
(c) Find
(i) the fraction of birds whose length is greater than 48 mm,
(ii) the percentage of birds whose length is at most 44 mm.

3. The lengths, x in cm, of 40 pencils were measured and the results are given below.

8.5 10.8 9.8 13.0 13.1 11.3 8.4 12.5 9.0 8.8
9.0 11.0 9.2 8.7 15.0 8.5 10.1 11.7 9.4 11.2
9.7 12.0 14.0 10.5 16.7 9.4 10.9 10.5 9.9 10.1
10.3 12.4 17.0 10.7 12.8 10.0 16.0 10.3 10.0 9.5
8.6

(a) Copy and complete the following table.

Length of pencil (x cm) 8< x ≤9 9 < x ≤ 10 10 < x ≤ 11 11 < x ≤ 13 13 < x ≤ 17

Number of pencils

Frequency density

(b) Draw a histogram which represents the information given above.

(c) Find
(i) the percentage of pencils whose length is greater than 10 cm and less
than or equal to 13 cm,
(ii) the proportion of pencils whose length is at most 11 cm.

4. The following are measurements of the breaking strength (x g) of a sample of

50 threads.
721 574 562 568 596 490 460 542 470 690
743 696 650 538 678 389 580 544 654 438
670 584 304 692 493 578 566 584 588 462
582 472 708 596 593 620 528 500 493 506
472 518 426 480 404 424 748 674 487 668

(a) Construct a frequency table using class intervals of 300 < x ≤ 350,
350 < x ≤ 400, . . . , 750 < x ≤ 800 .
(b) Draw a histogram for the above frequency distribution
(c) Using a separate diagram, draw a frequency polygon to illustrate the above
data.

5. The following statistics were obtained for the ages (x years) of 35 diabetics.

48 61 54 64 10 41 38
23 45 60 57 48 47 53
43 83 79 56 82 76 41
75 79 68 21 55 77 68
38 65 59 7 61 70 47

(a) Construct a grouped frequency table for these ages using classes of equal
width, beginning with the class 0 < x ≤ 10 .
(b) Draw a histogram to illustrate this information.

6. The recommended daily intake of iron is 18 milligrams for adult females below
the age of 51. The amounts of iron intake during a 24-hour period for a sample of
45 women are given below.
 15.0 18.1 16.0 12.6 15.3 9.4 14.6 11.9 17.0
6.3 14.4 16.6 19.5 12.5 16.8 14.6 20.7 18.3
18.6 12.5 10.9 19.8 14.5 13.1 16.3 18.1 11.6
16.6 12.1 14.7 18.2 12.8 11.5 10.7 12.7 18.3
15.6 16.4 17.3 16.3 15.0 11.0 12.5 12.4 11.5

(a) Construct a grouped frequency table for the above information using classes
of equal width, beginning with the class 6 ≤ x < 8 .
(b) Draw a histogram to display the above results.

7. The marks scored by a group of 50 pupils in an examination are given below.

52 22 24 30 64 47 23 27 47 17
39 21 30 42 35 44 36 19 32 58
22 45 66 38 44 36 29 37 33 33
44 53 57 28 11 40 49 56 5 48
13 25 40 33 63 23 40 51 59 33

(a) Construct a frequency table using class intervals of 0-9, 10-19, 20-29 and
so on.
(b) Draw a bar chart to represent this information.
(c) Using a separate diagram, draw a frequency polygon to illustrate this data.

8. The daily wages of 50 workers, in pounds per day to the nearest pound, are given
below. Construct the frequency table with class intervals
10-14, 15-19, 20-24 and so on.

Draw a histogram to represent the data.

12 21 13 17 29 33 26 47 10 17
36 31 32 27 25 16 36 29 22 24
21 25 45 18 37 42 35 28 20 44
34 32 22 36 34 20 15 26 17 21
25 30 27 32 26 28 30 38 19 26

9. The waiting times, to the nearest minute, for 60 patients at a certain clinic are as
follows.
25 12 53 8 26 5 19 73 67 18
87 42 6 21 14 19 12 15 13 36
36 16 72 36 13 37 11 51 39 32
30 47 6 22 68 25 98 23 45 22
7 9 26 35 27 48 58 56 29 20
32 62 80 41 58 17 54 15 14 74
8.6

(a) Construct a frequency table using class intervals

0-9, 10-19, 20-29 and so on.
(b) Draw a histogram for the frequency distribution.
(c) Using a separate diagram, draw a frequency polygon to illustrate the data.

10. The histogram shows the heights

of pupils in a class.
8
(a) How many pupils are
in the class? 7
(b) How many are taller
than 150 cm. 6

What percentage 5
is this? Number
of pupils
4

0
120 130 140 150 160 170 180
Height (cm)
8.7 Histograms with Unequal Class
Intervals
1. The frequency table below shows the time (in seconds) taken by 100 athletes to
run a distance of 400 metres.

Time (x seconds) 50 ≤ x < 56 56 ≤ x < 59 59 ≤ x < 62 62 ≤ x < 65 65 ≤ x < 70

Frequency 21 18 30 15 16

Draw a histogram to display this data.

2. The table below gives the number of shoots produced by 60 plants in a botanical
research establishment.

Number of shoots (x) 0 ≤ x < 20 20 ≤ x < 25 25 ≤ x < 30 30 ≤ x < 40 40 ≤ x < 55

Frequency 10 17 15 9 9

Draw a histogram to illustrate these results.

3. The amount of money collected by each of 308 students involved in a charity walk
was recorded below.

Amount collected 10 < x ≤ 20 20 < x ≤ 50 50 < x ≤ 100 100 < x ≤ 150 150 < x ≤ 250

Number of students 10 17 15 9 9

Draw a histogram to represent these data.

4. The following table shows the weekly earnings of 100 employees of Baywind Pte.
Ltd.
Weekly earnings (£) Number of workers
80 – 85 2
85 – 90 3
90 – 100 8
100 – 110 20
110 – 130 32
130 – 180 15
180 – 250 12
250 – 350 5
350 – 500 2
500 – 750 1

Draw a histogram representing this information.

5. On a particular day, the length of stay of each car at a car park, measured to the
nearest minute, was recorded.

Length of stay (min) Number of cars

5 – 24 60
25 – 59 70
60 – 79 86
80 – 104 150
105 – 114 55
115 – 149 105
150 – 199 45
200 – 299 30

(a) Find the total number of cars parked in the car park that day,
(b) Draw a histogram representing the information.
8.7

6. The following list shows the maximum daily temperature, in °F , throughout the
month of April.
56.1 49.4 63.7 56.7 55.3 53.5 52.4 57.6 59.8 52.1
45.8 55.1 42.6 61.0 61.9 60.2 57.1 48.9 63.2 68.4
55.5 65.2 47.3 59.1 53.6 52.3 46.9 51.3 56.7 64.3

(a) Copy and complete the grouped frequency table below.

Temperature, T Frequency

40 < T ≤ 50

50 < T ≤ 54

54 < T ≤ 58

58 < T ≤ 62

62 < T ≤ 70

(b) Draw a histogram to represent your distribution in part (a).

(MEG)
7. The unfinished histogram and table show information about the salaries, in pounds,
of the teachers at Mathstown High School.
Frequency
density

Represents x teachers

0 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000

Salary (£)
 Salary (s) in pounds Frequency

0 ≤ s < 10 000 4

10 000 ≤ s < 15 000 6

15 000 ≤ s < 20 000 5

20 000 ≤ s < 25 000 ....

25 000 ≤ s < 30 000 8

30 000 ≤ s < 50 000 4

1 cm2 represents x teachers

(a) Calculate the value of x.

(b) Use the information in the histogram to complete the table.
(c) Use the information in the table to complete the histogram.
(LON)

8. The histogram illustrates the lengths of stay in Australia of a group of Singaporean

tourists this year.

Frequency
density

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Length of stays (x days)

(a) Copy and complete the following table.

Length of stay (x days) 0< x≤5 5 < x ≤ 10 10 < x ≤ 15 15 < x ≤ 25 25 < x ≤ 40

Number of tourists 10 10

(b) Find the number of Singaporean tourists in the group.

(c) Calculate the fraction of tourists who stayed in Australia longer than 15 days.
8.7

9. The histogram displays the energy consumptions for a representative sample of

households in a city in 1993.
(a) Copy and complete the following table.

Energy consumption
(x millions of BTU) 40 ≤ x < 70 70 ≤ x < 80 80 ≤ x < 90 90 ≤ x < 110 110 ≤ x < 160
Number of
households

(b) Find the number of households in the group.

(c) Calculate the percentage of households whose energy consumption is at least
80 millions of BTU, giving your answer correct to the nearest whole number.
Frequency
density

0
40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Energy consumption (millions of BTU)
8.8 Sampling
1. In an experiment, a shampoo
Natural hair colour Number
manufacturing company wants to test
the strength of hair. The available Blond 6
volunteers have the following
Fair 10
distribution of hair colour.
Auburn 3
Brown 27
The company wish to test a stratified
sample of size 20. How many of each Grey 5
colour should be tested? Black 9
2. Sam was making a survey of pupils in his school. He wanted to find out their
opinions on noise pollution by motor bikes. The size of each year group is shown
below.

Year Group Boys Girls Total

8 85 65 150

9 72 75 147

10 74 78 152

11 77 72 149

6th Form 93 107 200

798
Sam took a sample of 80 pupils.
(a) Explain whether or not he should have sampled equal numbers of boys and
girls in Year 8.
(b) Calculate the number of pupils he should have sampled in Year 8.
(LON)

3. You wish to find a representative sample of size 10 from all the 400 houses in a
village.
(a) Use a table of random numbers to find a sample of this size.
(b) Explain why the sample might not be representative.
(c) Explain how you could design a systematic sample.
(d) Which sample would be more representative?

4, Some Year 11 pupils investigate the amount of time pupils in their school spend on
homework. They conduct a survey and ask 30 pupils the following question:
"How many minutes homework did you do last night?"
Here are their results.
25 120 55 10 40
60 75 75 45 65
45 90 45 110 75
90 45 90 60 45
15 25 45 35 55
75 20 30 45 100

(a) Draw a frequency table, with equal class intervals, to show this information.
The first interval should be 'thirty minutes or less'.
8.8
(b) The pupils conducted this survey on a Thursday morning.
They asked each person in their Maths set how long they had spent on their
homework the previous night.
Suggest three reasons why their sample might not have been typical.
(c) Describe two ways in which they could improve their sample.
(NEAB)

5. A college has four faculties with the following numbers of members of staff.

Faculty Staff Numbers

Arts 22
Maths and Science 47
Languages 17
Social Sciences 14

The governing body of the college includes 20 representatives from the staff. How
many staff members should represent each faculty, so that each faculty is fairly
represented?

6. An inspector visits a large company to check their vehicles.

The company has 4 large-load vehicles, 136 light vans and 21 cars.
The inspector decides to sample 10% of the vehicles.
Each type of vehicle is to be represented in the sample.
(a) What is this kind of sampling procedure called?
(b) How many of each type of vehicle should be inspected?
(AQA)
9 Data Analysis
9.1 Mean, Median, Mode and Range
1. Find the mean of the following set of numbers.
(a) 7, 6, 4, 8, 2, 5, 10.
(b) 63, 80, 54, 70, 51, 72, 64, 66.
(c) 10.8, 11.5, 10.9, 12.5, 11.8, 10.3.
(d) 138, 164, 150, 148, 152, 144, 168, 135, 160.
(e) 109.4, 108.5, 103.1, 111.3, 121.2.
2. The mean of four numbers, 4, 5, 7 and x, is 6. Find x.

3. The mean of six numbers is 41. Three of the numbers are 32, 31 and 42.
The remaining three numbers are each equal to a.
(a) What is the sum of the six numbers? (b) Find the value of a.

4. Determine the mean, median and mode of the following sets of numbers.
(a) 10 11 13 11 15 16
(b) 8 11 14 13 14 9 15
(c) 2 5 6 3 7 8 4 12 11 9 10 7 6 8 9 7
(d) 88 93 85 98 102 98 93 104 102 98

5. Pupils in Year 8 are arranged in eleven classes.

The class sizes are
23, 24, 24, 26, 27, 28, 30, 24, 29, 24, 27.
(a) What is the modal class size?
(b) Calculate the mean class size.
The range of the class sizes for Year 9 is 3.
(c) What does this tell you about the class sizes in Year 9 compared with those
in Year 8?

6. The list below gives the ages, in years, of the Mathematics teachers in a school.
34, 25, 37, 33, 26.
(a) Work out (i) the mean age,
(ii) the range.
In the same school, there are six English teachers. The range of their ages is
20 years.
(b) What do the ranges tell you about the ages of the Mathematics teachers and
the English teachers?
(SEG)
7. The mean of five numbers is 34. Three of the numbers are 29, 26 and 35. If the
remaining two numbers are in the ratio 1 : 3, find the numbers.
9.1
8. The number of goals scored in 15 hockey matches is shown in the table.

Number of goals Number of matches

1 2
3 1
5 5
6 3
9 4

Calculate the mean number of goals scored.

(AQA)

9. Here are the minimum temperatures in Sue's garden one week.

Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday

2° 6° −4 ° −1° − 2° 3° 5°

(a) What was the coldest temperature that week?

(b) What was the difference between these temperatures on Thursday and
Friday?

(c) What is the median of these temperatures?

Sue also recorded the number of hours of sunshine each day during one month.
This bar chart shows her results.

9
8
7
6
Number 5
of days 4
3
2
1
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Hours of sunshine

(d) What was the mode of the number of hours of sunshine this month?
(e) How many days were there in this month? Show how you work out the
answer.
(OCR)
10. (a) Adam and Betty take a mental arithmetic test each week for seven weeks.
Adam's scores are
8 9 8 9 9 7 6

(i) What is the mode of Adam's scores?

(ii) What is the median of Adam's scores?

(b) Betty's test scores are

3 6 7 8 8 4 6

Complete a copy of this table.

Range Mean

Adam 3 8
Betty 5

(c) Use the range and mean to compare their test scores.
(AQA)

11. Alex carried out a survey of his friends' favourite colours.

Here are his results

Red Blue Yellow Blue Red

Green Red Blue Red Yellow
Red Blue Yellow Green Red
Yellow Red Red Blue Red

(a) Complete a copy of this table to show Alex's results.

Colours Tally Frequency

Red
Blue
Yellow
Green

(b) Write down the number of Alex's friends whose favourite colour was green.
(c) Which was the favourite colour of most of Alex's friends?
(Edexcel)
9.1
12. The ages and weekly wages of the 9 employees in a small company are shown.

600

500
Wage
(pounds)

400

300
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Age (years)

(a) Write down one way in which the graph is misleading.

(b) The manager, who is 45 years old, has his weekly wage increased from £500
to £600.
(i) Will this alter the median wage of the 9 employees?
Explain your answer.
(ii) Will this alter the modal wage of the 9 employees?
Explain your answer.
(AQA)

13. The stem and leaf diagram shows the number of books on 12 shelves in a library.

3 1 2 7 9 9
4 0 0 2 3
5 9
6 5
7 3
Key : 3 1 represents 31 books

(a) How many of the shelves have less than 40 books?

(b) What is the median number of books?
(c) What is the range of the number of books?
(d) The mean number of books per shelf is 45.
Which average, mean or median, better represents the data?
Give a reason for your answer.
(AQA)
9.2 Finding the Mean from Tables and
Tally Charts
1. A bag contains nails of the following sizes:

Length (in mm) 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

No. of nails 12 14 24 17 12 13 8

(a) State the modal length of the nails.

(b) Calculate the mean length of the nails.
(c) Find the proportion of nails whose length is longer than the mean length.

2. The distribution of the weight of 30 boys is shown in the table below.

Weight (kg) 32 33 34 35 36
No. of boys 4 5 7 9 5

Calculate
(a) the mode (b) the median (c) the mean weight of the boys.

3. The following table shows the amount of weight lost by 100 women after a
slimming course of 4 weeks.

Loss in kg 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Frequency 3 6 11 19 23 25 8 3 2

Find the mode, median and mean.

4. The following scores were recorded in a test.

3, 7, 8, 6, 4, 7, 6, 8, 3, 5, 8, 9, 5, 10.
Calculate the following.
(a) the mode, (b) the median, (c) the mean,
(d) the percentage of pupils who scored more than 5 marks.

5. The following table shows the monthly wages of 27 employees in a certain factory
in 1991.

Wages £(x) 670 760 850 960 1000 1200

No. of employees (f) 4 9 8 3 2 1

Find (a) the mean monthly wage,

(b) the median monthly wages,
(c) the modal monthly wages.
9.2
6. Two dice are tossed 30 times. The sum of the scores each time is shown below:

Scores (x) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Frequency (f) 1 1 3 5 5 8 3 2 1 1 0

Find the mean, the median and the mode of the scores.

7.
Score 5 6 7 8
Frequency 4 7 x 6

For the above frequency distribution, find the largest and smallest possible values
of x such that the median is 6.

8. Peter and Paul were playing golf. The scores on the first nine holes are shown in
the table below.

Hole 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Total
Peter 3 2 5 7 3 2 2 4 17 45
Paul 4 4 6 8 3 3 2 6 6 42

On the ninth hole, Peter got stuck in a sand trap and lost the game.
(a) Calculate the mean score on the nine holes for each player.
(b) Which player did better on most of the holes? Do the mean scores indicate
this?
(c) What were the median scores for both players?
(d) Find the mode of each player's scores.
(e) Which measure of central tendency, the mean, the median or the mode do
you think gives the best comparison of the abilities of Peter and Paul?

9. The number of goals scored during 12 hockey matches were recorded.

Number of goals 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Number of matches 1 4 1 2 0 1 0 3

(a) One of these 12 matches is chosen at random. Find the probability that
7 goals were scored in this match.
(b) (i) Write down the median number of goals.
(ii) Calculate the mean number of goals per match.
(iii) Tina is writing a newspaper article about these 12 matches. She wants
to include the average number of goals scored. Give one reason for
using the mean rather than the median or the mode.
(SEG)
10. Ivan is investigating the number of people per car travelling along a main road
between 8.30 am and 9.00 am on a weekday morning.
He collects data by tallying.
The results of his survey are shown below.

Number of Tally
people per Number of cars
car

(a) What is the range of the number of people per car?

(b) How many cars were included in the survey?
(c) Ivan says, "The average number of people per car is 1.4."
Which of the averages, mode, median or mean, is Ivan using?
(d) Ivan does another survey at 3.00 pm on a Saturday afternoon at the entrance
to a town centre car park.
For this survey, what do you think would be the mean number of people per
car?
Give a reason for your answer.
(SEG)

11. The temperatures at midnight in January 1995 in Shiverton were measured and
recorded. The results were used to construct the frequency table.

Temperature in ˚C 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Number of nights 4 5 5 3 3 7 3 0 1

(a) Work out the range of the temperatures.

(b) Work out the mean temperature.
Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.
(MEG)
 9 Data Analysis
9.3 Calculations with the Mean
1. The mean shoe size of 12 shoes is 7.5. An extra shoe of size 8 is added to the group
of shoes. What is the new mean shoe size?

2. After 9 games, the mean number of goals scored by a football team is 3.

If after one more game
(a) they score 5 goals, what is the new mean value of goals scored?
(b) they score no goals, what is the new mean value of goals scored?
(c) the new mean value of goals scored is 2.9, how many goals did they score in
this game?

3. The mean number of sandwiches eaten at a party by 20 people was 2.8. How many
sandwiches would you need to order for a similar party for 35 people?

4. The first seven of eight judges in a skating competition gave the competitor an
average score of 5.8. If the competitor wants to score at least 5.7, what is the least
score the eighth judge has to give the competitor?

5. The mean of 7 numbers is 5. When an extra number is added the mean is 5.5.
What is the extra number?

6. When 8 is added to a set of 4 numbers, the mean changes to 9.6. What was the
mean of the original numbers?

7. On a plane there are 20 business class passengers and 123 tourist class passengers.
The mean weight of baggage for the business class passengers was 17.5 kg, and for
the tourist class was 9.4 kg.
(a) What is the mean weight of baggage for all passengers?
(b) If the plane is allowed to carry 2000 kg of luggage, how much extra
luggage could have been carried?

8. The table below shows the number of people in each of the 100 cars passing a
particular place.

No. of people in each car 1 2 3 4

No. of cars x 50 y 16

(a) Find the value of x + y.

(b) If the mean number of people per car is 2.4, show that x + 3y = 76.
(c) Find the value of x and of y by solving appropriate equations.
(d) State the modal number of people per car.
9.3
1
9. (a) The median of a set of eight numbers is 4 2 . Given that seven of the
numbers are 9, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 and 1, find the eighth number.
(b) The mean of a set of six numbers is 2 and the mean of another set of ten
numbers is m. If the mean of the combined set of sixteen numbers is 7, find
the value of m.
9.4 Mean, Median and Mode for Grouped
Data
1. 100 sentences were taken from a book and the number of words per sentence was
counted.
(a) Copy and complete the following table .

No. of words per sentence Mid-value (x) No. of sentences (f)

1-5 16
6 - 10 22
11 - 15 18
16 - 20 11
21 - 25 23 12
26 - 30 9
31 - 35 8
36 - 40 2
41 - 45 2

∑ f = 100
(b) Hence, estimate the mean number of words per sentence.
(c) Given that the mean number of words per sentence of the next
50 sentences is 17.3, estimate the mean number of words per sentence
of all 150 sentences.

2. The daily wages of 100 construction workers are displayed in the table below.

Daily wage (£) 16 ≤ x <18 18≤ x < 20 20 ≤ x < 22 22 ≤ x < 24 24 ≤ x < 26 26 ≤ x < 28 28≤ x <30
No. of workers 8 10 18 30 22 7 5

(a) Write down the modal class.

(b) Estimate the mean daily wage.
3. A school librarian recorded the number of books borrowed weekly by pupils in one
particular class during 40 successive weeks. The results are shown in the table
below.

No. of books borrowed 10 - 14 15 - 19 20 - 24 25 - 29 30 - 34 35 - 39

No. of weeks 5 7 9 8 5 6

(a) Write down the modal class.

(b) Draw a bar chart to illustrate this information.
(c) Estimate the mean number of books borrowed per week.

4. In an experimental farm, 30 hectare plots of land growing potatoes produced yields

in tonnes as shown in the frequency table below.

Yield (x tonnes) 3.4 ≤ x <3.6 3.6 ≤ x < 4.0 4.0 ≤ x < 4.4 4.4 ≤ x < 4.8 4.8≤ x < 5.0 5.0 ≤ x < 5.6
No. of plots 3 6 8 5 6 2

(a) Draw a histogram to represent the results.

(b) Estimate the mean yield per plot.

5. (a) The diameters of 50 ball bearings produced by a factory measured in mm

(correct to 2 significant figures) are given in the table below.

Diameter (mm) 5.0 - 5.2 5.3 - 5.5 5.6 - 5.8 5.9 - 6.1 6.2 - 6.4 6.5 - 6.7
Frequency 6 8 12 11 7 6

(i) State the modal class.

(ii) Estimate the mean diameter.
(b) The diameters of 50 test tubes produced by a glass factory measured in mm
(correct to 2 significant figures) are given in the table below.

Diameter (mm) 5.8 - 6.0 6.1 - 6.3 6.4 - 6.6 6.7 - 6.9 7.0 - 7.2 7.3 - 7.5
Frequency 6 8 12 11 7 6

(i) State the modal class.

(ii) Using the answer in (a) (ii), or otherwise, estimate the mean diameter
of the 50 test tubes.

6. The ages of a group of 25 artists are given below.

16 17 15 15 8
26 16 14 9 13
9 16 20 19 22
18 11 15 14 21
12 20 w21 16 17
9.4
(a) Without grouping, find the mean age.
(b) Arrange the data in classes, 8 - 12, 13 - 17, and so on. Estimate the
mean age.
(c) Find the difference between the estimated mean age in (b) and the actual
mean age in (a) and express this difference as a percentage of the actual
mean age.

7. The following data show the places of wedding ceremony against length of
engagement (in months), for a sample of 250 couples.

Length of Engagement 0-6 6 - 12 12 - 24 24 - 36 36 - 42

Registry Office 39 20 14 10 2
Church 16 13 35 62 39

(a) Using separate diagrams, draw histograms to illustrate the above

information.
(b) Calculate the mean length of engagement for each place of marriage.
(c) What conclusion can you draw from the answers in (b)?

8. (a) The ages of 30 men convicted for the first time of violent crime in Country
X gave the following figures.
22 32 29 28 22 16 19 17 17 16
19 18 18 30 20 20 28 28 20 23
23 35 19 22 21 17 32 23 30 21

(i) Arrange the data in classes of 15 - 19, 20 - 24, . . . , 35 - 39.

(ii) Estimate the mean age.
(b) The grouped frequency distribution of the ages of a group of men convicted
for the first time of violent crime from Country Y is as shown in the table
below.

Age (x years) 16 ≤ x <18 18≤ x < 20 20 ≤ x < 25 25≤ x < 28 28≤ x <30 30 ≤ x < 40
Frequency 12 10 23 15 8 12

(i) Draw a histogram to represent this information.

(ii) Estimate the mean age.
(iii) Comparing the answers in (a) (ii) and (b) (ii), draw a conclusion
concerning the ages of men convicted for the first time of violent
crime from Country X and Country Y.
9. The heights of 30 children are given in the table below.

Height in cm Frequency
150 ≤ x < 155 2
155 ≤ x < 160 5
160 ≤ x < 165 8
165 ≤ x < 170 10
170 ≤ x < 175 5

(a) Calculate an estimate of the mean height.

(b) The class teacher said she expected the average height to be about 165 cm.
How was the teacher able to do this?
(SEG)

10. Andrew is a checkout operator at the local supermarket.

At the end of a shift, he looked at the total amounts of money that people had
spent.
Amount spent (£x) Number of people
0 < x ≤ 20 25

20 < x ≤ 40 9

40 < x ≤ 60 10

60 < x ≤ 80 15

80 < x ≤ 100 8

(a) Calculate an estimate of the mean amount spent by his customers during
that shift.
(b) The manager of the supermarket decides to give a bonus to the most
efficient checkout operator. She decides that this will be the person who
works at the fastest rate.

Here is some information about the three checkout operators after their shift.

Operator Number of items sold Time worked

1
Andrew 10 500 7 2 hours

Barbara 6400 4 hours 15 min

Colin 9120 6 hours

Who should get the bonus?

Give a reason for your answer and show all your working.
(NEAB)
9.4
11. Vicki investigated the times taken to serve 120 customers at Supermarket A.
Her results are shown below.

Time (seconds) 20 - 30 30 - 40 40 - 50 50 - 60 60 - 70
Number of customers 4 17 48 16 35

(a) (i) Calculate an estimate of the mean time to serve the customers.
(ii) Write down the modal class for the serving times.

Vicki decided to extend her investigation to Supermarket, B.

She obtained the times taken to serve 120 customers at Supermarket B. Her
extended table is shown below.

Time (seconds) 20 - 30 30 - 40 40 - 50 50 - 60 60 - 70

Number of customers at Supermarket A 4 17 48 16 35

Number of customers at Supermarket B 5 20 54 36 5

(b) Vicki correctly worked out the mean and modal class for the times at
Supermarket B. She also worked out correctly the median of the times for
each supermarket.
Use your answers to part (a) to complete the table below.

Supermarket A Supermarket B

Median 48.1 46.5

Modal class 40 - 50

Mean 46.3

(c) Which average in this table represents the data most fairly?
Give a reason for your answer.
(MEG)
12. The table shows the weights of 100 children in year 7.

Weight, w (kg) Frequency

20 < w ≤ 30 12
30 < w ≤ 40 21
40 < w ≤ 50 38
50 < w ≤ 60 a
60 < w ≤ 70 b
 An estimate of the mean weight of the children is calculated as 44 kg.
Calculate the values of a and b.
(AQA)

13. 50 people were asked how long they had to wait for a bus.
The table shows the results.

Time, t (minutes) Frequency Mid-point

0 < t ≤ 5 16
5 < t ≤ 10 21
10 < t ≤ 15 10
15 < t ≤ 20 3

(a) Calculate an estimate of the average time they had to wait.

(b) On a copy of the grid below, draw a frequency diagram to represent the data.

25

20
Frequency
15

10

0
0 5 10 15 20
Time, t (minutes)
(AQA)
9.4
14. The histogram shows the test scores of 320 children in a school.

4
Frequency
density
3

0
70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Score

(a) Find the median score.

(b) Find the interquartile range of the scores.
(AQA)

15. The table shows the weight of the luggage for passengers on one plane.

Weight, w (kg) Frequency

0 < w ≤ 5 14
5 < w ≤ 10 28
10 < w ≤ 15 12
15 < w ≤ 20 9
20 < w ≤ 25 2

(a) What was the modal class?

(b) One of the passengers is selected at random.
What is the probability that this passenger's luggage weighs 15 kg or less?
(c) Draw a frequency diagram for this distribution.
(d) Calculate an estimate of the mean weight of luggage for these passengers.
(OCR)
9.5 Cumulative Frequency
1. A check was made on the speeds of vehicles travelling along a motorway.

Speed in mph (x) Number of Vehicles

45 < x ≤ 55 4

55 < x ≤ 65 9

65 < x ≤ 75 10

75 < x ≤ 85 14

85 < x ≤ 95 11

95 < x ≤ 105 8

105 < x ≤ 115 7

Construct a cumulative frequency table and answer the questions that follow.
(a) How many vehicles were travelling at 85 mph or less?
(b) How many vehicles were travelling at 75 mph or less?
(c) How many vehicles were travelling at more than 75 mph?

2. The following frequency table shows marks scored by a class of pupils in a test.

Mark (x) Number of Pupils

0 ≤ x < 20 4

20 ≤ x < 40 8

40 ≤ x < 60 18

60 ≤ x < 80 8

80 ≤ x < 100 2

Construct a cumulative frequency table and answer the questions that follow.
(a) How many pupils scored less than 80 marks?
(b) If the pass mark was 40,
(i) how many pupils failed the test?
(ii) what percentage of pupils passed the test?

3. The life spans of 40 batteries are tested using an electric toy by recording the
length of time the toy operates before each battery fails. The results are recorded in
the following cumulative frequency table.

Life span in hours (x) 10 11 12 13 14

Number of batteries having life spans
of less than x 4 12 25 35 40
9.5

Using a vertical scale of 1 cm to 5 batteries and a horizontal scale of 2 cm to

1 hour, draw a cumulative frequency curve. Use your graph to answer the
following questions.
1
(a) How many batteries have life spans less than 11 h?
2
1
(b) A battery is graded as 'super' if its life span is 13 h or longer. Find the
2
percentage of 'super' batteries in this batch of 40 batteries.

4. The heights of 80 plants of the same species were measured. The results were
tabulated as follows.

Height in cm (x) Number of Plants

18 < x ≤ 21 15

21 < x ≤ 24 16

24 < x ≤ 27 21

27 < x ≤ 30 20

30 < x ≤ 33 8

The table was then reorganised to read:

Height in cm (x) 21 24 27 30 33

Number of plants of this height x or less 15 A 52 72 B

(a) Find the values of A and B.

(b) How many plants have heights 21 cm or less?
(c) How many plants have heights 27 cm or less?
(d) If all plants with heights greater than 27 cm are exported, how many plants
are exported? What percentage of the total is exported?

5. A survey was carried out on 100 pupils to find out the distance of each of their
houses from school. The results are shown in the table below.

Distance in miles (x) 2 4 6 8 10

Number of pupils whose house is 18 50 80 96 100

x miles or less from school

Using a vertical scale of 2 cm to 10 children and a horizontal scale of 1 cm to

1 mile, draw a cumulative frequency curve. Use your graph to estimate
(a) the median distance,
(b) the inter-quartile range.
6. A check was made on the speeds of 100 vehicles travelling along a motorway.
The following frequency table shows the results.

Speed in mph (x) Number of Vehicles

30 < x ≤ 40 4

40 < x ≤ 50 5

50 < x ≤ 60 8

60 < x ≤ 70 16

70 < x ≤ 80 23

80 < x ≤ 90 25

90 < x ≤ 100 12

100 < x ≤ 110 6

110 < x ≤ 120 1

(a) Copy and complete the following cumulative frequency table.

Speed in mph (x) 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

Number of vehicles with
this speed x or less 4 9 100

(b) Using a horizontal scale of 2 cm to 10 mph and a vertical scale of 2 cm to

10 vehicles, draw a cumulative frequency curve.
(c) Use your graph to estimate
(i) the median speed,
(ii) the inter-quartile range.
(d) If driving at a speed above 85 mph is considered speeding, what percentage
of vehicles were speeding? Give your answer correct to the nearest whole
number.

7. As part of his Geography fieldwork, Tony took measurements of the steepness of

slopes. The steepness was measured as the angle the slope made with the
horizontal.
Tony's results are shown below.
15° 16° 9° 21° 32°
37° 25° 36° 40° 8°
13° 21° 32° 29° 32°
7° 4° 18° 17° 32°
9.5

Tony decided to group the data into 4 equal class intervals on an observation sheet.
(a) Copy and complete the observation sheet below, using 4 equal class
intervals.

Class interval Tally Frequency

(steepness ° )

(b) Use the completed observation sheet to draw a frequency diagram of the
data.
(LON)

8. A group of people took a fitness test.

They exercised hard.
Then they were timed to see how long their pulses took to return to normal.
The time taken for a pulse to return to normal is called the recovery time.
The recovery times for the group are shown in the table below.

Recovery Time (seconds) Frequency Cumulative

Frequency

0 up to but not including 20 0 0

20 up to but not including 40 7 7

40 up to but not including 60 9 16

60 up to but not including 80 18 34

80 up to but not including 90 13 47

90up to but wnot including100 12 59

100 up to but not including 120 9 68

120 up to but not including 140 6 74

(a) Use the figures in the table to draw a cumulative frequency curve.
 (b) Use your cumulative frequency curve to estimate the value of
(i) the median,
(ii) the inter-quartile range.

A second group of people took the fitness test. The recovery times of people in this
group had a median of 61 seconds and an inter-quartile range of 22 seconds.
(c) Compare the fitness results of these two groups.
(LON)

9. (a) 50 pupils take an English exam and a Maths exam. The distribution of the
marks they obtained is shown in the table below.

Mark 21 - 30 31 - 40 41 - 50 51 - 60 61 - 70 71 - 80 81 - 90 91 - 100
English 0 1 4 20 14 8 2 1
Number
exam
of
pupils Maths 2 3 6 10 12 10 4 3
exam

The following graph shows the cumulative frequency for the English marks.

50 English

40

Cumulative
frequency 30
Cumulative
Frequency
20

10

0 20 40 60 80 100
Marks
Marks
(i) On a copy of the the graph, show the cumulative frequency for the
Maths marks.

(ii) Copy and complete the table below.

English Maths
Median 60
Inter-quartile
range 14

(iii) Use the information in the table to comment on the differences

between the two distributions of marks.
9.5

(b) Of the 50 pupils, 30 pass the Maths exam at the first attempt. From past
performance it is known that, if a pupil fails at the first attempt, the
probability of passing at the second attempt is 0.7. Calculate the probability
that a pupil, chosen at random from 50 pupils, will pass the maths exam at
either the first or second attempt.
(MEG)

10. Pete wanted to find out the length of time cars were left in a car park. His results,
to the nearest minute, are given in the table.

Length of stay Number of cars Cumulative

(minutes) (frequency) frequency

0 < t ≤ 15 0

15 < t ≤ 30 23

30 < t ≤ 45 35

45 < t ≤ 60 41

60 < t ≤ 75 63

75 < t ≤ 90 21

90 < t ≤ 120 10

120 < t ≤ 135 7

(a) Copy and complete the table.

(b) Draw a cumulative frequency diagram for the data.
(c) Use your diagram to estimate the inter-quartile range.
(d) The owners of the car park think that about two thirds of the cars are parked
for between 40 and 80 minutes.
Do Pete's results support this?
Give a reason for your answer.
(NEAB)

11. The table shows information about the number of hours that 120 children watched
television last week.

Number of hours Frequency

(h)
0 < h ≤ 2 10
2 < h ≤ 4 20
4 < h ≤ 6 25
6 < h ≤ 8 40
8 < h ≤ 10 15
10 < h ≤ 12 10
 (a) Work out an estimate for the mean number of hours that the children
watched television last week.
(b) Copy and complete the cumulative frequency table.

Number of hours Frequency

(h)
0 < h ≤ 2 10
0 < h ≤ 4
0 < h ≤ 6
0 < h ≤ 8
0 < h ≤ 10
0 < h ≤ 12

140

120

100

Cumulative
frequency
80

60

40

20

O 2 4 6 8 10 12
Number of hours (h)

(c) On a copy of the grid, draw a cumulative frequency graph for your table.
(d) Use your graph to find an estimate for the number of children who watched
television for fewer than 5 hours last week.
(Edexcel)
9.5

12. A manufacturer investigates how far a car travels before it needs new tyres.
The distances covered by 100 cars before they needed new tyres is shown in the
table below.

Distance covered Number of cars

(x thousands of miles)
10 < x ≤ 15 10
15 < x ≤ 20 23
20 < x ≤ 25 31
25 < x ≤ 30 19
30 < x ≤ 35 12
35 < x ≤ 40 5

(a) Complete a copy of the cumulative frequency table for the 100 cars.

Distance covered x ≤ 15 x ≤ 20 x ≤ 25 x ≤ 30 x ≤ 35 x ≤ 40
(x thousand miles)

Cumulative frequency 10

(b) Draw the cumulative frequency diagram on a copy of the grid below.
Cumulative
frequency

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Distance covered
(thousands of miles)
(c) Use your cumulative frequency diagram to estimate the median distance
covered.
(d) Use your diagram to estimate how many cars travelled less than 23 000
miles be fore needing new tyres.
(OCR)
9.6 Standard Deviation
1. Find the mean and standard deviation of these sets of numbers
(a) 8, 9, 10, 11, 12.
(b) 1, 2, 10, 18, 19.
(c) 10, 10, 10, 10, 10.
(d) 1. 10, 10, 10, 19.

2. Without doing all calculations, decide which of the following sets of numbers has
(a) the smallest
(b) the largest
standard deviation.
Set A : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30.
Set B : 5, 10, 20, 30, 35.
Set C : 18, 19, 20, 21, 22.
Set D : 18, 18, 20, 22, 22.

Check your answers by actually calculating the standard deviation.

3. The number of minutes late was noted for a sample of journeys on the
'Golden Hind' Intercity train from Penzance to London Paddington. Some of
these journeys took place before privatisation, others after privatisation.

Before 0, 3, 0, 25, 0, 0, 5, 55, 0

After 10, 5, 0, 0, 3, 2, 0, 15, 4

Find the mean and standard deviation of each set of times. What can you conclude
from this data? Is this a fair conclusion?

4. The following graph gives information about the weight of cucumbers produced
from 100 seeds of two different varieties, type x and type y.

(a) Which variety of seed has more variation in the weight of cucumbers
produced?
(b) Give a reason for your answer.
9.6

50

50
Type x
40
Numberof
Number
of seeds
seeds 30

20

10 Type y

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6

Weight
Weight of
of cucumbers perseed
cucumbers per seed(kg)
(kg)

(SEG)

5. A researcher is trying out two types of compost, A and B. The yield of each tomato
plant, grown with each compost, in similar conditions, is given below.

A (kg) 25, 22, 30, 19, 17, 26, 12, 9

B (kg) 22, 18, 21, 20, 19, 23, 20, 17

Find the mean and standard deviation of each set of results. Which compost should
the researcher recommend for commercial use?

6. A group of 20 pupils took two mock exams from different exam boards. Each score
was out of a total of 100 marks. The scores obtained are given below.

Exam Mark

First 76, 52, 10, 27, 34, 53, 72, 64, 55, 67,
42, 45, 91, 28, 52, 61, 70, 34, 96, 15
Second 43, 52, 61, 55, 72, 36, 37, 53, 62, 71,
32, 25, 74, 67, 69, 55, 57, 43, 62, 70

Find the mean and standard deviation for each exam.

Compare and contrast the results.
If the pass marks for each exam were the same, which exam do you think is the
easier?

7. Normally, a superstore sells bottles of champagne with a mean of 10 bottles per

day and standard deviation of 2.5.
It is introducing a new brand, and over the first 20 days sells the following
quantities:
17, 15, 12, 7, 5, 12, 12, 10, 7, 15,
12, 11, 6, 8, 11, 13, 10, 14, 12, 11
Find the mean and standard deviation of this data.
Would you vote this new brand as a success? Give your reasons.
8. A football manager wants to buy a new striker for his team. He has two players in
mind. The goal scoring record of these players for their last 14 games is given in
the table below.

Player 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 3, 1, 0, 1, 1, 3, 0, 0, 3
Player 2 1, 1, 0, 2, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 2, 1, 1, 1

Find the mean and standard deviation of each player's scoring record.
Which striker do you think the manager should buy? Give your reasons.

9. The numbers of students travelling on the school bus each day over the past term
have mean value 20.4 and standard deviation 3.2.
For the new term the bus fares have been reduced. The loadings for the first
15 days of operation were:
22, 25, 24, 22, 26,
27, 25, 24, 26, 27,
28, 27, 25, 29, 28
Find the mean and standard deviation of this data.
Has the reduction in fares been successful? Explain your answer.
10 Equations
10.1 Negative Numbers
1. Rewrite each of the following sets of numbers in increasing order.
(a) –5, 0, –10, 2, –1, 3
(b) 3, –3, 0, 10, –5, –12
(c) –1, 4, –7, –3, 2, 10
(d) –21, 41, 11, –31, –11, 21

2. Write down all the integers that lie between:

(a) –5 and –2, (b) –3 and +3,
(c) –7 and 0, (d) –25 and –21.

3. Insert a "<" sign or a ">" sign between each pair of numbers so that it reads
correctly.
(a) 2 ? 5 (b) –2 ? 4 (c) –5 ? –8 (d) 10 ? –10

4. Find the number 5.4 on the number line.

5
Mark it with an arrow ( →) on a copy of
the number line.

7
(Edexcel)

5. The table shows the lowest temperatures during five months in 2004 in a town in
Auckland.

Month Lowest Temperature

January −16 °C

March − 6 °C

May −1°C

July 4 °C

September 7 °C
10.1
(a) Work out the difference in lowest temperature between January and March.
(b) Work out the difference in lowest temperature between March and July.

(c) In one month, the lowest temperature was 5° C higher than the lowest
temperature in May. Which month was this?

The lowest temperature in November was 10°C lower than the lowest temperature
in May.
(d) Work out the lowest temperature in November.
(Edexcel)
10.2 Arithmetic with Negative Numbers
1. What is the value of:
(a) –7 + 4 (b) –2 – 4 (c) (–3) × 2

(d) −7 − ( − 2) (e) 4 × (–3) (f) ( −1) × ( − 4)

(g) 15 ÷ ( −5) (h) (–15) ÷ 5 (i) (–15) ÷ (–5)

(j) (–12) ÷ 4 (k) ( −10) ÷ ( −5) (l) 4 ÷ (–2)

(m) 6 × (–7) (n) ( −8) × ( − 4) (o) 8 – (–2)

(p) (–9) ÷ 3 (q) −10 − ( −12) (r) (–10) × (–12)

2. Calculate the value of each of the following expressions (first evaluate the
expressions inside the brackets).

(a) (−6 − (−2)) × (−5) (b) (7 − (−3)) ÷ (−2)

(c) (−4 + 7) × (−4 − 7) (d) (5 − (−2)) × (−5)
(e) (10 − (−5)) ÷ (3 − (−2)) (f) (10 + (−10)) × (4 − 2)
(g) (7 × (−3)) × (5 − 2) (h) ((−12) ÷ 4) × (15 ÷ (−3))
10.3 Simplifying Expressions
1. Simplify, as far as possible, each of these expressions:
(a) x + 4x (b) 3x + 5x − 2 x
(c) x + 4 − 2x + 2 (d) 5a − 2 + a + 6
(e) 3a − 5b + 6 a + 7b (f) −4 a − 5 y + 2 a + 6 y
(g) x + 4 − y + 2x − y (h) 2 x + 7 y − 4 x + 3y + 1
(i) 4 p + 8q − 4 p + 8q (j) x + y − 10 x − 11y
 2. Collect like terms together where possible in each of the following expressions.

(a) 4 x 2 + 2 x + x 2 + 5x (b) 3x 2 − 2 x + 2 x 2 − 2 x

(c) 5y 2 + 3y − 4 y 2 − 4 y (d) x 2 + y 2 − 3x 2 − 3y 2

(e) 3x + x 2 − y2 − 4 x + y2 (f) x 2 − 2 xy + y 2 + 4 xy

(g) 3x 2 + x − 1 + x 2 − 3x + 2 (h) 4 ab − 7bc + 5ab − 2 ac

3. Expand the following:

(a) 4 ( x + 2) (b) 5 (3 + 2 x ) (c) 6 (2 x + 1)
(d) 4 (2 x − 2) (e) 3 ( x + y) (f) 7 ( x − 2 y)
(g) x (1 + y) (h) x ( x + 2 y) (i) 3 ( x + 2 y − 2)
(j) x (1 + x + y) (k) 2 x (1 + y) (l) 3 x ( x + 2 y)

4. Simplify each of the following expressions by first removing the brackets.

(a) 2 ( x + 1) + 4 (2 + x ) (b) 3 (2 x − 1) + 2 ( x + 4)

(c) 3 ( x + y ) + 2 (2 x − y ) (d) 5 ( x − y) − 2 ( x + y)

(e) 4 ( a + 2 b ) + 3 (2 a + b ) (f) 3 (2 x + 3 y) − 4 ( x + 2 y)

5. (a) Simplify 8 p + 5q − 3 p + 2 q
(b) Simplify 5 x + 8 y − 2 x − 3 y

(c) Simplify 5w 2 − 2 w 2
(Edexcel)

10.4 Simple Equations

1. Solve each of the following equations:
(a) x+5=8 (b) x−5=4 (c) x + 5 = 10
(d) x−5=9 (e) 6+x=7 (f) 3x = 6
(g) 6 x = 42 (h) 7 x = 14 (i) 12 x = 24
x x x
(j) =6 (k) =5 (l) −1= 4
2 5 2

2. Solve each of these equations:

(a) x+4=2 (b) 5+x=3 (c) x − 3 = −7
(d) 3 x = − 12 (e) 5 x = − 20 (f) 2x + 1 = − 3
(g) 3 x − 1 = 14 (h) 5x + 2 = − 8 (i) 2x − 4 = 8
(j) 4x − 7 = − 9 (k) 9 − 2x = 8 (l) 3 x + 7 = − 10
10 Equations
10.4 Simple Equations
1. Solve each of the following equations:
(a) x+5=8 (b) x−5=4 (c) x + 5 = 10
(d) x−5=9 (e) 6+x=7 (f) 3x = 6
(g) 6 x = 42 (h) 7 x = 14 (i) 12 x = 24
x x x
(j) =6 (k) =5 (l) −1= 4
2 5 2

2. Solve each of these equations:

(a) x+4=2 (b) 5+x=3 (c) x − 3 = −7
(d) 3 x = − 12 (e) 5 x = − 20 (f) 2x + 1 = − 3
(g) 3 x − 1 = 14 (h) 5x + 2 = − 8 (i) 2x − 4 = 8
(j) 4x − 7 = − 9 (k) 9 − 2x = 8 (l) 3 x + 7 = − 10

3. One number is greater than another by 4, and their sum is 32.

Find the two numbers.

4. When a number is doubled and 5 is taken from the result, the answer is 37. What is
the number?

5. The sum of two numbers is 120. If the larger number is four times the smaller
number, what are the two numbers?

6. Andrew is 5 years older than Tim. If Tim is aged 21, then write down an equation
for x, the age of Andrew. Solve this equation for x.

7. Morag thought of a number. She doubled this number and added 10 to give the
result 52. What number did Morag think of?

8. The sum of three consecutive numbers is 120. If x is the smallest of the three
numbers, write down the equation that x satisfies. Hence, solve for x.

9. When 42 is added to twice a number, the result is 346. Find the number.

10. A man was 26 years old when his son was born. Now, he is three times as old as
his son. How old is the son now?

11. (a) Simplify 5 p + 3 p + 4 p

(b) Solve the following equations

(i) 15 − x = 9
(ii) 6 y = 48
10.4

(c) For the formula

r = 5q − 4 ,
find the value of r when q = 20 .
(OCR)

12. The length of each side of an equilateral triangle is ( x + 5) centimetres.

(a) Find an expression, in terms of x, for the perimeter of the equilateral

triangle.
Give your expression in its simplest form.
The perimeter of the equilateral triangle is 22.5 cm
(b) Work out the value of x.
(Edexcel)
10.5 Solving Equations
1. Solve the following equations.
(a) 2x − 7 = 3 (b) 3x − 4 = 8 (c) 5x + 2 = 7
(d) 3x + 9 = 0 (e) 15 − 2 x = 9 (f) 17 + 3 x = − 3
(g) 5 x = − 15 + x (h) −2 x − 7 = − 4 (i) 5x − 4 = 3x − 1
(j) 7 x − 14 = 18 − 4 x (k) 8x − 7 = 5 + 4 x (l) 9 x + 4 = 3x − 9

2. Solve the following equations.

3 2 x
(a) x = 15 (b) x −1= 4 (c) 5− =3
4 5 4
x 5 1 2x + 4
(d) + 5 = 15 (e) 2+ x =1 (f) =3
3 7 4 7
3x − 4 3x + 4
(g) −7 =0 (h) =x−2
5 2
2x − 1 x −1
(i) =1− x (j) 7+ =x
3 2

3. Solve the following equations.

(a) 3( x − 4) = 7 (b) 9( x − 4) = 3

(c) 5(2 x + 3) = 35 (d) 8(2 + 3 x ) = 4

(e) 7( x + 4) = 2( x − 4) (f) 5(3 x + 5) = 2(7 x − 4)

(g) 2 ( 5 − 2 x ) = 4( 2 − 3 x ) (h) 2( x + 1) = 3( x − 5) + 9
 1 1
(i) (5 x + 4) = (2 x − 1) (j) 2[2( x − 4) + 3] = 5
4 3

(k) 2 x − [3 + ( x − 5)] = 6 (l) 17( x − 3) = 3(7 x − 15)

4. When a number x is multiplied by 5, it gives the same result as when 48 is added to

twice the number. Write down an equation for x, and find its solution.

5. Ahmad is twice as old as Bobby. John is 7 years younger than Ahmad. If the sum
of their ages is 38, how old are the three boys?

6. Janet is three times as old as her daughter, Mary. Five years ago Janet was four
times as old as Mary. How old is Janet now? How old will Mary be in 7 years'
time?

7. Two boys, A and B, are 600 m apart. They walk towards each other at speeds of
36 m per minute and 25 m per minute respectively. After how many minutes will
they meet each other?
8. Two men, P and Q, start at the same point and travel in opposite directions by
motorcycle. The speed at which P's motorcycle travels is 4 km/h faster than Q's.
After 5 hours, they are 580 km apart. Find the speed at which P travels.

9. Solve the equations.

(a) 4 x + 2 = 26 (b) 19 + 4 y = 9 − y

10. Mrs. Root gave her maths class this problem:

"When 8 is added to a certain number, the result is 3 times as large as
when 2 is subtracted from the number."
She asked the class to find the original number.
Paul solved the problem using the equation
x + 8 = 3( x − 2)
Solve this equation.

11. Brenda went out walking and running. She travelled 7 km. She walked part of the
way at 6 km/hour, and ran the rest of the way at 12 km/hour.
The distance she ran was x km.
(a) Write down an expression for the time taken running.

(b) The time taken walking was

(7 − x ) hours.
6
The total time spent walking and running was one hour.
(i) Write down an equation in terms of x.
(ii) Find the value of x.
10.5

12. Solve the equations.

(a) 5 x = 35
(b) 4 y − 5 = 11
(c) 7z − 3 = 6 + z
(AQA)
13. Solve the equations
17 − x
(a) = 4.5
3
(b) 2( y − 3) = 5 − 3 y

(c) 3(2 z − 1) + 4( z + 3) = 5 (2 z − 1) + 4(3z − 1)

(AQA)
10.6 Trial and Improvement Method
1. Solve, using a trial and improvement method, each of the following equations,
giving your answer correct to 1 decimal place.
(a) x3 − 4 = 5 (b) x+ x = 10
(c) x3 − x = 6 (d) x3 + x = 4

2. Use trial and improvement methods to find the solution of each of these equations,
giving your answer to 2 decimal places.
(a) x2 + 4x − 3 = 0 (b) x 2 − 3x + 1 = 0

(c) 2x2 + x − 4 = 0 (d) x 2 + 5x + 2 = 0

3. George has to find a solution to the equation x 2 + 2 x = 10 , correct to one decimal

place.
First he tries x = 3.0 and finds that the value of x 2 + 2 x is 15.
By trying other values of x find a solution of the equation x 2 + 2 x = 10 , correct to
one decimal place. You must show all your working.
(SEG)

4. (a) Without using a calculator, write down an estimate of the square root of 40.
Give your estimate correct to one decimal place.
(b) Explain how you obtained your estimate to the square root of 40.
(c) Use a trial and improvement method to find the square root of 40 correct to
two decimal places. Show your working clearly.

5. x is a number such that x ( x + 1) ( x − 1) = 20 .

(a) Find the two consecutive whole numbers between which x must lie.
(b) Use the method of trial and improvement to find the solution correct to
3 significant figures.
(NEAB)
6. Dilip is using trial and improvement to solve equations.
(a) He finds the solution of a certain equation lies between 2.731 and 2.734.
Write down an approximation to the solution, correct to as many significant
figures as are justified so far.

(b) The solution to another equation lies between 4.62 and 4.67.
Write down an approximation to the solution, correct to as many significant
figures as are justified so far.
(SEG)

7. Use trial and improvement to complete a copy of the table to find a solution to the
equation
x 3 − 2 x = 90
Give your answer to 1 decimal place.

x x3 − 2x Comment

4 56 Too low

5 115 Too high

(AQA)

8. The equation
x 3 + 10 x = 51
has a solution between 2 and 3.
Use a trial and improvement method to find this solution.
Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.
You must show all your working.
(Edexcel)
10.7 Expanding Brackets
1. Multiply out and simplify.

(a) x (1 + x ) (b) 2(2 x + 1) (c) 2 x ( x − 1)

(d) 4 x (2 + x ) (e) 5 x (3 − 2 x ) (f) x 2 (1 + x )

(g) ( x + 1)( x + 2) (h) ( x + 1)( x − 1) (i) ( x + 2)( x − 1)

(j) ( x − 3)( x − 2) (k) (1 + a)(1 + 2 a) (l) ( x + y)( x − y)
(m) (ax + b)(cx − d ) (n) ( x + 1)2
2. Expand the following:
1
(a) 6(3x + y) (b) 5z( z − 2 y ) (c) (2 xy − 4 yz)
2

(d) q( p + 2 r − 3s) (e) ( p + q)(r + s) (f) ( x + y)( z + 2 w)

(g) (3a + b)(a + c) (h) (m + 2n)(2 p + 3q) (i) (a − b)(c + d )
(j) (2e − f )(2 g − h) (k) (3 p − 4q)(s + t ) (l) (a + 7)(2b + 5)
(m) ( x + 3)( x + 4) (n) (a + 5)(a − 3) (o) ( x − 7)( x − 6)
(p) (3 + c)(6 − c) (q) (1 − 3x )(4 + 3y) (r) (2 p + 3)( p + 5)
(s) (4 x + 5 y)(2 x + 3y) (t) (d − 7)(d − 5) (u) (a + 5)2
(v) ( x − 3)2 (w) ( b + 2 )2 (x) (e − 4 )2
(y) (2 x + 1)2 (z) (3 x − 2 ) 2

3. Simplify these expressions as far as possible.

(a) (3 p + 2 q ) 2 (b) (4 m − 3n)2

(c) ( x + 5)( x − 5) (d) ( y + 7)( y − 7)
(e) (5a + 3)(5a − 3) (f) (6 x + 5 y)(6 x − 5 y)
(g) ( x − 2)( x + 2) (h) ( x − a)( x + a)

4. (a) Multiply out and simplify

(3x − 1)(2 x + 3)
(b) Show how you could use your answer to (a) to work out 29 × 23 .
5. (a) (i) Multiply out 4 x ( x + 3) .

(ii) Multiply out and simplify (2 x + 3)(2 x + 3)

(b) Four identical rectangular tiles are placed around a square tile as shown in
the
following diagram.

(x + 3) cm

x cm

x cm (x + 3) cm

Using your answers to (a), or otherwise, find the area of the square tile.

6. (a) Expand (
d d2 + 6 )
4 4
(b) Simplify g ×g
(c) Expand and simplify 2( p + 5) + 3(2 p − 1)
(AQA)
7. (a) Expand and simplify 4(2 x − 1) + 3( x + 6)
(b) Expand x 2 (4 − 2 x )
(AQA)
10.8 Simultaneous Linear Equations
1. Solve each of the following pairs of simultaneous equations:
(a) x + y = 14 (b) x − y = −1 (c) 3x − y = 9
x−y=4 2x − y = 0 4 x − y = − 14
(d) y − x = −1 (e) 5x + 4 y = 4 (f) 3x + 5y = 5
3x − y = 5 3x + 4 y = 8 3x + 9 y = − 3
(g) 3x + 2 y = 0 (h) 3x − y = − 2 (i) 3x − 2 y = 7
−x + y = 5 x − 3 y = 10 4 x + y = 13
(j) 3a − b = 9 (k) 3x − 8y = 1 (l) 2 m + 5n = 24
2 a + 2 b = 14 6 x − 7 y = 25 4 m + 3n = 20
(m) 2 x + 7 y = 17 (n) 5u − 2 v = 9
5 x + 3y = − 1 7u − 5v = 28
10.8

2. Solve the simultaneous equations

x+y=4
15 x + 25 y = 76

3. Solve the following equations:

(a) x+y=7 (b) x − 3y = 7 (c) 3 x + y = 13
x−y=3 x−y=3 5 x − y = 35
(d) 3 x + 3 y = 15 (e) 3 x + 2 y + 7 = 0 (f) 3 x + y = 17
3 x − 5 y = − 41 5x − 2 y + 1 = 0 3 x − y = 19
(g) 3x + 2 y = 8 (h) 2x = 5 − y (i) 7 x − y + 23 = 0
2 y − 5x = 8 3y = 1 − 2 x x + 2y − 1 = 0
(j) 3 x − 5 y = 31 (k) x + 3y = 7 (l) 3 x + 7 y = − 15
x + 3y = 1 y − 4 x = 11 x − 3 y = 11

4. Suvinder spends £26 on 100 postage stamps. If x of them are 20p stamps and the
remaining y are 35p stamps, write down two equations in x and y and solve them.

5. Harry pays £8.50 for 5 kg of flour and 3 kg of sugar. Sarah pays £13.20 for
8 kg of flour and 4 kg of sugar. If the cost of flour is £x per kg and the cost of
sugar is £y per kg, write down two equations in x and y and solve them.

6. John and David have £14.00 altogether. If John's money is doubled and David's
tripled, they will have £34.00 altogether. How much does each boy have?

7. A retailer can buy either two television sets and three video-recorders for £3750, or
four television sets and one video-recorder for £4250. What is the cost of a
television set? What is the cost of a video-recorder?

8. A toothbrush and a tube of toothpaste cost £4.15; the toothbrush costs 25p less
than the tube of toothpaste. Find the cost of each item.

9. A grocer wants to mix a type of spice which costs £22 per kilogram with another
type which costs £12 per kilogram, to obtain 20 kilograms of mixture which will
cost £15 per kilogram. What quantity of each spice must the grocer take?

10. Mrs Rogers bought 3 blouses and 2 scarves. She paid £26.
Mrs Summers bought 4 blouses and 1 scarf. She paid £28.
The cost of a blouse was x pounds.
The cost of a scarf was y pounds.
(a) Use the information to write down two equations in x and y.
(b) Solve these equations to find the cost of one blouse.

11. Solve
3x − 2 y = 3
x + 4y = 8
(Edexcel)
12. Solve the simultaneous equations
y = 2x + 3

x 2 + y2 = 2
You must show your working.
Do not use trial and improvement.
(AQA)
10.9 Factorisation 1
1. Copy and complete the following:

(a) 5a + 10 b = 5( ? + ? ) (b) 6 p − 15q = ? (2 p − ? )

(c) 16 x − 32 y = ? ( x − ? y) (d) 14 xy − 7 yz = 7 y( ? − z )

(e) 20 x 2 − 16 x = 4 x ( ? − 4) (f) 2 a + 4 ab = 2 a( ? + ? )
(g) 2 x 2 + 2 xz = 2 x ( ? + ? ) (h) 9mn − 27m 2 r = ? (n − ? )
(i) 8 pq − 12 q 2 = ? (2 p − ? ) (j) 2 ax 2 − 4 a 2 x = ? ( ? − 2 a)

(k) 9 x 2 y 2 − 3x = 3x( ? − ? ) (l) (

14 m 2 r − 7r = ? 2 m 2 − ? )
(m) 12 pq 2 + 16 p 2 q 2 = ? ( ? + 4 p)

2. Factorise the following:

(a) 10 a − 15b (b) 50 py − 120 p (c) 24 abc − 8ab

(d) 6 abc + 12 bcd (e) 16 m 2 + 12 n 2 (f) p2 y + p2 y2

(g) 18s 2 t − 12 st 2 (h) 10 a + 15a 2 (i) c − c2

(j) 2 a 2 b 2 − 8a 2 b (k) m 2 n − mnl (l) 6 xy − 3 y + 9 x

(m) pqr + p 2 + pr (n) abc + a 2 b + bc (o) 8abc + 6 ab 2 c + 4 abc 2

(p) 5s 2 t − 3st − 4 st 2

3. Copy and complete the following:

(a) m( x − y) + n( x − y) = ( x − y)( )
(b) k ( a + b) + l( a + b) = ( a + b)( )
(c) a(2 x + y) − b(2 x + y) = (2 x + y)( )
(d) 3 x (c + d ) − 2 y(c + d ) = (c + d )( )
(e) (a + b) y + (a + b) x = (a + b)( )
(f) ( x − y)k + ( x − y)l = ( x − y)( )
10.9

(g) (2 x + 3y)a − (3y + 2 x )b = (2 x + 3y)( )

(h) 3b( p + q ) − ab(q + p) = ( p + q )( ) = b( p + q)( )
(i) 10 a(c + d ) − 5a 2 ( d + c) = (c + d )( ) = 5a(c + d )( )
(j) 4( m + n) − 8z(n + m) = ( m + n)( ) = 4(m + n)( )

4. (a) Expand 3( x + 2)

(b) Factorise 6 a − 10

(c) Factorise fully 6 a 2 b + 9 ab 2

(AQA)
10.10 Factorisation 2
1. Factorise the following expressions:

(a) x 2 − 3x + 2 (b) x 2 + 3x + 2 (c) x2 − 1

(d) x 2 + x − 30 (e) x2 + 6x + 9 (f) x 2 + x − 12

(g) x 2 − 2 x − 15 (h) x 2 − 8 x + 16 (i) x 2 + 10 x + 21

(j) x 2 + 10 x − 24

2. Copy and complete the following:

2
(a) 16 x 2 − 25 = ( 4 x ) − 52 = ( + 5)( − 5)

(b) a2b2 − c2 = ( )2 − c2 = ( + c)( − c)

(c) 4 − 9t 2 = 2 2 − ( )2 = (2 + 3t )( )
(d) 49 x 2 − 100 = ( )2 − 10 2 = ( + 10)( )
(e) 36b 2 − 25a 2 = (6b) − (
2
)2 = (6 b + )( )
(f) a2 − = ( a + 3 )( − 3)

3. Use the fact that x 2 − y 2 = ( x + y )( x − y) to find the values of the following.

Do them as quickly as possible mentally without using a calculator.

(a) 16 2 − 6 2 = (b) 912 − 9 2 =

(c) 482 − 42 2 = (d) 2.52 − 1.52 =

4 2 1 2
(e) 9.6 2 − 0.4 2 = (f) ( 6 ) − (3 )
5 5
=
4. Factorise the following expressions:

(a) k 2 + 13k + 22 (b) m 2 + 12 m + 32 (c) x2 + 6x + 8

(d) y 2 − 3y + 2 (e) 2 x 2 + 11x + 15 (f) 3a 2 + 5a + 2

(g) 2 y2 + 7y + 6 (h) n 2 − 2n + 1 (i) 5g 2 − 11g + 2

(j) r 2 − 8r + 12 (k) 6b 2 + 11b + 5 (l) 2 d 2 − 13d + 15

(m) p2 − 6 p − 7 (n) h 2 − 5h − 36 (o) 9 x 2 − 12 x + 4

(p) 3s 2 − 7s − 6 (q) 2f2 − 5f − 3 (r) e2 − e − 2

5. Factorise the following expressions:

(a) p 2 − 8 pq + 15q 2 (b) y 2 − 2 yz − 8z 2

(c) k 2 − 6 kl + 5l 2 (d) m 2 − 4 mn − 21n 2

(e) 2 x 2 + 5 xy + 3 y 2 (f) 2 x 2 + 7 xy + 3 y 2

6. (a) Simplify (2 x y )
4 3

(b) Factorise fully 2 x 2 − 50 y 2

(AQA)
10.11 Solving Quadratic Equations by
Factorisation
1. Solve the following equations by factorisation.

(a) x 2 + 2 x − 35 = 0 (b) x 2 − 15 x − 54 = 0

(c) x 2 − x − 90 = 0 (d) x 2 + 15 x + 54 = 0

(e) x 2 + 20 x + 51 = 0 (f) x 2 − 12 x + 32 = 0

(g) x 2 − 24 x + 143 = 0 (h) x 2 − 17 x + 60 = 0

(i) x 2 − 14 x − 176 = 0 (j) x 2 − 26 x + 133 = 0

(k) x 2 + 7 x − 44 = 0 (l) x 2 + 2 x − 195 = 0

(m) 2 x 2 − 5x + 3 = 0 (n) 2 x 2 − 7x − 9 = 0

(o) 2 x 2 + 13 x + 6 = 0

2. Solve the following equations:

(a) x2 − 6x + 8 = 0 (b) m 2 + 10 m + 21 = 0

(c) p 2 − 7 p − 30 = 0 (d) x 2 − 7 x + 12 = 0
10.11

(e) x 2 − 9 x + 20 = 0 (f) p 2 − 6 p − 27 = 0

(g) a 2 − a − 56 = 0 (h) q 2 − 6q − 16 = 0

(i) 2 y2 + 7y + 3 = 0 (j) 6 x 2 + x − 12 = 0

(k) 4 m 2 + 7m − 2 = 0 (l) 4 z 2 + 4 z − 15 = 0

3. Find the solutions of each of the following equations:

(a) y 2 = y + 56 (b) 12 w 2 = 13w − 3

(c) 11y = − 4 − 6 y 2 (d) c(c − 1) = 2

(e) q 2 = − 2( q − 4 ) (f) d (d + 2) = 3

(g) x ( x − 5) = 84 (h) y(5 y + 27) = 18

(i) 3 p 2 = 6 p(2 + p) (j) 2 x ( 4 x + 5) = 3

(k) (
13 x = 2 2 x 2 + 5 ) (l) ( )
2 10 − x 2 = 3 x

(m) 4 y − 3 = 3 y( y − 2 ) (n) −12 y − 9( y + 1) = 6 y 2

(o) (a + 4)(a − 2) = − 5 (p) (3x − 4)( x − 4) = − 5

4. Solve the following equations:

(a) x 2 − 16 = 0 (b) x 2 = 49

(c) 4 x 2 − 81 = 0 (d) 9 x 2 = 64

5. Solve the following equations:

(a) q 2 − 6q = − 9 (b) x 2 + 81 = 18 x (c) y 2 = 22 y − 121

(d) 4(3 x − 1) = 9 x 2 (e) −25 = 4 y( y − 5)

6. Solve the following equations:

49
(a) x 2 = 25 (b) a 2 = 36 (c) y2 =
4
4
(d) b 2 − 16 = 0 (e) a 2 − 64 = 0 (f) x2 − =0
81

(g) 4 y2 = 9 (h) 2 x 2 = 32 (i) 3 p 2 − 27 = 0

(j) 5 p 2 − 20 = 0 (k) 25b 2 − 40 = 9 (l) 3b 2 − 8 = 4

7. The area of a parallelogram is 50 cm 2 . If the base is twice its height, calculate the
height.

8. The breadth of a rectangular plot of land is 5 m less than its length. If the area of
the plot is 104 m 2 , find the dimensions of the plot.
9. A circle has an area of 154 cm 2 . Find its radius.

10. In a triangle, its base is 3 cm less than its height. If its area is 14 cm 2 , find its
height.

11. The area of a rectangle is 51 cm 2 . Find the length and the breadth of this rectangle
if their difference is 14 cm.

1 1
12. (a) Solve the equation x− 5 = x + 3
2 4
(b) (i) Factorise x 2 + 5 x − 14

(ii) Hence solve the equation x 2 + 5 x − 14 = 0

(AQA)
13. (a) Simplify the following expression.
x2 + x − 2
x2 − 4
(b) Solve
2 x + 1 7x + 3
=
x −1 4x − 3

(c) Solve ( x − 5) ( x + 1) > 0

(OCR)
10.12 Solving Quadratic Equations using the
Formula
1. Solve the following equations by using the formula. Give your answers correct to
3 decimal places.

(a) x2 + 6x + 4 = 0 (b) y2 − 5y + 5 = 0

(c) x2 + 2x − 1 = 0 (d) x 2 − 5x + 1 = 0

(e) x 2 = − 5x − 3 (f) y 2 = 10 y − 18

2. Solve the following equations by using the formula. Give your answers correct to
3 decimal places.

(a) 2t 2 − 4t − 3 = 0 (b) 2 y 2 + 3y − 4 = 0

(c) 2 x 2 − 14 x + 7 = 0 (d) 4 x 2 − 6 = − 7x

(e) 7 = 3t 2 + 6t (f) 5t 2 = 11t + 7

10.12

3. Bill sets Ben this problem.

"When 2 is added to a certain number, the result is the same as dividing
8 by the number."
Ben uses this equation to solve the problem:
8
x+2=
x
Solve this equation, and show that there are two possible solutions to Bill's
problem. r

4. The surface area of a circular cylinder can be calculated

using the formula A = 2πr 2 + 2πrh , where r is the h
radius and h the height. Find the radius of the cylinder,
correct to 2 decimal places, if the cylinder has a surface
area of 322π cm 2 and a height of 10 cm.

xm xm

5. If the area of the field shown is 26 m 2 , what is the

5m
value of x correct to 1 decimal place?
xm

6m

6. A cuboid has dimensions (x + 3) cm by (x + 3) cm by 5 cm. If its volume is

555 cm 3 , find x correct to 2 decimal places.

7. The area of a triangular plate is 16 cm 2 . If the base is 1 cm longer than the height,
what are the lengths of its base and height? Give your answers correct to 1 decimal
place.
8 cm
8. A picture 8 cm by 3 cm has a border x cm
3 cm

wide all round it. The area of the border is

equal to the area of the picture. Find the
value of x correct to 2 decimal places. x cm

9. The diagram shows a closed rectangular

box whose dimensions are in cm. Given
that the area of material used to make the y–1
box is 146 cm 2 , find the value of y correct
to 2 decimal places. 4y y

10. A rectangular photograph, 15 cm by 18 cm, is mounted on a large rectangular

piece of card so as to leave a border, x cm wide along both the top and bottom and
y cm wide along each side.
 x cm

y cm 18 cm y cm
15 cm

x cm

The perimeter of the mount is 102 cm. The cost of mounting this photograph is
£12.88.
(a) Show that x = 9 - y.

The cost of mounting a photograph is 2 pence per cm 2 of card.

(b) Show that (18 + 2 y)(15 + 2 x ) = 644 .

(c) Use the expression for x in part (a) to show that the equation in part (b) can
be written as 2 y 2 − 15 y + 25 = 0 .
(d) Solve this equation to determine the possible dimensions of the piece of
card.

11. (a) Simplify 2a 3 × 4a 2

(b) Solve the equation x 2 − 8x + 10 = 0
(c) Make y the subject of this formula.
x (2 y − 3) = 5( y − 2)
(d) Solve algebraically these simultaneous equations. Show your method
clearly.
x+y=5
x + 3y 2 = 49
2

(OCR)
10.13 Algebraic Fractions
1. Simplify each of the following:
xy 12 xy 15ab 6 xy
(a) (b) (c) (d)
y 6y 3a 3 yz

12cde a+b 4( s − t ) b−a

(e) (f) (g) (h)
3cd a+b s−t a−b

b−4 8−c 2x + 6 4p
(i) (j) (k) (l)
4−b c−8 2x 8 + 16 p
10.13

6 − 3r b+c cy − cz
(m) (n) (o)
6r − 12 cd + bd 2 y − 2z

2. Simplify each of the following:

6z ax 8 p + 16 p 2
(a) (b) (c)
4z − 6 ax − a 2 4p

x−2 x +1 2 y2 + y − 3
(d) 2 (e) 2 (f)
x − 5x + 6 x + 2x + 1 y −1

c2 − 1 m2 − n2 3+q
(g) (h) (i)
c −1 m−n 9 − q2

6x − 8 4a − 8 mn − m 2
(j) (k) (l)
4 − 3x 16 − 8a m−n

2−x 3− x 3 − 2x
(m) 2 (n) 2 (o)
x +x−6 x − 5x + 6 2x2 − x − 3

m2 − 1 q 2 − 36 25 − p 2
(p) (q) (r)
1− m 6−q p−5

3. (a)
4 a + 8b
(b)
a2 − b2
(c)
( a + b )2
6 a + 12 b ( a − b )2 a2 − b2

x2 − 4x a 2 + ab ab − b 2
(d) (e) (f)
x 2 − 16 a2 − b2 ( a − b )2

8a 2 − 16 ab a2 − 4a 4 x 2 − y2
(g) (h) (i)
5a − 10 b a 2 − 16 12 x − 4 xy − y 2
2

x2 + x − 6 x 2 − 2 x − 15 5 x − 15
(j) (k) (l)
x 2 − 9 x + 14 x 2 − 5x 2
3 x − 13 x + 12

4. Simplify each of the following:

a2 a+3 3x − 2 24
(a) × (b) ×
a 2 + 3a a 4x 18 x − 12

49 − b 2 b 3u 2 + 7u + 2 7u
(c) 2 × (d) ×
b 7−b 21 u+2

2y − 1 y 2 p2 p+7
(e) 2 × 2 (f) ×
y 2 y + 5y − 3 p2 + 8 p + 7 4p
 2x − 6 x 3 3y + 6
(g) × 2 (h) 2 ×
4 x −x−6 y +y−2 y

3 4 25 − n 2 5 − n
(i) ÷ (j) ÷
p2 − 9 p+3 5 2

a 2 − 16 a + 4 2 y2 − y 2 y − 1
(k) ÷ (l) ÷
a2 5a 4y 10

5. Express each of the following as a single fraction in its simplest form.

4 y 2 a
(a) + (b) +
y−2 y+3 a − 2 3a − 2

x 3 5 c
(c) − (d) −
x+4 x−4 1 − 3c 2 + c

u 4 x 6
(e) − (f) +
u + 2 3u − 2 1 − 5x 3 + x

6. Express each of the following as a single fraction in its simplest form.

1 a 2 3
(a) + (b) +
a + b 4( a + b) x + 1 ( x + 1)( x − 2)

7 4 3 5
(c) − (d) −
x + 3 ( x + 3)( x − 5) x − 2 ( x − 2)( x + 4)

5 6 3 a
(e) + (f) +
3 − a (3 − a)(3 + a) a − 4 a 2 − 16

p 2 7 4
(g) 2 + (h) +
p −9 p+3 5a − 5b 2 a − 2 b

c 1 6 x
(i) − (j) +
25 − c 2 5 − c x − 3 x 2 − 3x

x+3 x−4
7. Solve the equation + =1
3 2
(AQA)
10.14 Completing the Square
1. Solve the following equations:

(a) (a − 5)2 = 36 (b) (2 m + 1)2 = 16

(c) (3 p − 2 ) 2 =4 (d)
2
5( y + 2) − 20 = 0

(e) ( x + 2 )2 −9=0 (f) (a − 3)2 − 16 = 0

10.14

(g) (2 y − 1)2 − 25 = 0 (h) 49 = (2 a + 3)

2

(i) (2 x − 5)2 −4=0 (j) (3b + 4)2 = 81

2. Solve the following equations by completing the square. Give your answers correct
to 1 decimal place.

(a) x2 + 2x − 2 = 0 (b) x2 − 4x + 2 = 0

(c) y 2 − 3y − 4 = 0 (d) y2 + 9 y + 1 = 0

(e) t 2 − 4t − 4 = 0 (f) p2 − 5 p + 1 = 0

3. Solve the following equations by completing the square. Give your answers correct
to 2 decimal places.

(a) 2 y 2 + 3y − 4 = 0 (b) 2t 2 − 2t − 3 = 0

(c) 2 p2 − 3 p − 1 = 0 (d) 3x 2 + 2 x − 3 = 0

(e) 15 x 2 − 30 x + 10 = 0 (f) 5y2 = 9 y − 1

(g) 2 x 2 = 11x + 7 (h) 2 x = 8 − 5x 2

4. A rectangular garden consists of a lawn 9 m by 7 m, and a path x m wide along two

sides of the lawn as shown.

path x cm

path lawn 7m

x cm 9m

(a) Write down the perimeter of the garden, in terms of x.

(b) If the area of the garden is 96 m 2 , write down an equation in x. Find x by

solving the equation, completing the square and giving your answer correct
to 2 decimal places.
R
5.
D C
4x
3x – 2

A 4x + 3 B
P 4x Q

ABCD is a rectangle in which AB = (4x + 3) cm and BC = (3x – 2) cm.

PQR is a triangle in which PQ = QR = 4x cm and ∠ PQR = 90° .
The area of the rectangle ABCD is equal to the area of the triangle PQR.
 (a) Form an equation in x and show that it reduces to 4 x 2 + x − 6 = 0 .
(b) Solve this equation by completing the square, giving your answers correct to
2 decimal places.
(c) Hence find the length of PQ.

6. The diagram shows the cross-section of an x m long concrete pipe of external

radius x cm and thickness 3 cm.

x cm
3 cm

(a) Write down the area of the shaded region of the pipe in terms of x in cm 2 .

(b) Find the volume of concrete required to make the pipe in terms of x in cm 3 .

(c) If the volume of concrete required to make the pipe is 3000π cm 3 , write
down an equation in x and show that it reduces to 2 x 2 − 3 x − 10 = 0 .
Solve the equation by completing the square to find the value of x correct to
1 decimal place.
10.15 Algebraic Fractions and Quadratic
Equations
1. Solve the following equations:
9 x x 1
(a) = (b) =
x 4 32 18 x
y 2 5 x
(c) ÷ =0 (d) ÷ =0
6 3y 4x 5

2. Solve each of the following equations:

7 12 3 12
(a) − =2 (b) − =2
a−3 a+3 x−2 x−3

6 1 3 4
(c) − =3 (d) + =2
y+2 y−2 c+2 c−3

2 3 1 8 1 1
(e) − = (f) − =
t −3 t +1 2 x + 4 x −1 3

1 1 1 3 4
(g) − =1 (h) + =3
x+3 x−2 4 c+2 c+3
10.15
3. Solve each of the following equations:
x 3 9x x − 9
(a) − =1 (b) + =1
x − 2 x +1 4 x

3x 4 x+4
(c) = (d) x+4 =
x −1 x −3 x−5

4. Solve each of the following equations:

x 5 1 1
(a) = (b) − =5
2x − 3 x−4 x−2 x+2
Give your answers correct to 2 decimal places.
11 Fractions and
Percentages
11.1 Fractions, Decimals and Percentages
1. Express each of the following percentages as a fraction in its lowest terms.
(a) 10% (b) 25% (c) 1% (d) 50%
1 1
(e) 360% (f) 120% (g) 33 % (h) 12 %
3 6
4 1
(i) 8 % (j) 162 %
5 2

2. Express each of the following percentages as a decimal.

(a) 20% (b) 17% (c) 46% (d) 101%
1 1
(e) 240% (f) 304% (g) 4 % (h) 22 %
4 2
1 1
(i) 18 % (j) 20 %
5 8

3. Express each of the following fractions as a percentage.

3 4 7 31
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 25 8 20
1 1 1 1
(e) (f) (g) (h)
5 3 2 6
2 1
(i) 1 (j)
3 9

4. Express each of the following decimals as a percentage.

(a) 0.2 (b) 0.05 (c) 0.075 (d) 0.255
(e) 0.12 (f) 0.005 (g) 0.123 (h) 0.365

5. Write the following percentages as (i) fractions (ii) decimals.

(a) 36% (b) 5% (c) 42% (d) 3%
1
(e) 180% (f) 275% (g) 12 % (h) 99%
2
 3
6. of this shape is shaded.
4
(a) What percentage of the shape is shaded?
(b) What percentage of the shape is not shaded?
(LON)

7. Copy and complete the table. Express the fractions in their lowest terms.

Percentage Fraction Decimal

1
(a) 5%
20
(b) 10% 0.1

(c) 175%

1
(d) 12 %
2
2
(e) 16 %
5
1
(f) 6 %
4
(g) 100%

(h) 123%

1
8. (a) Write as a percentage.
2
(b) Write 25% as a fraction.
(AQA)
1
9. (a) Which two of these fractions are equivalent to ?
3
2 5 6 11
6 12 18 30

(b) Write 70% as a decimal.

3
(c) Write as a decimal.
10
(AQA)
11.1
10. Copy and complete the table below.

Fraction Decimal Percentage

1
0.5
2
0.7 70%

3
3%
100
(AQA)

11. (a) Write 87% as a decimal.

2
(b) Write as a percentage.
5
(c) Write 60% as a fraction. Give your fraction in its simplest form.
1
(d) Write 5 million in figures.
2
(e) 55% of the students in a school are female. What percentage of students are
male?
(Edexcel)
1
12. Which of these fractions is closest to ? You must show your working.
4
2 3 7 13
5 10 20 40
(AQA)
11.2 Fractions and Percentages of Quantities
1. Calculate each of the following:
(a) 10% of 90 (b) 6% of 200 (c) 38% of 400
(d) 10% of 500 (e) 86% of 35 (f) 13.25% of 10 000
(g) 150% of 754 (h) 2% of 124 (i) 16% of 350

(j) 0.25% of 4000

2. Find the value of each of the following:

1 1
(a) 55% of 2 (b) 25% of £6.40 (c) 3 % of 210
2 3
1 1 1
(d) 20 % of 200 g (e) 15 % of 60 (f) 33 % of 243 km
4 3 3
 2 2
(g) 66 % of £3000 (h) 16 % of 90 (i) 120% of 50 m
3 3
(j) 200% of £75

3. In a town of 60 000 people, 65% own terrace houses. How many people own
terrace houses?

4. Ali scored 90% in a Mathematics test. If the total possible mark is 50, how many
marks did he get?

5. A couple are inviting 260 friends to their wedding reception.

They expect 90% to accept the invitation.
How many will this be?

6. A 10% service charge is added to the cost of food ordered in a restaurant. If the
food costs £26.80, what would be the total charge including the service charge?

7. A used-car dealer sells a car at 120% of its cost. If a car costs £25 000, how much
will he sell the car for?

8. Mrs. Warren earns £1 160 a month. S he spends 10% of it on petrol, 60% on

household expenditure and food, 10% on clothing and saves the rest.
(a) How much does she spend on household expenditure and food?
(b) How much altogether does she spend on petrol and clothing?
(c) How much does she save each month?

9. 360 boys and 240 girls sat for an examination. 65% of the boys and 55% of the
girls passed.
(a) Find the number of boys who passed.
(b) Find the number of girls who passed.
(c) What percentage of the total number of boys and girls in the examination
passed?

10. This chart shows how a council spends its total income.

Education Social Police Fire Others

Service Services Service Service
58% % 10% 5% 16%

(a) What percentage is spent on Social Services?

The council has a total income of £680 million.
(b) How much does the council spend on the Fire Service?
(SEG)
11.2
11. The cost of some building materials is £64.80 plus VAT.
VAT is charged at 17.5%
(a) How much VAT is charged?
(b) What is the total cost?
(SEG)

12. An estate agent charges commission on the sale price of a house.

Calculate the commission charged on a house sold for £63 000.
(SEG)
4
13. Work out 80 ×
5
(Edexcel)

14. Tom works 12 hours each week.

He earns £4 per hour.
1
Tom saves of his earnings each week.
3
How many weeks does it take Tom to save £80?
You must show all your working
(AQA)

15. Find

(a) 10% of £6.50

3
(b) of 200
4
(AQA)
11.3 Quantities as Percentages
1. In a class of 40 pupils, 4 failed the physical fitness test. What percentage of the
class failed the test?

2. 250 people attended a concert. There were 20 children. What percentage of the
people were children?

3. In a survey, 50 people were interviewed. 35 of them owned cars.

(a) What percentage of the people interviewed owned cars?
(b) What percentage did not own cars?

4. Mr Smith bought a basket of 30 plants. 12 of the plants were spoilt. What

percentage of the plants were not spoilt?

5. During an election, 12 186 out of 15 000 people for Candidate A. What percentage
of the people did not vote for Candidate A?
6. On a certain day, 49 aeroplanes arrived at the airport. 14 of them were on time.
What percentage of them were not on time?

7. To prepare 750 ml of lemonade, Meiling adds 50 ml of syrup to water. What

percentage of the lemonade is syrup?

8. An alloy consists of 2.5 kg of zinc and 4 kg of tin. What percentage of the alloy is
made up of tin?

9. The following shows the marks obtained by a pupil in an examination:

English - 35 out of 40
French - 18 out of 25
Mathematics - 45 out of 60
Science - 38 out of 50
Geography - 42 out of 50

(a) Express each mark as a percentage of its total.

(b) In terms of percentage, for which subject did the pupil score
(i) the highest, (ii) the lowest?

10. The following table shows how 200 people travel to work.

Mode of Transport Number of People

Walk 12

Cycle 6

Train 80

Car x

Bus 90

(a) Calculate the value of x.

(b) Find the percentage of people who travel by each mode of transport.

11. A circle of radius 7 cm is increased in area by 25%. Find the radius of the new
circle and give the answer correct to the nearest cm.

12. Express 500 cm 2 as a percentage of 1 m 2 .

13. 500 people voted in an election.

The table shows the four candidates and the votes received by two of them.

Allgood Betterdon Carewell Didright

155 105
11.3
(a) What percentage of the votes did Allgood receive?

(b) Carewell received twice as many votes as Didright.

How many votes did Carewell receive?
(AQA)
11 Fractions and
Percentages
11.4 More Complex Percentages
1. In a constituency, there are 12 000 eligible voters. In a particular election, the
following results were obtained by three of the candidates:

Candidate Percentage of votes

A 7%

B 39%

C 42%

Find the actual number of votes for each candidate, given that 12% of eligible
voters did not vote.
Day Percentage
2. A factory has 1600 workers and the
of absentees
percentages of workers absent from
work from Monday to Friday in a Monday 15%
certain week are given in the table. Tuesday 1.5%
Find the number of workers who Wednesday 10%
turn up for work on each day.
Thursday 5%
Friday 7%

3. The Smith family's expenses for a particular month are shown below.

Item Expenditure
Rent £169
Food £273
Clothing £52
Travel £65
Miscellaneous £91

Calculate each expenditure as a percentage of the total expenditure.

4. Kathy earned £30 000 in 1991. Her tax allowance was £3295. She did not pay tax
on this amount of her income.
On a further £2570 of her income she did not pay tax, because she paid this amount
into a pension scheme.
She paid tax on the rest of her income.
(a) How much of her income was taxable?
11.4
She paid tax at 25% on the first £23 700 of her taxable income.
She paid tax at 40% on the rest of her taxable income.
(b) Calculate the total amount of tax that she paid in 1991.
(SEG)

5. A shopkeeper buys a washing machine for £480. Find the selling price if the shop
keeper is to make a profit of
1 1 1
(a) 5% (b) 9 % (c) 12 % (d) 15% (e) 33 %.
2 3 3

6. A supermarket sells 4 brands of detergent, A, B, C and D. On a particular day, 15%

of the total number of boxes sold was brand A and 45% was brand C.
(a) Find the ratio of the number of boxes of brand A sold to the total number of
boxes sold. Give your answer as a fraction.
(b) Given that 60 boxes of brand A were sold, calculate the number of boxes of
brand C that were sold.
(c) Given that the number of boxes of brand D sold is one third the number of
boxes of brand B that were sold, what percentage of the detergent sold was
brand D?

7. Find (a) the discount, (b) the actual amount of money paid, in the following cases.
(a) A watch is priced in a catalogue at £198 but the dealer offers a 15% discount
to the purchaser.
(b) Luggage which has a catalogue price of £595 but is sold at a discount of
20% during a sale.
(c) A cabinet which has a marked price of £1400 but is sold at a discount of 8%
to a customer who pays for it in cash.
(d) A sofa-bed priced at £500 but is sold at a discount of 16% to a customer who
arranges for its delivery.
(e) An air ionizer, with a marked price of £600, is offered for sale at a discount
of 9% to a customer who pays in cash.

8. Andy sells CDs.

1
He sells each CD for £8.80 plus VAT at 17 %.
2
He sells 650 CDs.
Work out how much money Andy gets.
(Edexcel)
9. A dish contains 2000 bacteria.
The number of bacteria increases by 16% per hour.
How many bacteria will be in the dish after 12 hours?
(AQA)
10. Jane earns £11 400 per year.
After her pay rise she earns £12 198 per year.
What was her percentage pay rise?
(AQA)
11.5 Percentage Increase and Decrease
1. Ten years ago, a town had a population of 12 250. Now, the population of the town
is 13 965. Find the percentage increase in the population of the town.

2. The ABC Dress Company determines the selling price of its dresses by adding 32%
to the cost. Calculate the selling price of a garment that costs £25.

3. A dealer sells cloth at £4.20 a metre, which he bought at £80 for 20 metres. Find
the percentage profit or loss.

4. A carpenter made a dozen chairs at a cost of £420. She sold each of them for £40.
Find her percentage gain.

5. A trader mixes 2 kg of butter which costs £8 per kg with 3 kg of butter which costs
£6 per kg. He sells the mixture at £2.55 per 250 g. Find his percentage gain.

6. Calculate the percentage decrease for each of the following, correct to the
nearest 1%.
(a) From £124 to £100. (b) From 1.49 to 0.37.
1
(c) From 56 kg to 50 kg. (d) From 300 km to 250 km.
2

7. Calculate the percentage increase for each of the following correct to the
nearest 1%.
(a) From £1250 to £1448. (b) From 51.4 to 70.4.
(c) From 35.3 to 60.5. (d) From 12 h to 13 h.

8. (a) Decrease 246 by 20%. (b) Decrease £1270 by 25%.

(c) Increase 40 kg by 10%. (d) Increase 1.65 m by 10%.

9. A bookshop sells its books at 10% less than the marked price. If a book is marked
at £8, at what price will the shop sell it?

10. A long distance call costs £46.00. If a 2.5% service charge is added to it, what will
be the total cost of this long distance call?

11. Between 1989 and 1990, the enrolment of a school fell from 2001 to 1500. What is
the percentage decrease in the enrolment of the school from 1989 to 1990? Give
your answer correct to the nearest 1%.

12. Calculate the percentage increase in each of the following cases:

(a) A bus fare of 40p is now 50p.
(b) An train fare of 50p is now 60p.

13. The breakdown for different races for the population of Singapore in 1985 and
1988 is given in the following table. For each race, calculate the percentage
increase from 1985 to 1988, giving your answers correct to 1 decimal place.
11.5

Race Population (1985) Population (1988)

(a) Chinese 1 953 900 2 011 300
(b) Malay 380 800 401 200
(c) Indian 164 700 171 800
(d) Others 58 600 62 800

1
14. In 1990, a charity sold 2million lottery tickets at 25p each.
4
80% of the money obtained was kept by the charity.
(a) Calculate the amount of money kept by the charity.

In 1991, the price of a lottery ticket fell by 20%. Sales of lottery tickets increased
by 20%. 80% of the money obtained was kept by the charity.
(b) Calculate the percentage change in the amount of money kept by the charity.
(LON)

15. Janet invests £50 in a building society for one year.

The interest rate is 6% per year.
(a) How much interest, in pounds, does Janet get?

Nisha invests £60 in a different building society. She gets £3 interest after one year.
(b) Work out the percentage interest rate that Nisha gets.
(LON)

16. If the price of a watch is increased by 15% from £p, give the new price in terms of p.
11.6 Addition and Subtraction of Fractions
1. Evaluate the following, expressing your answers in the simplest form.
1 5 7 11 5 3
(a) + (b) + (c) −
9 9 12 12 8 8
3 5 3 1 7 5
(d) + (e) + (f) −
4 12 8 6 8 6
9 11 2 7 7 4
(g) − (h) 6 +5 (i) 5 −3
10 15 3 12 12 9

2. Evaluate the following:

2 1 4 9 1 5 1
(a) − (b) − (c) + +
9 18 15 30 15 12 6
1 1 1 23 5 1 5 7 7
(d) − − (e) − − (f) + +
4 3 2 30 12 6 8 12 16
 4 5 7 1 2 1 2
(g) − + (h) + − +
27 18 36 2 3 6 9

3. Arrange the following in ascending order:

7 13 2 13 11 3 13 5 37
(a) , , (b) , , (c) , ,
10 20 3 20 15 4 15 6 45
5 7 11 7 5 13
(d) , , (e) , ,
12 18 27 8 6 16

1 1
4. Jane used of a piece of ribbon and her sister used of it. What fraction of
2 3
the ribbon was used?
2 1
5. Joe painted of a fence and Bill painted of it. What fraction of the fence did
5 2
the boys paint?
1 3
6. Mr Smith had 15 m of wire. He cut off a piece of wire 2 m long. How many
2 4
metres of wire did he have left?
1
7. Mrs Bell made 40 cookies. Her son ate of them. How many cookies did he eat?
5
3
8. Harban was given £15 allowance each week. He spent of it. What fraction
5
did he save? How much did he save in pounds.
1 1
9. Sue bought a record with of her allowance. She spent another to see a
4 8
movie. What part of her allowance did she spend?
1
10. At a sale, some shirts are sold at their original price. If the original price of
2
these shirts is £30, what is the sale price?
1 1
11. I have one whole candy bar. I give of it to my brother and of it to my friend.
2 4
What fraction of the candy bar do I have left?
1 1 1
12. Khalid spent of his money on a pen, of it on books and of it on a
3 4 6
magazine. What fraction of the money is left?
1 1
13. Mrs Holland spends of her money in the market and of the remainder in a
4 3
shop. What fraction of her money is left?
3
14. Joan earns £1800 a month. She spends of her salary every month.
8
2
She gives her parentsof the remainder and saves the rest.
5
How much money does she save every month?
11.6
15. A group of students went to a fast food restaurant.
2 1
(a) of them bought a beef burger and of them bought a chicken burger.
5 3
The rest of them just bought drinks.

What fraction of the group bought food?

3
(b) of those who bought a beef burger also bought chips.
4

What fraction of the whole group bought beef burger and chips?

Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.

(OCR)
1
16. On Monday Joe drinks 2 pints of milk.
3
3
On Tuesday he drinks 1 pints of milk.
4

Work out the total amount of milk that Joe drinks on Monday and Tuesday.
(AQA)
2 1
17. Work out the value of +
5 4
(AQA)
11.7 Multiplication and Division of Fractions
1. Evaluate the following:
1 1 1 1 2 1
(a) × (b) × (c) ×
2 2 2 3 3 4
5 2 1 2 5 14
(d) × (e) × (f) ×
2 7 4 9 7 3
2 10 3 7 1 2
(g) × (h) × (i) ×
5 9 7 3 10 9
5 3 7 3 9 2
(j) × (k) × (l) ×
9 4 10 14 4 3

2. Evaluate the following:

2 1 5 5 5 1
(a) ÷ (b) ÷ (c) ÷
3 3 7 14 8 8
3 1 1 1 4 5
(d) ÷ (e) ÷ (f) ÷
4 4 2 8 9 9
5 1 7 2 10 5
(g) ÷ (h) ÷ (i) ÷
2 2 3 3 9 3
3. Simplify the following:
6 1 1 2 1
(a) 7×2 (b) 1 ×4 (c) 8 ÷2
7 9 2 3 6
1 1 7 1 1 1
(d) 5 ÷3 (e) ÷4 (f) 1 ×1
4 2 10 5 8 3

4. Evaluate each of the following:

2 1 3 4
(a) 18 × 3 (b) 2 ×3 (c) −6 ×
9 8 4 3
1 1 2 1 10  1 
(d) 6 ×4 (e) × 12 (f) 1 × −2
3 5 25 2 11  7 
3 1 1 11
(g) 200 × × (h) 2 × × 1000
4 100 2 100

5. Evaluate the following:

1 1 3 7 4
(a) ÷ (b) ÷ (c) ÷6
16 4 4 8 27
3 2 3 7 3
(d) ÷ (e) 2÷ (f) ÷1
16 9 4 8 4
2 1 1 1
(g) 3 ÷2 (h) 7 ÷2
3 4 5 4
3
6. You have to walk 1 km to school. How far have you walked when you are
4
halfway?
1
7. A recipe for 6 buns requires 1 kg of sugar. How much sugar is needed for 1 bun?
2

2 3
8. (a) Work out the value of 1 +2
5 7
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.
2 3
(b) Work out the value of ×
5 7
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.
(Edexcel)
11.8 Compound Interest and Depreciation
1. Matthew invests £240 in a bank account which earns interest at a rate of 5% per
annum. Find the value of the investment after:
(a) 1 year, (b) 2 years, (c) 10 years.

2. Using the compound interest formula, calculate the value of the following
accounts:
(a) £500 invested for 5 years at 8% interest per annum,
11.8

1
(b) £1000 invested for 7 years at 7 % per annum,
2
(c) £4000 invested for 10 years at 9% per annum.

3. A new network of computers costs a firm £15 000. The value of this computer
network depreciates at a rate of 20% per annum.
What is the value of the network after:
(a) 4 years, (b) 8 years?

4. Louise has £50 to invest, and wants to invest this money for as long as it takes to
reach a value of £100. If the account pays 5% interest per annum, how long will it
take for Louise to reach her target?

5. Fare prices on a newly privatised railway are only allowed to rise in line with
inflation. Assuming constant inflation at a 2% rate per annum, how much will a
£40 fare cost after:
(a) 1 year, (b) 2 years, (c) 5 years, (d) 10 years?

6. A car costs £12 000 when new. It depreciates 20% in the first year, and at a 10%
constant rate for each subsequent year. What is its value after:
(a) 1 year (b) 2 years (c) 5 years?

7. Jim borrows £2000 to furnish a new flat. He has to pay interest at the rate of 15%
per annum on this amount.
(a) Find the amount of interest to be paid at the end of the first year.
(b) If he actually pays £500 back at the end of each year, how much will he still
owe at the end of the fourth year?

8. Annie invests £3000 for 5 years in a savings account that pays 4% compound
interest per year.
How much will she have in the account at the end of 5 years?
(AQA)
9. Mrs Blake put £3000 in a building society account that offered 6% interest per
year. Interest was added to the account at the end of each year.
(a) How much did she have in her account 3 years later, after the final interest
had been added?
(b) An annual rate of interest between 7% and 8% would be required for a sum
of money to double in ten years. Use a trial and improvement method to
find this rate of interest.
Give your answer as a percentage to 1 decimal place. Show your
calculations.
(OCR)
11.9 Reverse Percentage Problems
1. A stereo system is sold for £1998 and an 11% profit is made. Find the original cost
of the stereo.

2. A dealer sells a television set to a man and makes a 15% profit. The man sells it to
another man for £414 at a loss of 10%. Find the original price of the television set.

3. At what price must an article which costs £450 be sold in order to make a profit of
1
16 %?
2
4. A cash discount of 8% is allowed on an item which costs £45. How much money
is saved if a customer decides to pay in cash? How much more can he save if the
discount is 9%?
3
5. A dealer gains 18 % by selling a washing machine for £950. Find the cost price
4
of the washing machine. What percentage profit would he get if he were to sell it
for £1050?
6. A second-hand car dealer bought a second-hand car and spent £650 on repairs. He
sold the car for £18 650, gaining 20% on the purchase price. For how much did he
purchase it?

7. During a sale, a dress marked '50% off usual price' sells for £70. What is the
usual price?

8. A man bought a flat for £76 000 and a second-hand car for £27 500. He sold the
flat at a gain of 15% and the car at a loss of 12%. Find the total amount gained or
lost from the two transactions.

9. By selling a particular set of books for £408, a bookseller suffers a loss of 4%.
Find the cost price of the books. What is the percentage gain or loss if the books
are sold for £510?
1
10. Many articles are subject to VAT at 17 %. Normally the quoted price of such
2
articles includes VAT, but businesses can often obtain refunds on any VAT paid.
It is therefore important to be able to determine the amount of VAT paid, given the
quoted price of the article.
(a) The quoted price of an article is £58.75. How much VAT is included in the
quoted price?
(b) An approximate method of finding the amount of VAT is to divide the
quoted price by the number 6.71. This gives an answer that is not always
accurate to the nearest penny. Find a more accurate number to use in place
of 6.71, correct to 5 significant figures.
(c) If VAT rises to 19%, determine, to 5 significant figures, the number by which
the quoted price should be divided to find the amount of VAT paid.
11.9
11. A television has a sale price of £180.
This is a saving of 25% on the original price.
What was the original price?
(AQA)
12.
SALE
Exercise Bike
1
17 % off
2
Now £181.50

How much was the exercise bike before the reduction?

(AQA)
12 Number Patterns
12.1 Simple Number Patterns
1. Write down the next two numbers in each of the following sequences:
(a) 6, 12, 18, 24, . . . (b) 2, 4, 6, 8, . . .
(c) 50, 100, 150, 200, . . . (d) 12, 24, 36, 48, . . .
(e) 13, 26, 39, 52, . . . (f) 25, 50, 75, 100, . . .

2. Find the difference between successive terms for each of the following sequences.
Hence, find the next two terms.
(a) 1, 5, 9, 13, . . . (b) 2, 7, 12, 17, . . .
(c) 2, 12, 22, 32, . . . (d) 3, 10, 17, 24, . . .
(e) 3, 11, 19, 27, . . . (f) 1, 12, 23, 34, . . .

3. In each case find (i), (ii) and (iii), using a calculator if necessary. Deduce the value
of (iv) without using a calculator.
(a) (i) 3 × 11 = ? (b) (i) 6×9=?
(ii) 33 × 11 = ? (ii) 6 × 99 = ?
(iii) 333 × 11 = ? (iii) 6 × 999 = ?
(iv) 33333 × 11 = ? (iv) 6 × 99999 = ?

4. A pattern of counting numbers is shown.

14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, . . .
(a) (i) Which of these numbers is a square number?
(ii) Which of these numbers is a multiple of nine?

The pattern is continued.

(b) (i) What is the next square number?
(ii) What is the next number that is a multiple of nine?
(SEG)

5. (a) Here is a sequence of numbers.

30 25 20 15 10 .......... ..........

Write down the next two numbers in the sequence.

(b) Here is another sequence of numbers.

160 80 .......... 20 10 .......... 2.5

Write down the two missing numbers in this sequence.

(AQA)
12.2 Recognising Number Patterns
1. Find the next two terms of each sequence below:
(a) 3, 6, 10, 15, 21, . . . (b) 1, 1, 2, 4, 7, . . .
(c) 6, 11, 17, 24, 32, . . . (d) 0, 5, 15, 30, 50, . . .
(e) 5, 7, 11, 19, 35, . . . (f) 10, 6, 1, –5, –12, . . .
(g) 0, –1, –3, –6, –10, . . . (h) 49, 42, 36, 31, 27, . .
(i) 10, 14, 22, 34, 50, . . . (j) 100, 80, 62, 46, 32, . . .
2. Each sequence of shapes shown below is made up of lines which join two points.
For each sequence:
(i) Write down the number of lines as a sequence;
(ii) Predict, and check, the number of lines in the next shape.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

3. Write down a sequence for the number of dots in each pattern, then explain how to
get the next number. Check your prediction by actually drawing the next shape in
the sequence.
(a)
12.2

(b)

(c)

4. (a) To generate a sequence of numbers, Paul multiplies the previous number in

the sequence by 3, then subtracts 1.
Here are the first four numbers of the sequence.
1, 2, 5, 14, . . .
Find the next two numbers in the sequence.

(b) Here are the first four numbers of the sequence of cube numbers.
1, 8, 27, 64, . . .
Find the next two numbers in the sequence.
(MEG)

5. Neelan is investigating the number sequence

3, 4, 7, 12, 19, . . .
He draws up 2 difference tables and writes down his answers under the original
sequence.

Sequence 3 4 7 12 19

Differences 1 3 7

Differences 2 2
of differences

Copy the sequences and fill in the missing numbers in all 3 boxes.
(LON)

6. The rule for a sequence of numbers is:

'add the two previous numbers and then multiply by 2'.
(a) Write down the next two numbers in the sequence:
1, 1, 4, 10, . . . , . . .
The first eight numbers in a different sequence of numbers are:
3, 7, 4, 8, 5, 9, 6, 10, . . .
(b) Write down the next two numbers in the sequence.
(LON)
7. Here are the first five terms of a sequence.
290 284 278 272 266
Write down the next two terms of the number sequence.
(Edexcel)

8. Patterns are made from shaded and unshaded squares.

Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3 Pattern 4 Pattern 5

(a) Draw Pattern 6.

(b) How many shaded squares will there be in Pattern 20?
(c) How many unshaded squares will there be in Pattern 20?
(AQA)

9. In all of the following diagrams, numbers are increased by two equal steps.
For example:

+7 +7

10 17 24

Find a, b and c.

+a +a

13 30 b

+c +c

17 b

(AQA)
12 Number Patterns
12.3 Extending Number Patterns
1. Find the 10th and 20th terms of each of the following sequences:
(a) 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, . . . (b) 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, . . .
(c) 100, 98, 96, 94, 92, . . . (d) 12, 9, 6, 3, 0, . . .
(e) 2, 3, 5, 8, 12, . . . (f) 3, 4, 7, 12, 19, . . .
(g) 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, . . . (h) 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, . . .
(i) 10, 12, 16, 24, 40, . . .

2. Look at this number pattern:

Line 1 1 × 1 = 1

Line 2 11 × 11 = 121
Line 3 111 × 111 = 12321

Line 4 1111 × 1111 = 1234321

Line 5 11111 × 11111 = 123454321

(a) Write down the complete Line 6 of this pattern.

(b) Use the pattern to help you find the value of 111111111 × 111111111.
(MEG)

3. Ranjit is doing an investigation into powers. He begins to make a table as follows.

Column Column Column Column
1 2 3 4 .. ..
Row 1 1 1 1 1 .. ..
Row 2 2 4 8 16 .. ..
Row 3 3 9 27 .. .. ..
Row 4 4 16 64 .. .. ..
Row 5 .. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. .. ..

(a) What is the 6th number in Row 3?

(b) What is the 10th number in Column 2?
(c) The number 49 appears in Column 2. In which row is it?
(d) The number 6561 appears in Row 3. In which column is it?
(e) The number 576 appears in Column 2. In which row is it?
(f) What is the 20th number in Row 2? (SEG)
12.3

4. The odd numbers are arranged in rows of five, as follows:

Row number First number Last number

(n) in row (F) in row (L)

1 1 3 5 7 9
2 11 13 15 17 19
3 21 23 25 27 29
and so on.

(a)
INPUT OUTPUT
Row number × 10 –9 First number
(n) (F)

This number machine can be used to find the first number (F) in row n.
The machine uses the rule F = 10 n − 9 .
(i) Copy and complete the following number machine to give the last
number (L) in row number n.

INPUT OUTPUT
Row number Last number
(n) (L)

(ii) Write down the rule connecting L and n.

(b) The numbers in Row 1 add up to 25.

(i) Copy and complete the following table.

Row 1 2 3 4 5
Sum of numbers in the row 25

(ii) Work out which row has a sum of 875.

(MEG)

5. Here is a sequence of patterns.

Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3

x x x x x x
o o o o o o o o o o
x x x x x x

(a) Draw Pattern 4.

(b) Copy and complete the following table.
 Pattern 1 2 3 4 5

Number of circles 2 3
Number of crosses 2 4

(c) What pattern do you notice in the 'Number of crosses' row in the table?
(d) How many circles are there in Pattern 20?
(OCR)

6. Patterns are made of sticks.

Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3 Pattern 4

(a) Copy and complete the table.

Pattern 1 2 3 4

Number of sticks 3 5

(b) How many sticks are there in Pattern 5?

(c) Here is a rule for working out the number of sticks.

Multiply the pattern number by 2 and add 1

How many sticks are there in Pattern 10?

(AQA)
12.4 Formulae and Number Patterns
1. Use the formulae below to find the first 6 terms of each sequence.

(a) un = 1 + 2 n (b) un = 5n − 2 (c) un = 2 n 2 − 1

2
(d) un = 3n − 1 (e) un = (n + 1) (f) un = (n + 2)(n − 3)

2. Find (i) the 10th term and (ii) the 20th term of each sequence below:
(a) un = 5n (b) un = 3 + 4n (c) un = 20 − 2 n

1
(d) un = 5 + n 2 (e) un = n 2 + 4n + 4 (f) un =
( + 1)
n

3. Find the formula for un , the n th term, for each of the sequences given below:
(a) 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, . . . (b) 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, . . .
12.4
(c) 50, 43, 36, 29, 22, . . . (d) 5, 2, –1, –4, –7, . . .
1 1 1 1
(e) 1, , , , ,... (f) 7, 15, 23, 31, 39, . . .
2 3 4 5

4. The n th term of each of the sequences below can be written in the form
un = an + b . For each sequence, find the constants a and b.
(a) 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, . . . (b) 4, 3, 2, 1, 0, . . .
(c) 4, 11, 18, 25, 32, . . (d) 100, 95, 90, 85, 80, . . .

5. Write down the sequence (i) un = n 2 and (ii) un = n 3 . Use them to find the
formula for the n th of the following sequences.
(a) 2, 5, 10, 17, 26, . . . (b) 2, 8, 18, 32, . . .
(c) 2, 9, 28, 65, 126, . . . (d) –1, –7, –17, –31, . . .
(e) 2, 16, 54, 128, 250, . . . (f) 0, 4, 18, 48, 100, . . .

6. The three patterns below are made out of matchsticks.

Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3

(a) Draw the next pattern in the sequence.

(b) Copy and complete this table to show the number of matchsticks used for
each pattern.

Pattern number 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of matchsticks 4 10 16

(c) How many matchsticks would be needed for the 20th pattern?
Show clearly how you worked out your answer.
(d) Write down an expression for the number of matchsticks in the n th pattern.
(NEAB)

7. A sequence of numbers is shown.

5 9 13 17 21
(a) Find an expression for the nth term of the sequence.
(b) Explain why 83 will not be a term in this sequence.
(AQA)
8. Patterns are made from shaded and unshaded squares.

1st pattern 2nd pattern 3rd pattern 4th pattern

(a) How many shaded squares are there in the nth pattern?
(b) How many unshaded squares are there in the nth pattern?
(AQA)

9. (a) Find the eighth term of the sequence whose nth term is 4 n − 1.
(b) The first three patterns in a sequence are shown below.
Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✖ ✓ ✓ ✖ ✖ ✓ ✓ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Write down, in terms of n, the number of ticks when there are n crosses.

(c) Here are the first four terms of a sequence.

5 8 13 20
Find the nth term of this sequence.
(OCR)
12.5 General Laws
1. Find formulae to generate each of the sequences given below:
1 2 3 4 5 3 5 7 9 11
(a) , , , , ,... (b) , , , , ,...
2 3 4 5 6 1 2 4 8 16
1 1 1
(c) 3, 9, 27, 81, . . . (d) 1, , , ,...
2 4 8
2 5 10 17 26
(e) 0.8, 0.64, 0.512, 0.4096, . . . (f) , , , , ,...
3 4 5 6 7
Which of the above sequences converge? If it converges, find the value to which it
converges.
1 7
2. The iterative formula un +1 =  un +  is used, with u1 = 1 , to define a
2 un 
sequence.
(a) Find the first 6 terms of this sequence

(b) Show that the sequence converges to 7.

3. (a) Find, in terms of n, the n th term of the sequence

1 2 3 4 5
, , , , , ...
3 5 7 9 11
12.5
(b) A sequence is given by
1 un + 1 = 2un − 2un 2

u1 = 0.8
(i) Calculate u2 .
(ii) What value does un approach as n gets very large?

4. Gareth is investigating number patterns. He considers only the numbers 1 to 50.

He groups every set of four consecutive numbers which when added will give a
multiple of 10. His first two groups are shown.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

(a) What is the next group of four consecutive numbers which when added will
give a multiple of 10?
(b) What is the largest multiple of 10 which can be found in the table by
grouping four numbers in this way?

The table is extended to include numbers from 1 to 1000.

(c) x and x + 1 are the two middle numbers in a group of four consecutive
numbers which have a total which is a multiple of 10.
(i) Write expressions, in terms of x, for the other two numbers.
(ii) Write in its simplest form an expression, in terms of x, for the total of
these four numbers.
(d) One group of four consecutive numbers has a total of 590. What are the
four numbers?
(SEG)

5. (a) Write down the next term in the series

x, x3, x5, x7,
(b) What is the value of this term when x = 1 ?

6. Rebecca is investigating the number of ways in which different numbers of buttons

can be split into two groups.
There must be at least one button in each group.
She finds that seven buttons can be split in three different ways.

1+6 2+5 3+4

 She does not count ways which are the same as these, but reversed. For example,
5 + 2 is not counted because it is the same as 2 + 5.

(a) Copy and complete the table.

Number of Ways of Splitting into Number

Buttons Two Groups of Ways
1 No ways 0
2 1+1 1
3 1+2 1
4 1 + 3 or 2 + 2 2
5
6
7 1 + 6 or 2 + 5 or 3 + 4 3
8
9

(b) In how many ways can 15 buttons be split into two groups?
(c) In how many ways can 100 buttons be split into two groups?
(d) What number of buttons can split into two groups in eight ways? There are
two different answers to this question.
(e) What number of buttons can be split into two groups in 127 ways? There
are two different answers to this question.
(SEG)

7. The nth term, tn , of a sequence is given by the formula

n(n + 1)
tn =
2

(a) Write down the values of t1 , t2 , t3 .

(b) This sequence of numbers has a special name. Write down that name.
(OCR)
12.6 Quadratic Formulae
1. Show that each of the following sequences has a constant second difference, and
use this to find the next 2 terms of the sequence.
(a) 2, 6, 11, 17, . . . (b) 1, 1, 2, 4, 7, 11, . . .
(c) 15, 13, 10, 6, . . . (d) –3, –10, –24, –45, . . .

2. The third, fourth and fifth terms of a quadratic sequence are 16, 26 and 38. Find
the first, second and sixth terms of the sequence.
12.6
3. Find a quadratic formula which describes each of the following sequences:
(a) 2, 5, 10, 17, 26, . . .

(b) 2, 6, 12, 20, 30, . . .

(c) 7, 11, 16, 22, 29, . . .

4. The 9th, 10th and 11th terms of a quadratic sequence are given by 167, 205 and
249. Find the formula for the nth term.

5.

1st diagram 2nd diagram 3rd diagram 4th diagram

Each diagram consists of squares made from rods. The diagrams form part of a
sequence.
(a) Copy and complete the table.

Number of diagram 1 2 3 4 5
Number of rods used to 4 12 24
make that diagram

(b) Write down the answers to these multiplications of consecutive numbers.

1 × 2 = .......... 2 × 3 = .......... 3 × 4 = ..........
(c) How many rods are used to make the 12th diagram in the sequence?
(d) How many rods are used to make the n th diagram in the sequence?
(SEG)

6. (a) A number pattern begins 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, ...

Describe this number pattern.

(b) Another number pattern begins 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, ...

(i) Describe this number pattern.
(ii) What is the next number in this pattern?

Each number in this pattern is changed to make a new number pattern.

The new number pattern begins –1, 2, 7, 14, 23, 34, ...
(iii) What is the next number in the new pattern?
Explain how you found your answer.
(SEG)
7. (a) (i) Write down the multiples of 5, from 5 to 40.
(ii) Describe the pattern of the units digits.

(b) SEQUENCE P is 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, ...

Explain how SEQUENCE P is produced.

(c) Copy the table below, and fill in the blanks.

SEQUENCE P → Add 1 and then multiply by 2 → SEQUENCE Q

3 → 3 + 1 = 4, 4×2=8 → 8
6 → 6 + 1 = 7, 7 × 2 = 14 → 14
9 → ............................................. → ...................
12 → ............................................. → ...................
15 → ............................................ → ...................
18 → ............................................. → ...................

(d) (i) Find the next two terms in the sequence 1, 4, 10, 19, 31, 46, 64, ...
(ii) Explain how you obtained your answer to part (d) (i).
(MEG)

8. The diagram shows the first 3 members of a sequence of patterns of cm squares.

Pattern Number Number of cm squares

1 1

2 4

3 9

(a) Draw pattern number 4.

(b) Write down the total number of cm squares in pattern number 8.
(c) Express in symbols the number of cm squares in pattern number n.
(d) Express in symbols the number of cm squares in the bottom row of pattern
number n.
(LON)
12.6
9. The following diagrams form a sequence.

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3

The sequence is continued.

(a) How many lines are needed for diagram 4?

Lines drawn like this are called vertical.

(b) How many non-vertical lines are needed for diagram 5?

(c) How many vertical lines are needed for diagram 6?
(d) Copy and complete the following table.

Diagram Number of Number of Total number

non-vertical lines vertical lines of lines

1 2 1 3
2 6 3 9
3 12 6 18
4
5
6

(e) For the n th diagram, write in terms of n,

(i) the number of non-vertical lines,
(ii) the number of vertical lines,
(iii) the total number of lines.
(SEG)
10. The triangle number sequence is
1, 3, 6, 10, 15, 21, ...
The nth term of this sequence is given by

1
n(n + 1)
2
(a) Write down an algebraic expression for the (n − 1)th term of the sequence.

(b) Prove, algebraically, that the sum of any two consecutive triangle numbers
is a square number.
(AQA)
13 Graphs
13.1 Positive Coordinates
1. Write down the coordinates of each point marked on the grid below.

D
6

5 B

C
4

A
3

G E
2

H F
0 x
1 2 3 4 5 6

2. On a grid like the one below, draw lines

(a) from (0, 0) to (0, 2) to (1, 1) to (2, 2) to (2, 0).

(b) from (5, 0) to (3, 0) to (3, 1) to (4, 1) to (3, 1) to (3, 2) to (5, 2).

(c) from (6, 0) to (6, 2) to (8, 2) to (8, 1) to (6, 1).

y
2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x

y
3. Using a grid like the one opposite you can write
the number 1 by joining (1, 0) to (1, 2). 2

Write out instructions for the digits 2, 3 and 4,

using just the points shown on the grid for the
vertices. 1

0 x
1 2
13.1
4. y
5
= 1 square cm
B
4

1
A
0 x
1 2 3 4 5

(a) Write down the co-ordinates of the point

(i) A
(ii) B

(b) On a similar grid, plot and label the points

C (3, 4) and D (3, 2)

(c) Work out the area of the shape ABCD.

(LON)
5. y

B C
6

2
A
1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 x

(a) Write down the coordinates of the mid-point of AC.

(b) Mark and label a point D on the diagram so that ABCD is a rectangle.
(c) (i) Find the perimeter of the rectangle ABCD.
(ii) Find the area of the rectangle ABCD.
(d) The rectangle has reflective (line) symmetry.
Describe another type of symmetry that it has.
(MEG)
6. y (a) Write down the coordinates of the point
4
A
(i) A
3
(ii) B
2
1 (b) On a copy of the grid, mark with a cross (x)
B the midpoint of the line AB.
0 1 2 3 4 5 x
(Edexcel)
7. Points A, B and C are three corners y
of a square ABCD. C
7
6
(a) Write down the coordinates of
A, B and C. 5
4
(b) The point D (0, 5) is the fourth
3
corner of the square. B
2
Mark, with X, the position of 1
A
the point D on a copy of the grid.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x (AQA)
8. The points A and M are shown on the grid.

10

3
M

2
A

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x

(a) Write down the coordinates of A and M.

(b) M is the mid-point of a line AB. Work out the coordinates of B.
(AQA)
13.2 Coordinates
1. Write down the coordinates of each point marked on the grid below.

L
4

M
3
K A B
2

1
J
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
–1
C
I
–2
E

–3
G F

–4

D
–5

2. The following diagram shows several shapes.

Write down the coordinates of
(a) the centre of the circle,
(b) the points of intersection of the circle and the axes,
(c) the vertices of the square,
(d) the points of intersection of the triangle and the y-axis,
(e) the point of intersection of the diagonals of the rectangle.
 y

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

3. The map below shows the Isle of Wight with a coordinate axis as shown. N

y
Ryde

Yarmouth

Sandown x

Ventnor

(a) Write down the coordinates of the towns

(i) Ryde (ii) Sandown (iii) Ventnor (iv) Yarmouth

(b) What are the coordinates of the points furthest

(i) west (ii) east?
13.2

4. On a suitable set of coordinate axes, draw the triangle with vertices at

(a) (0, 0), (5, 0), (5,4) (b) (8, 4), (0, – 4), (2, 4)
(c) (1, –1), (– 4, 3), (– 6, –2) (d) (–1, 4), (– 4 , –2), (3, – 4)

5. On a set of coordinate axes join the points

(a) E (–3, 4) to F (6, –2) (b) G (2, 4) to H (1, –2)
Write down the coordinates of the point of intersection of the two lines.

6. For each of the following, plot the given points on a suitable coordinate grid. For
each question, join the points in order with straight lines and identify the
geometrical shape.
(a) (6, 4), (–6, 4), (–6, – 4), (6, – 4) (b) (0, 5), (–6, 0), (0, –5), (6, 0)
(c) (0, 0), (0, 8), (5, 4) (d) (1, 0), (0, 3), (–1, 4), (–6, 1)
(e) (4, 0), (0, 5), (– 4, 0)
(f) (5, 2), (–1, 3), (–1, –3), (5, –2)
(g) (0, –3), (6, –3), (4, 2), (–2, 2)

7. The points A (–3, 4), B (2, 1) and C (3, –1) are three vertices of a parallelogram
ABCD. Draw the parallelogram and write down the coordinates of D.

8. The points A (1, –1), B (–3, –1) and C (–1, – 4) are three vertices of a rhombus
ACBD. Draw the rhombus ACBD and write down the coordinates of D.

9. Some places are shown on the grid below.

y

3
Home
2

0 x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3
Shop
–4

–5
 (a) Write down the coordinates of Home.
(b) A friend lives at (1, 5). Mark this point on a copy of the grid and label it F.
(c) Write down the coordinates of the Shop.
(d) School is at (– 4, 4). Mark this point on a copy of the grid and label it S.
(e) The scale of the diagram is: 1 cm represents 100 m. Measure the line and
work out the real distance from Home to the Shop.
(OCR)
10. (a) AB and BC are two sides of a rhombus ABCD.
y

A
2

–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 x
–1
B
–2

–3

–4
C

(i) On a copy of the diagram, draw the rhombus ABCD.

(ii) Write down the coordinates of D.

(b) EFGH is a parallelogram

y

F
2

1
E

–1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
–1

–2
G
–3

Write down the coordinates of H.

(AQA)
13.3 Plotting Straight Lines
1. (a) Given the equation y = 2 x , copy and complete the table below.

x –4 –2 0 2 4
y –8 ? ? 4 ?

(b) Using a set of axes with x values from – 4 to 4 and y values from –8 to 8, plot
the points in (a) and draw a straight line through them.
(c) Use your graph to find
(i) the value of y when x = 3 , (ii) the value of x when y = − 6 .

2. (a) Use the equation y = 2 x − 1 to complete the coordinates below.

(–2, ? ), (0, ? ), (2, ? )
(b) Plot these points on a set of axes and draw a straight line through the points.
(c) Write down the coordinates of two other points on the line.
Check that they satisfy the equation y = 2 x − 1.

3. On the set of axes with x values from –5 to 5 and y values from –5 to 5, draw the
graph of each of the following equations.
(a) y=x+2 (b) y = x −1 (c) y = 2x
(d) y = 2x − 1 (e) y = 3x + 1

4. y
L
4

3
The point (2, b) is on the line marked L.
2
What is the value of b?
1

x
0
1 2 3 4
(SEG)

5. (a) Copy and complete this table of values for y = 2 x − 3 .

x –4 –2 0 2 4
y –11 ? ? 1 ?

(b) On a suitable grid, plot the points in the table. Join them with a straight line.
(c) From your graph, what is the value of
(i) y when x = − 1 (ii) x when y = 3?
6. On the same coordinate grid, draw the graphs of
1
(a) y=x (b) y = 2x (c) y= x
2
(d) y = −x (e) y = − 2x
What do you notice about all these lines?

7. On the same coordinate grid, draw graphs of

(a) y = 2x + 1 (b) y = 2 x −1 (c) y = 2x + 2 (d) y = 2x
What do you notice about the four graphs?

8. On the same coordinate grid, draw graphs of

1
(a) y = x +1 (b) y = x +1 (c) y = 2x + 1
2
What do you notice about the three graphs?

9. (a) Complete this table of values for y = x + 2 .

x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
y 1 3 4

y
6

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x

–1

–2

–3

(b) On a grid like the one above, plot the points given by the values in your
table. Join the points.

(c) Work out the value of x when y = 2.5 .

(LON)
13.3

10. (a) (i) Plot the points (1, 3) and (4, 6) on a grid like the one below.
Join the points with a straight line.

y
7

0 x
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

(ii) The point P (a, 5) lies on the line. What is the value of a?
(iii) This line is extended.
Copy and complete the following mapping for points on this line.
1 → 3
4 → 6
10 → .......
x → .......

(b) On the same axes draw the graph of y = 6 − x .

(c) Solve the equation x + 2 = 6 − x .

(SEG)
11. On a copy of the grid below, draw the graph of y = 3x – 1 for values of x from 0
to 5.

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

0
1 2 3 4 5 x

–1

(AQA)
13.3

12. (a) Copy and complete the table of values for y = 3x + 1.

x 0 1 2 3 4
y 1 7 13

(b) On a copy of the grid below, draw the graph of y = 3x + 1 for values of x
from 0 to 4.

13

12

11

10

0
0 1 2 3 4 x

(c) Use your graph to solve 5.5 = 3x + 1.

(AQA)
13.4 Plotting Curves
1. Copy and complete the table below for y = x 2 − 1.

x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
y 3 8

Plot these points on a suitable grid and draw a smooth curve through the points.

2. Copy and complete the table below for y = 2 − x 2 .

x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
y –7 1

Plot these points on a suitable grid and draw a smooth curve through the points.

3. Copy and complete the table below for y = x 2 − 5 x + 4 .

x –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
y 10 4

Plot these points on a suitable grid and draw a smooth curve through the points.

4. Copy and complete the table below for y = x 3 + x − 1.

x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
y –31 1

Plot these points on a suitable grid and draw a smooth curve through the points.

5. On the same grid, sketch the graphs of the functions

1 2 1 2
(a) y = x2 (b) y= x (c) y = 2x2 (d) y= x
2 4
What do you notice?

1
6. Copy and complete the table below for y = .
x
− − 13
1 1 1
x –3 –2 –1 2
0 3 2 1 2 3
1
y –2 3

Plot these points on a suitable grid and draw a smooth curve through the points.
What happens as x → 0 ? Justify your answer.
13.4

7. (a) Complete the table of values and draw the graph of the function y = x 2 + 1
on a copy of the following grid.

x –2 –1 0 1 2
y=x2+1 5 2

y
5

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 x

(b) Use your graph to find the value of y when x = 0.5 .

(SEG)
8. (a) Complete these tables of values:

x –1 1 3
(i) for the equation y = 2x
y

x –1 0 1 2 3
(ii) for the equation y = x2 y

(b) On a copy of the following grid, draw the graphs of

y = 2 x and y = x 2 .
 y
10

–1 0 1 2 3 4 x

–2

(NEAB)
9. y

25

20

15

10

0 x
1 2 3 4 5
13.4

x 0 1 2 3 4 5
y 0 1 4 9 16 25

(a) Using the given table of values, draw the graph of y = x 2 on a grid like
the one above.
(b) Use your graph to find the approximate value of x when y = 14 .
(MEG)
10. Length

Width

The width of the rectangle is x cm.

The length of the rectangle is 4 cm more than the width,
(a) Write down an expression in terms of x for the length of the rectangle.

The perimeter of the rectangle is P cm.

(b) Write down a formula for P in terms of x.

The table gives the values of P when x = 6 .

x 2 4 6 8
P 32

(c) Complete a copy of the table for x = 2, 4 and 8 .

(d) On a grid like the one below, draw the graph of P against x for values of x
from 2 to 8.

40

30

20

10

0 x
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

(LON)
11. (a) Complete this table of values for y = (2 + x) (3 – x).

x –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
y 4 6 6 4 0

(b) On a copy of the grid, draw the graph of y = (2 + x) (3 – x) for values of x

from – 2 to +4.

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 x

–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

(AQA)
13 Graphs
13.5 Gradient
1. Find the gradient of each line in the diagram below.

A
4

3
C

B
1

0 x
1 2 3 4 5 6

2. Which of the following lines have

(a) positive (b) negative (c) zero
gradient in the grid below?

3
A B
2
C D

–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 x

–1

H E
–2

–3
G F
–4
13.5
3. Find the gradient of the four lines shown on the grid below.

3
B
A
2
C

–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 x

–1
E
D –2

–3

–4

4. Find the gradient of the line that joins the points with coordinates
(a) (0, 0) to (4, 8) (b) (1, 3) to (7, 2)

(c) (–1, 4) to (2, 10) (d) (–3, –2) to (1, –8)

(e) (4, –2) to (–1, –12) (f) (5, –3) to (3, –5)

5. (a) For the line y = 3 x − 1, complete the coordinates

A (1, ? ), B (2, ? ), C (3, ? ) D (10, ? )

(b) What is the gradient of the line

AB, BC, CD?

What do you notice?

6. A quadrilateral is formed by joining the points A to B, B to C, C to D, D to A,

where A, B, C, D have coordinates

A (–2, –2), B (–1, 3), C (3, 1), D (1, –3)

(a) Which of the four lines found has the largest gradient?

(b) Which of the four lines has the smallest gradient?

13.6 Application of Graphs
1. The diagram shows a conversion graph between Pounds (£) and Euros according to
the exchange rate on 7 November 2006.

15

10

Pounds
(£)

0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
Euros

(a) How many Euros can be exchanged for £15?

(b) How many Pounds can be exchanged for 24 Euros?

2.

60

40
Cost (£)

20

0 Units of
20 40 60 80 100 electricity

The graph shows the cost, in pounds, of electricity used by one person.
The cost is made up of a fixed standing charge, plus the cost of the number of units
of electricity used.
13.6

Use the graph to find

(a) the standing charge in pounds,
(b) the cost, in pence, of one unit of electricity.
(LON)

3. This graph can be used to convert between pounds (£) and French Francs.

60

50

40

French
Francs
30

20

10

0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Pounds (£)
Use the graph to convert
(a) (i) £6 to French Francs,
(ii) 55 French Francs to pounds.

Jim is going to the USA. The bank will exchange 1.58 dollars for £1.
It also charges a commission of 1% for the exchange.
Jim wants to exchange £250 for dollars at the bank.

(b) Work out how many dollars he would receive.

(LON)
 4. The table below shows volumes expressed in imperial and metric measure.

Imperial measure Metric measure

in fluid ounces in litres

1 0.028
4 0.114
6 0.180
7 0.199
8 0.227
10 0.284

(a) Plot these entries on a suitable grid.

(b) One of the entries in the metric column is incorrect.
(i) Draw the conversion graph showing the connection between imperial
and metric measure and write down the incorrect metric entry.
(ii) Use your graph to estimate the correct metric entry.
(NEAB)

5. Hannah goes to the shop to buy a loaf of bread.

The shop is 800 m from the house.
She leaves home at 1512 and walks to the shop at a steady speed.
She takes 16 minutes to reach the shop and then 5 minutes to buy a loaf of bread.
She then walks home at a steady speed arriving at 1548.
On a copy of the diagram draw a distance-time graph to represent her journey.

Distance
from
home
(km)
1

0
1500 1530 1600
Time (SEG)
13.6

6. The graph below shows the distance travelled by a car on a journey to work.

1400
F
1200

1000
Distance
(m) D
800 E

B
600
C

400

200
A
0 60 120 180 240 300 360 420 480
Time (s)

(a) The car stopped at two sets of traffic lights. How long did the car spend
waiting at each set of lights?
(b) On which part of the journey did the car travel fastest?
(c) (i) How far did the car travel?
(ii) How long did it take for the whole journey?
(iii) What was the car's average speed for the whole journey?

7. The graph below shows the speed of a train as it sets off from a station.

24

20

16
Speed (m/s)
12

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Time (s)
 Find the distance travelled by the train after
(a) 4 seconds (b) 8 seconds (c) 16 seconds

What is the formula that connects the time of travel and distance travelled for
0 ≤ t ≤ 16 ?

8. The graphs of the average weight for different heights for women and men are
shown.

90

80
Men

70 Women

Weight
(kg)

60

50

0
150 160 170 180
Height (cm)

(a) Jim and his wife Linda are both 160 cm in height.
Use the graphs to estimate the difference in their weights.

(b) Arthur and his wife Pam both weigh 75 kg.

Use the graphs to estimate the difference in their heights. Show all your
working.

(c) The actual difference in the heights of Arthur and Pam is 12 cm.
Give a possible reason why the graphs give a different answer.
(SEG)
13.6

9. The table shows the repayments required on loans of different amounts, for 1 year.

Amount of loan (£) 500 750 1500 2250 3000

Monthly Repayment (£) 60 85 160 235 310

(a) Plot these pairs of values on a copy of the grid below. Join them with a
straight line.

400

300

Monthly
repayment
(£)
200

100

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Amount of loan (£)
(b) I can afford to repay £180 a month. Use the graph to find out the largest
amount I could borrow.
(c) Use your graph to find the monthly repayment on a loan of £1000.
(d) Phil borrows £1500.
Altogether his 12 monthly repayments amount to more than £1500. How
much more?
(MEG)

10. The following distance-time graph shows the journeys made by a van and a car
starting from Oxford, travelling to Luton, and returning to Oxford.
(a) How far had the car travelled when it met the van for the second time?
(b) Calculate, in miles per hour, the average speed of the car between 0950
and 1000.
(c) During which period of time was the van travelling at its greatest average
speed?
 48
42
36
30 car
Distance 24
(miles)
18
van
12
6
0
0900 0930 1000 1030 1100 1130 1200 1230 1300 1330 1400 1430
Time
(SEG)

11.

200

150
Distance
in miles
from 100
Manchester

50

0
10am 11am 12noon 1pm 2pm 3pm 4pm 5pm 6pm 7pm 8pm
Time

The graph represents part of Mrs Hinton's journey from Manchester to London.
Mrs Hinton stopped for a rest at a service station.
(a) (i) Write down the time at which she stopped.
(ii) For how long did she stop?

For part of her journey Mrs Hinton had to slow down because of a traffic queue.
(b) For how many miles did she travel at this lower speed?

Mrs Hinton spent an hour at a meeting in London. She then returned home to
Manchester, travelling at a steady speed of 50 miles an hour.
(c) Use this information to complete the graph of her journey.
(LON)
13.6

12. The diagram shows the travel graph of a train.

80

60

Distance
from
station 40
(km)

20

0
20 40 60 80 100 120
Time (minutes)

(a) Find the greatest speed at which the train travelled.

Give your answer in km/h.

(b) Calculate the average speed for the whole journey in km/h.
(NEAB)

13. This is a conversion graph for gallons and litres.

40

30

Litres

20

10

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Gallons

(a) Use the graph to convert

(i) 4 gallons to litres (ii) 30 litres to gallons.

(b) 50 gallons is approximately 225 litres. Explain how you can use the graph to
show this.
(AQA)
14. The graph is used to convert negative temperatures between ° F and ° C .
C

–60 –50 –40 –30 –20 –10 O F

–10

–20

–30

–40

–50

–60

(a) Use the graph to convert – 10 ° F into °C .

(b) Use the graph to convert – 50 °C into ° F .
(AQA)
13.7 Scatter Plots and Lines of Best Fit
1. The extension of a spring for a variety of attached weights is given
in the table below.

Mass (grams) 100 200 300 400 600

Extension (cms) 51 105 148 195 305

Plot the data on a scatter diagram. What type of correlation does this table show?

Draw a line of best fit. What do you think would be the extension for a mass of
500 grams?
13.7

2. Annie asked a four teenagers to say how much time they spent doing homework
one evening, and how much time they spent watching TV.
Here is a scatter diagram to show the results.

3
A
D

Number of
hours spent
doing
homework

C
B

0
0
Number of hours spent watching TV

(a) Which of the four points, A, B, C or D, represents each of the

statements shown below? Write down one letter for each of the names.

LUCY says I spent most of my

evening doing home-
work. I only watched
one programme on TV.

TOM says I watched a lot of TV

last night and I also
did a lot of homework

CHRIS says I went out last night.

I didn't do much
homework or watch
TV.

(b) Make up a statement which matches the fourth point.

(c) What does the graph tell you about the relationship between time spent
watching TV and time spent doing homework?
 (d) Annie also drew scatter diagrams which showed that:

Older students tend to spend more time doing homework

than younger students.

There is no relationship between the time students spend

watching TV and the time students spend sleeping.

On a copy of the axes below, show what Annie's scatter diagram may have
looked like.

Hours spent
doing
homework

13 18
Age of students (years)

10

Hours
spent
sleeping

0 4
Hours spent watching TV

3. Each week during the summer season, a seaside resort recorded the rainfall and the
number of deckchair tickets sold.
Some of the results are plotted on the scatter diagram on the next page.
(a) What does the scatter diagram tell you about the connection between the
rainfall and the number of deckchair tickets sold?
(b) On a copy of the diagram draw in a line of best fit.
(c) In the first week of June only 250 deckchair tickets were sold.
How much rain do you think the resort had that week?
13.7
700

600

500

number of 400
deckchair
tickets sold

300

200

100

0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
mm of rain

(NEAB)

4. Ten boys of different ages were set the same General Knowledge test.
The results are shown in the table below.

Boy A B C D E F G H I J

Age (months) 131 142 152 153 158 163 166 170 172 173

Score 18 23 27 32 24 28 26 35 32 25

(a) The mean of the ages of the boys is 158 months.

Calculate the mean of their scores.
 (b) The results in the table have been plotted on the following scatter graph.

40

30

20
Marks
scored

10

0
130 140 150 160 170 180
Age in months

(i) Does the scatter graph show the sort of result you would expect?
Explain your answer.
(ii) On a copy of the scatter graph draw a line of best fit.
(iii) Taking age into account, to which boy would you award a prize for
the best performance?

5. The table below shows the number of Compact Discs (CDs) and the number of
Long Playing Records (LPs) that were sold from 1984 to 1992.

1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992

Number of CDs 0 5 10 20 30 35 45 60 70
(millions)

Number of LPs 55 55 50 50 45 40 20 15 5
(millions)

(a) 70 million CDs were sold in 1992.

Write the number 70 million in figures.

(b) In which year did the sale of CDs overtake the sale of LPs?
(i) Draw a scatter graph to show the sale of CDs against the sale of LPs.
(ii) What does your scatter diagram tell you about the connection between
the sale of CDs and the sale of LPs?
13.7

6. Tom breeds hamsters. The number of hamsters is expected to treble each year.
Tom had 20 hamsters on 1.1.96.

Date 1.1.96 1.1.97 1.1.98 1.1.99 1.1.00

Estimated number 20 60 180 540 1620

of hamsters

(a) On a suitable grid, draw a smooth curve to represent this information.

(b) Use your grid to estimate the number of hamsters Tom would have on
1.7.98.
(c) Write down an expression to find the estimated number of hamsters n years
after 1.1.96.
(LON)

7. Below are the years and times of some world records for running the mile.

Glen Cunningham 1934 247 sec

Roger Bannister 1954 239 sec
Michael Jazy 1965 234 sec
John Walker 1975 230 sec
Steve Cram 1985 226 sec
Noureddine Morcelli 1993 225 sec

These data are used to plot a scatter diagram.

250

240

230

Time (s)

220

210

0
1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000
Year
(a) (i) On a copy of the scatter diagram, draw the line of best fit.
(ii) Sebastian Coe ran a new world record in 1979.
Use the line to estimate his time.
(iii) Explain why the line you have drawn can only be used to estimate
times for a limited number of years.

(b) Roger Bannister's actual time of 239.2 seconds is known to be correct to the
nearest tenth of a second.
What is the shortest time that it could actually be?

(c) In 1993 Noureddine Morcelli's time for running the mile was 225 seconds.
By taking 5 miles to be equal to 8 kilometres, calculate what his time for the
1500 metres would have been, assuming that his average speed was the
same.
Give your answer to the nearest second.
13.8 The Equation of a Straight Line
1. Find the equation of the straight line with
(a) gradient = 1 and y- intercept = 2

(b) gradient = 3 and y- intercept = − 1

(c) gradient = – 2 and y- intercept = 1

1
(d) gradient = – and y- intercept = 2
2

2. Write down the gradient and y-intercept of each of the following lines.
1
(a) y = 2x − 1 (b) y = 3x + 4 (c) y =1− x
2
1 1 1
(d) y = −x + (e) y= ( x + 1) (f) y=− + 2x
2 3 3

3. The diagram shows the straight lines y

passing through the points (2, 2) and (4, 3). 5
Find 4
3
(a) the gradient of the line,
2
(b) the y-intercept of the line, 1
(c) the equation of the line. –1 0 x
1 2 3 4 5
–1
13.8
4. Write down the gradient and y-intercept of each of the following lines.
1
(a) y=x−4 (b) y = 2x + 1 (c) y= x−4
2
1 x x
(d) y = 5 − 3x (e) y= − (f) y = −1 −
2 4 2

5. Find the equation of each line shown in the diagram below.

y
C
5

D
4
B

3
A

2
E
1

0 x
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5
–1

–2

–3

6. Find the equation of the line that passes through the points with coordinates:
(a) (0, 1) and (2, 5)

(b) (1, 5) and (3, 3)

(c) (0, 2) and (4, 0)

(d) (–1, –1) and (1, 3)

7. The scatter diagram represents the profits made by a company over the years 1965
to 1995.

2
Profit
£ (millions)

1965 1975 Year 1985 1995

Use the diagram to calculate an estimate of the profit the company would expect to
get in the year 2000 if this trend continues.
(NEAB)

8. The line y = 2 x + c passes through the point (1, 8).

Find the value of c.

9. The line y = m x + 3 passes through the point (2, –7).

Find the value of m.

10. The charges made by a removal firm consist of

(a) a fixed charge of £50, and
(b) a variable charge of £5 per mile travelled.
Write down the formula for the total cost, y, in terms of the distance travelled,
x miles. Draw a graph of this relationship for 0 ≤ x ≤ 20 and use it to estimate
the distance travelled when the total cost is £120.

11. (a) Complete a copy of the table of values for y = 3 x − 2 .

x –1 0 1 2 3

y = 3x − 2
13.8

(b) On a copy of the following grid plot your values for x and y.
Join your points with a straight line.

y
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

– 4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
x
–1
–2
–3
–4
–5
–6
–7
–8

–10

(c) Write down the coordinates of the points where your graph crosses the
y-axis.
(LON)

12. This table shows the diameter, d, and the circumference, c, of four circular objects.
They have been measured to the nearest centimetre.

Object d c

2p coin 2 cm 6 cm
tin of beans 6 cm 18 cm
saucer 7 cm 21 cm
plate 10 cm 30 cm

(a) On a copy of the following grid, plot c against d for each object.
Draw a straight line to show the relationship between c and d.

(b) Write down the equation of this straight line.

 c
35

30

25

20

15

10

0
0 2 4 6 8 10 d

13. The diagram shows the points A (– 2, 2), B (0, 3) and C (8, 7).

Not drawn accurately

A B

O x

Find the equation of the straight line which passes through A, B and C.
(AQA)
13.9 Horizontal and Vertical Lines
1. Write down the equation of each line marked in the following diagram.

10
9
B A
8
C
7
6
5
4
D
3
2
1

–10 –9 –8 –7 –6 –5 – 4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x
–1
–2
–3
E
–4
–5
–6
–7
–8
F
–9
–10

2. Draw the lines x = 3, x = 7, y = 1, y = 10 .

Write down the coordinates of the points where they cross and find the area of the
rectangle enclosed by these lines.

3. Draw the line x = − 1, x = 3, y = − 4, y = 2 .

What are the coordinates of the centre of the rectangle formed?

4. Draw the square which has corners at the points with coordinates

(–2, 1), (–2, 4), (1, 1) and (1, 4)

What are the equations of the lines that form the sides of the square?

1
5. Draw the lines y = x, x = 8, y = 2 .
2
What is the area of the triangle enclosed?
13.10 Solutions of Simultaneous Equations
by Graphs
C
1. y

–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 x

–1

–2

–3

–4

Use the graph above to solve

1 7
(a) y = 2x + 1 (b) y= x− (c) y = − 3x + 6
3 3
1 7
y= x− y = − 3x + 6 y = 2 x +1
3 3

2. Solve graphically the following sets of simultaneous equations.

(a) x+y=4 (b) x + 2y = 5

2 x + y = 10 2 x − 3y = 3

(c) 2 y − 5x = 3 (d) 4 x + 3y = − 2
3y + 2 x = − 5 3x + 4 y = 2
13.10
y
3.

0
1 2 3 4 5 6 x

–1

–2

–3

The diagram shows the graphs of the equations

x + y and y = x − 5

Use the diagram to solve the simultaneous equations

x+y = 1
y = x−5
(LON)

4. Jane buys 3 litres of oil and 40 litres of petrol for £30.

Richard buys 2 litres of oil and 10 litres of petrol for £10.

The cost of 1 litre of oil is £x. The cost of 1 litre of petrol is £y.

Therefore 3 x + 40 y = 30
and 2 x + 10 y = 10

(a) Draw the graphs of these equations.

(b) What is the cost of one litre of petrol?
(SEG)

5. Fifty-one students went to a pop concert.

Let x represent the number of men.
Let y represent the number of women.
The number of women is related to the number of men by the two equations

y + x = 51
y = 2x + 3

On the following graph, the line x + y = 51 has been drawn

(a) Draw the line y = 2 x + 3 on a copy of the graph.

(b) Use the graph to write down the number of men and women who went to the
pop concert.
 (c) At another pop concert there were fewer than 51 students but there were at
least 20 men.
By drawing another line on your graph, find the region that represents the
possible values of x and y.
Label the region with the letter R.

50

40
Number of women

30

20

10

0 x
10 20 30 40 50
Number of men
(SEG)

6. Beth was asked to draw the graph of y = 3 x + 4 .

She plotted the six points shown in the following diagram.

(a) (i) From the shape of the graph, how can you tell that one of the points is
in the wrong place?
(ii) On a copy of the diagram, draw the graph of y = 3 x + 4 .

(b) By drawing another straight line on the diagram, solve the simultaneous
equations
y = 3x + 4
y=2−x
13.10
y

12

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 x

–4

(MEG)

7. Errol's house has a meter which measures the amount of water he uses.
Errol can pay on Tariff A for the number of water units that he uses.

The graph on the next page can be used to find out how much he must pay for his
water on Tariff A.

(a) Use the graph to find how much he must pay when he used
(i) 60 units,
(ii) 104 units.

Errol uses x water units. This costs £c.

(b) Use the information from the graph to find a formula for c in terms of x.

Instead of Tariff A, Errol could pay for his water on Tariff B.

The table shows how much Errol would have to pay for his water on Tariff B.

Number of water units used (x) 0 20 40 60 80 100

Cost (£c) 12 18 24 30 36 42

(c) Plot a graph on a copy of the grid to show this information.

 Errol wants to be charged the smaller amount for the water he uses.
(d) Use the graph to find how many units Errol can use before Tariff A becomes
dearer than Tariff B.

60

50

40

Cost in £

30

20

10

0
20 40 60 80 100
Number of units
13.11 Graphs of Common Functions
1. State whether each equation below would produce the graph of a

linear, quadratic, cubic or reciprocal

function.
3
(a) y = 2 − x2 (b) y= (c) y = 3 − 5x
x
1
(d) y = x3 − x2 (e) y=− (f) y = x2 + 4
x
13.11

2. Each of the following graphs is the sketch of a

linear, quadratic, cubic or reciprocal

function. State which it is for each graph.

(a) y (b) y (c) y

x x x

(d) y (e) y (f) y

x x x

3. Each equation below has been sketched. Select the most suitable graph for each
equation.
2
A: y = x2 − 1 B: y = 2 −x C: y=
x
D: y = x3 − x E: y = 2 − x2 F: y = x +1

(a) y (b) y (c) y

x x x

(d) y (e) y (f) y

x x x

4. Which of the following functions is illustrated by each of the graphs below?

y = x + 1, y = x 2 + 1, x y = 1, y = x 3 + 1, y = 1 − x 2
 A y B y

x x

(SEG)

5. The radius, r, and value, v, of gold coins were measured and recorded.

r (cm) 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5

v (£) 250 1000 2250 4000 6250

(a) Which of these graphs represents the information shown in the table?

v v

r r
A B
v v

r r
C D

(b) Which of these equations describes the information shown in the table?
k
v = k r , v = k r, v = k r 2 , v = where k is a constant.
r
(SEG)

6. A cuboid has the dimensions shown.

x cm 5 – x cm

Not to scale
4 – x cm

The volume, V, of the box is given by

V = x ( 4 − x ) (5 − x )
13.11

(a) Draw a graph of V against x for 0 ≤ x ≤ 4 .

Use your graph to find the maximum volume of the cuboid.

(b) Find the maximum total surface area of the cuboid when the volume
is 11 cm 3 .
(SEG)

7. x 2 + 4 x + 9 can be written in the form ( x + p)2 + q , where p and q are integers.

(a) Find the value of

(i) p (ii) q

(b) Hence, or otherwise,

(i) sketch the graph of y = x 2 + 4 x + 9.

(ii) write down the minimum value of x 2 + 4 x + 9 .

(LON)

8. (a) Four graphs are sketched.

y y

O x O x
Graph A Graph B
y y

O x O x
Graph C Graph D

Complete the following statements.

(i) y = 2 x + 4 matches graph . . . . .

(ii) y = x2 + 4 matches graph . . . . . y

(iii) y + 2 x = 4 matches graph . . . . .

(b) Sketch the graph of y = x 3

on a copy of the axes opposite. O x

(AQA)
13.12 Graphical Solutions of Equations
1. Draw a graph of y = 2 x for 0 ≤ x ≤ 3 . Use your graph to solve the equations

(a)
3 = 2x

(b)
y
6 = 2x

2. The following sketch shows the graph of

8
y = x2 + 2x − 3
6

2
x

–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
–2

–4

Use the graph to write down the value of the positive solution to

x –2 x 2 + 2 x 0− 8 = 01
–1 2 3
(LON)
y 2
3. y = x3 − 4x − 1

(a) Complete a copy of the table of values.

(b) On a copy of the following grid draw the graph of y = x 3 − 4 x − 1.

(c) By drawing a suitable straight line on the grid, solve the equation
13.12

15

10

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x

–5

–10

–15

(LON)
4. y
0 6

0 4

0 2

h
s
0
–2 –1.5 –1 – 0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 x

0 –2

0 –4

The diagram shows part of the graph of y = x 3 − 4 x + 1.

 (a) Use a copy of the graph to find approximate solutions in the range
−2 < x < 2 of x 3 − 4 x + 1 = 0 .
(b) By drawing suitable straight lines on your grid, find approximate solutions in
the range −2 < x < 2 of the equations

(i) x3 − 4 x −1 = 0 (ii) x 3 − 5x + 3 = 0
(LON)

5. (a) Alex is using "trial and improvement" to solve the equation x 2 − 3 x = 1 .

First he tries x = 3 and finds the value of x 2 − 3 x is 0 .

By trying other values of x find a solution of the equation x 2 − 3 x = 1 ,

correct to one decimal place.
You must show all your working.

(b) (i) Draw the graph of y = x 2 − 3 x , for values of x from – 1 to 4.

(ii) By drawing suitable line on your graph show that the equation
x 2 − 3 x = 1 has two solutions.
(SEG)

6. The diagram shows the graph of y = 3 x 2 − x 3 for values of x from – 2 to 4.

20

10

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 x

–10

–20

(a) Use a copy of the graph to find three values of x which satisfy the equation
3x 2 − x 3 = 2 .
13.12

(b) The equation 3 x 2 − x 3 = k is satisfied by only one value of x between

– 2 and 4.
What can be said about the number k?
(c) (i) On a copy of the diagram, draw the reflection of the graph in
the x-axis.
(ii) Write down the equation of this reflection.
(MEG)

7. (a) Complete the table of values for the graphs of

y = x 3 − 2 and

y = 3x 2 + 3x − 6

x –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

y = x3 − 2 –3 –2 –1 25 62

y = 3x 2 + 3x − 6 0 –6 0 12 30

(b) (i) On graph paper draw the graphs of

y = x 3 − 2 and y = 3 x 2 + 3 x − 6

(ii) Use your graphs to solve the equation x 3 − 3 x 2 − 3 x + 4 = 0 .

(LON)

8. (a) Draw the graph of

y = 20 − 5 x and y = x 3 for 0 ≤ x ≤ 3

(b) Use your graph to estimate, correct to one decimal place, the solution of

x 3 + 5 x − 20 = 0
(SEG)

9. A child's toy consists of a set of different sized blocks which are in the shape of
cubes. The cost, C pence, of making each block is made up of two parts:
a fixed cost of 24 pence, and
a cost that is proportional to the cube of the length, x centimetres, of the block.
When x = 2; C = 56 .

(a) Find the equation connecting x and C.

(b) The cost, D pence, of decorating each block is given by the equation

D = 4 + 3x 2
Another child's toy is in the shape of a stick.
 The cost, D pence, of decorating a stick of length, x centimetres, is given by
the equation
D = 15 + 8 x
Use a graphical method to find the value of x when the cost of decorating
the block and the stick is the same.
(SEG)

80
10. The graph of n = is given.
t 1.5
80
(a) On a copy of the grid below draw a graph so that the equation = 2t 2
t 1.5
can be solved.
n

80

60

40

20

0 t
0 1 2 3 4 5

(b) (i) Use your graph to find the value of t at the point of intersection of the
two curves.
80
(ii) Write the equation = 2t 2 in the form 40 = . . . . .
t 1.5
Simplify the right hand side as far as possible.
80
(c) For the equation n = estimate the rate of decrease of n when t = 2 .
t 1.5
(d) Estimate, by drawing, the gradient of the tangent at the point when t = 4 ,
on the graph you have drawn.
(SEG)
13.12

11. John places a cake in his freezer. The temperature, T °C , of the cake after
t minutes is given by the formula

( )
T = 32 2 − t − 18

(a) Copy and complete the table below.

t(minutes) 0 1 2 3 4

T °C

(b) Draw the graph of T against t.

(c) John knows that the cake's temperature is 14 °C when he places it in the
freezer. He does not know the formula for its temperature after t minutes.
He estimates that its temperature will fall by 10 °C every minute.
On your grid, draw the graph showing how John thinks the temperature will
vary during the first three minutes.

(d) Use your graph to find the time when the estimated temperature is the same
as the true temperature of the cake.
12. The grid below shows the graph of y = x 2 + 3 x – 2 .

y y = 3x 2 + 3x – 2

10

–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x

–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

By drawing appropriate straight lines on a copy of the graph, solve the equations:

a) x 2 + 3x – 3 = 0 b) x2 + 2x – 1 = 0
(AQA)
13.12

13. (a) Copy and complete this table and draw the graph of

y = x3 – 7x + 2
for values of x from – 3 to 3 on a copy of the grid below.

x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
y –4 8 –4 8

10

–3 –2 –1 1 2 3 x

–2

–4

–6

(b) By drawing suitable straight lines on the graph, solve these equations.

(i) x3 – 7x + 2 = 3

(ii) x 3 – 8x + 3 = 0
(OCR)
14 Loci and Transformations
14.1 Drawing and Symmetry
1. Draw accurately rectangles with the following sizes:
(a) 4 cm by 5 cm (b) 9 cm by 2.5 cm

2. Make accurate drawings of each of the shapes below and answer the question
below each shape.

(a) 3 cm (b) 8 cm

4 cm 4 cm

6 cm 4 cm 2 cm

What is the length of What is the length of

the sloping side? one of the sloping sides?

(c) 2 cm

3 cm

8 cm

5 cm

10 cm

What is the length of the longest straight line which can be drawn inside the shape?

3. Each shape below includes a semi-circle. Make an accurate drawing of each shape
and state the radius of the semi-circle.

(a) (b)

8 cm
3 cm 3 cm

5 cm 6 cm
14.1
4. For each shape below:
(i) state the order of rotational symmetry,
(ii) copy the shape and draw any line of symmetry.

(a) (b) (c)

(d) (e)

5. Make 4 copies of this shape. Shade part of the

shape to produce shapes with:
(a) exactly 2 lines of symmetry
(b) exactly 1 line of symmetry
(c) rotational symmetry of order 1
(d) rotational symmetry of order 2.

6. Which of the shapes below have:

(a) rotational symmetry of order 1 (b) no lines of symmetry
(c) more than 2 lines of symmetry (d) rotational symmetry of order 2
(e) rotational symmetry of order greater than 2?

A B C

D E
7. The diagram shows part of a design.
The dotted lines are lines of symmetry of the
whole design.
(a) Copy and complete the design.
(b) Write down the order of the rotational
symmetry of the completed design.
(OCR)

8. The properties of 4 quadrilaterals are shown inthe table.

Lines of Order of Diagonals of

Shape
symmetry rotational symmetry equal length
A 4 4 Yes
B 2 2 Yes
C 2 2 No
D 0 2 No

Copy and complete these statements by filling in the letter in each case.
(a) A square is described by shape . . . . .
(b) A parallelogram is described by shape . . . . .
(c) A rectangle is described by shape . . . . .
(AQA)
9. (a) Write down the name of this quadrilateral.

(b) Three of these statements are true for a kite.

On a copy of the diagram, draw arrows from the statements that are true to
the picture of the kite. One of them has been done for you.

Two pairs of sides are equal

It has 2 lines of symmetry

It has rotational symmetry

of order 2

The diagonals cross at

right angles

Kite
Opposite angles are equal

One pair of opposite angles

are equal (AQA)
14.2 Scale Drawings
1. The scale drawing of a shop, shown below, has been drawn on a scale of 1 : 200.

Changing Rooms

Counter Stock Room

Find :
(a) the actual sizes of the stock room and each changing room.
(b) the area of the counter
(c) the width of the shop entrance.

2. A rough sketch is shown below of the ground floor of a house.

3.5 m 2m 4.5 m

4m

3.5 m

Use the information given to produce a scale drawing with a scale of 1 : 200.

3. The drawing opposite represents a scale

drawing of a garden.
Pond
It is drawn with a scale of 1 : 120.
Flower Bed

Grass
Find: Grass
(a) the dimensions of the shed
(b) the area of the vegetable garden
(c) the dimensions of the flower bed
Vegetable
(d) the radius of the pond. Garden
Shed
(e) the area of the land grassed.
4. A room is rectangular, with width 5 m and length 6 m. What would be the size of
the rectangle on a scale drawing with a scale of:
(a) 1 : 50 (b) 1 : 100 (c) 1 : 200?

5. The sketch drawing shows the plan of a field.

C

Not to scale
D
75 m

40 m
125˚ 98˚
A 60 m B

Using a scale of 1 centimetre to 10 metres, make an accurate scale drawing.

Write down the length of the side CD to the nearest metre.
(MEG)

6. The scale drawing shows the position of an airport tower, T, and a radio mast, M.
1 cm on the diagram represents 20 km.

North

(a) (i) Measure, in centimetres, the distance TM.

(ii) Work out the distance in km of the airport tower from the radio mast.
(b) (i) Measure and write down the bearing of the airport tower from the
radio mast.
(ii) Write down the bearing of the radio mast from the airport tower.

A plane is 80 km from the radio mast on a bearing of 220° .

(c) On a copy of the digram, plot the position of the plane, using a scale of
1 cm to 20 km.
(LON)
14.2
7.

A tall fence is supported by a post at an angle as shown.

Not to The foot of the post is 1.1 m from the fence.
scale
The post makes an angle of 63° with the ground.

63
1.1 m

(a) Complete a scale drawing to show the angled post. The fence and the
ground have been drawn for you to copy.
Use a scale of 4 cm to 1 metre.

(b) How far up the fence does the post reach?

(OCR)
8. The diagram shows a rough sketch of a triangular field.

45 m 55 m

75 m

(a) Using ruler and compasses only, make an accurate scale drawing of the field.
Use a scale of 1 cm to represent 10 m.
You must show clearly all your construction arcs.
(b) The length of one side of the field is 75 metres. This length is measured to
the nearest metre.
What is the smallest possible length of this side?
(AQA)
14.3 Constructing Triangles and Other Shapes
1. Draw triangles with sides of the following lengths:
(a) 12 cm, 8 cm, 7 cm (b) 8 cm, 5 cm, 6 cm.

2. Draw accurately the triangles shown in the rough sketches below and then answer
the question about each sketch.
C
C
(a) (b)

6 cm How long are the

sides AC and BC?
35˚
A 7 cm B
95˚
What is the length of BC? A
25˚
4 cm
C B

(c) 45˚ (d) What is the size of C

the angle ACB?
7 cm 8 cm

7 cm 5 cm

A B

What is the length of AB? A B

6 cm
14.3
3. Draw accurately an equilateral triangle with sides of length 6 cm.

4. An isosceles triangle has a base of length 8 cm and base angle of 37° .

Make an accurate drawing of the triangle and use it to estimate the lengths of the
other sides of the triangle.

5. An isosceles triangle has 2 sides of length 6 cm and one side of length 10 cm.
Find the sizes of all the angles in the triangle.

6. For each rough sketch below, draw accurately two possible triangles.

(a) (b)

9 cm
6 cm

30˚ 45˚
8 cm 10 cm

7. Draw a rhombus, ABCD, with AB = 6 cm and DAB

ˆ = 40° . What are the
lengths of the diagonals?

8.
A small window is made of a semicircle of radius 30 cm
and a straight section of height 50 cm.
50 cm

Construct an accurate drawing of this window.

60 cm
14.4 Enlargements
1. Copy the diagrams below on to squared paper. Enlarge each shape with scale
factor 2, using the point marked as the centre of enlargement.

(a) (b)

Centre of
Enlargement
Centre of
Enlargement

(c) (d)

Centre of
Enlargement Centre of
Enlargement
2. In each diagram below, the smaller shape has been enlarged to obtain the larger
shape. For each example, copy the diagram on to squared paper, state the scale
factor and find the centre of enlargement.

(a) (b)

(c) (d)

3.
Copy the diagram opposite and enlarge it
with a scale factor of
Centre of
Enlargement (a) 2 (b) 3.

4. On a copy of the grid below, enlarge the shaded shape by a scale factor of 3.
Start your enlargement at point B.

(LON)
14.4
5. Enlarge the shape with scale factor 2 and centre (0, 3).
y

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

0
x
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
(SEG)

6. Enlarge the shaded figure, using scale factor 3 and centre of enlargement E.

(MEG)
7. In the diagram, triangle T is an enlargement of triangle S from a centre C.

(a) On a copy of the diagram, mark and label the centre of enlargement C.
(b) Write down the scale factor of the enlargement.
(MEG)
8. On a copy of the grid, draw an enlargement of this shape. Use a scale factor of 3.

(OCR)

9. A shape has been drawn on a grid of one centimetre squares.

(a) Work out the area of the shape.

(b) On a copy of the grid, enlarge the shape with a scale factor of 2.
(OCR)
14.5 Reflections
1. Copy each diagram below and draw the reflection of each object.

(a) Mirror Line (b)

Mirror
Line
14.5
(c) (d) Mirror
MirrorLine
Line

Mirror
Line

Mirror Line
(e) (f)

Mirror
Line

2. Copy the diagram below.

y

A B C D
4

x
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

Draw the mirror line for each of the following reflections.

(a) A →B (b) A→D (c) B→C (d) C→D

3. Copy the diagram opposite. 6

A
4
Draw the mirror line for each
of the following reflections:
2
(a) A→B B

(b) A→D 0 2 4 6
x

(c) B→C –2
C
(d) C→D
–4

–6

D
–8
4. y Mirror Line

6
(a) Copy the axis and the
shape shown opposite.
4
(b) (i) Reflect the shape
2 in the mirror line
shown.
x
–8 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8 (ii) Reflect the new
–2 shape in the x-axis.
(iii) Reflect the new
–4
shape in the y-axis.
–6 (iv) Reflect the new
shape in the x-axis.
–8

(c) Describe two reflections needed to take the shape defined in (iv) above
back to the original shape.

5. Reflect each of the shapes below in the mirror line shown.

(a) Mirror Line (b)

Mirror
Line

6. The diagram shows a triangle drawn on a centimetre square grid.

y
8
B 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
A C
x
– 5 – 4 – 3 – 2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5

(a) Write down the coordinates of A.

(b) On a copy of the diagram, draw the reflection of the triangle in the y-axis.
(AQA)
14 Loci and Transformations
14.6 Construction of Loci
1. The line AB is 5 cm long. Draw the locus of a point which is always 2 cm from
the line AB.
A D
2. (a) Copy the diagram opposite.

(b) Construct the locus of a point 30˚

which is equidistant from both lines.

C B

3. Two oil rigs, A and B, are in the sea near the port of C.

N
x
A

x
B
Sea
C
x
Land

(a) A third oil rig is the same distance from A and from B.
Copy the diagram and construct the locus of possible positions of the third
oil rig on the diagram.

(b) The third oil rig, D, is also the same distance from C as it is from A and B.
Mark with a cross the position of D.
(SEG)
14.6

4. The diagram shows a field, ABCD, drawn to a scale of 1 cm to 10 m. Treasure is

hidden in the field.
A B

D C

(a) The treasure is at equal distances from the sides, AB and AD.
Copy the diagram and construct the locus of points for which this is true.

(b) The treasure is also 60 m from the corner, C. Construct the locus of points
for which this is true.
(c) Mark with an X the position of the treasure.
(SEG)

5. The diagram below is a scale drawing

of the floor of a room.
In the diagram, 2 cm represents 1 m.
X marks the position of an electric socket.
X

A vacuum cleaner is attached by a cable to the socket and can clean the floor up to
3 metres from the socket.
Copy the diagram and shade the part of the floor which can be cleaned by the
vacuum cleaner.
(MEG)
6. Jason has to sail his ship between two rocks so that his ship is always the same
distance from Point A on the first rock and Point B on the second rock.
The diagram below shows the rocks.

Rock

The
B Symphleglades
Rocks

On a copy of the diagram, construct accurately the path along which Jason must
sail his ship.

7.
Layton

Moorby

Newdon

The map above, drawn to a scale of 4 cm to represent 1 km, shows the positions of
three villages, Layton, Moorby and Newdon.
Simon's house is the same distance from Moorby as it is from Layton.
3
The house is also less than km from Newdon.
4
Draw a copy of the map and mark on your drawing the possible positions of
Simon's house. Show your construction lines clearly.
(MEG)
14.6

8. Signals from a radio mast, M, can be received up to a distance of 100 km. Use a
scale drawing of 1 cm to represent 20 km to answer the following questions.

(a) Shade the region in which signals from the radio mast can be received.

The distance of a helicopter from the radio mast is 70 km, correct to the nearest
kilometre.

(b) Write down

(i) the maximum distance the helicopter could be from the radio mast
(ii) the minimum distance the helicopter could be from the radio mast.
(LON)

9. C B

X D A Y

The diagram represents a box which is to be moved across a floor XY.

AD = 30 cm and AB = 20 cm .
First the box is rotated about the point A so that BC becomes vertical. Then the
box is rotated about the new position of the point B so that CD becomes vertical.
(a) Copy the diagram and draw the locus of the point C.
(b) Calculate the maximum height of C above the floor. Give your answer
correct to one decimal place.
(A measurement from the scale drawing is unacceptable.)
(LON)

10. (a) (i) Draw a straight line, AB, 8 cm long.

(ii) Draw the locus of points, P, which lie above the line AB such that the
area of triangle ABP is 12 cm 2 .

(b) On the same diagram, construct the locus of points, Q, which lie above the
line AB such that angle AQB is 90° .

(c) Hence draw all triangles ABC which have C above AB, an area of 12 cm 2
and an angle of 90° .
(MEG)
11. The diagram shows the wall of a house drawn to a scale of 2 cm to 1 m.
A dog is fastened by a lead 3 m long to a point X on a wall.
On a copy of the diagram shade the area that the dog can reach.

Scale: 2 cm to 1 m

House

(OCR)

12. The diagram shows an L shape.

On a copy of the diagram, draw the locus of all points 2 cm from the L shape.
(AQA)
14.6

13. The diagram shows a quadrilateral PQRS.

P Q

(a) On a copy of the diagram, draw the locus of points that are the same distance
from P as from Q
(b) Shade the region inside the quadrilateral which is less than 7 cm from S and
nearer to Q than to P.
(AQA)
14.7 Enlargements which Reduce
1. For each pair of objects, state the scale factor of the enlargement which produces
the smaller image from the larger one.

(a) (b)

(c) (d)
2. For each pair of objects below, the smaller shape has been obtained from the larger
shape by an enlargement. For each example, state the scale factor and give the
coordinates of the centre of enlargement.

12

(b) (d)
10

(a)
4

(c)
2

x
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

3. Copy each shape and enlarge using the given centre of enlargement and the
specified scale factor.

(a) (b)

Centre of
Enlargement
1
Scale factor
2

Centre of
Enlargement
1
Scale factor
3
14.7

(c) (d)

Centre of
Enlargement

Centre of
Enlargement

1 2
Scale factor Scale factor
2 3

4. The larger rectangle is reduced in size to the smaller rectangle.

A 9 cm B
A' B'
6 cm 4 cm

D' C'
D C

(a) What is the scale factor of the enlargement?

(b) What is the length of A ′ B′ ?

5. Each diagram below shows a shape and its image after enlargement. In each case,
state the scale factor and find the unknown lengths in the image.

(a) 15 cm 7.5 cm (b) 12 cm

y
12 cm
x y 21 cm x
20 cm 25 cm z
15 cm 5 cm

(c) (d)
12 cm
x
16 cm 12 cm
21 cm
7 cm

x
12 cm
6. Shape A is shown in the diagram. Shape A is enlarged to obtain the shape B.
One side of shape B has been drawn.

(a) Write down the scale factor of the enlargement.

(b) Copy the drawing and complete the shape B on your diagram.
(LON)
14.8 Further Reflections
1. Copy the diagrams below and draw the reflection of each shape in the mirror line.
Mirror
(a) Line (b)

Mirror Line
(c) Mirror Line (d)

Mirror Line
(e) Mirror Line (f)

Mirror Line
14.8

2. The diagram shows the positions of the shapes A, B, C, D and E.

y
8

A B C D E
6

x
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

What is the equation of the line of reflection required to transform from:

(a) A to B (b) B to D (c) D to C (d) C to A
(e) A to E?

3. Copy the diagrams and reflect each of the shapes in the mirror lines given.
Mirror Line
(a) Mirror Line (b)

(LON)
y
4. Copy the set of axes
8
opposite and the shape
labelled A.
6

(a) Reflect A in A
4
the line x = 5
to obtain B. 2

(b) Reflect B in
the line y = − 2 –8 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8
x

to obtain C.
–2
(c) Reflect C in
the line x = − 3 –4

to obtain D.
–6
(d) Reflect D in
the line y = − 2 –8
to obtain E.
(e) Name two reflections of E which would bring the shape back to A.
5. The diagram shows a number of shapes, some of which have been reflected in
various lines.
y

8
C

4
D F A

x
–8 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8

–2
E B

–4

–6
G

–8

State whether the mapping is a reflection and if so, give the equation of the mirror line:
(a) A to B (b) A to D (c) A to C
(d) D to E (e) E to F (f) B to G
(g) C to G (h) F to D (i) B to E.

y
6.
4
A
2

x
–4 –2 O 2 4

–2

–4

On a copy of the diagram:

(a) reflect flag A in the line y = x. Label the image B.
1
(b) enlarge flag A with scale factor and centre (–3, 2). Label the image C.
2
(OCR)
14.8

7. Triangle A and triangle B have been drawn y

on the grid. 6
5
(a) On a copy of the diagram, reflect 4
triangle B in the line y = 2. A
3
Label this image C.
2
(b) Describe fully the single transformation 1
which will map triangle B onto triangle A. B
x
O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

(Edexcel)
 y
14.9 Rotations
8
1. Copy the axes and
shape A shown. 6

(a) Rotate the shape A 4

A
through 90°
anticlockwise 2

around (0, 0)
x
to obtain B. –8 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8

–2
(b) Rotate the shape A
through 180° –4
clockwise
around (0, 0) –6
to obtain C.
–8

(c) What rotation is needed to obtain the shape C from B?

2. Copy the axes and shape shown below.

y

x
–10 –8 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8

–2

–4

–6

–8
 (a) Rotate the original shape through 90° clockwise about the point (1, 0).
(b) Rotate the original shape through 180° about the point (5, 2).
(c) Describe the rotation that takes the shape in (b) to the shape in (a).
(d) Rotate the original shape through 90° anti-clockwise about the point ( − 2 , −1).

3. The diagram shows the position of a shape labelled A and other shapes which were
obtained by rotating A.
y

6
E

4
A

2
B
x
–8 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8

–2
C
–4

–6
D

–8

(a) Describe how each shape can be obtained from A by a rotation.

(b) Which shapes can be obtained by rotating the shape B?

y
4.
6
5
4
A
3
2
1
x
– 6 –5 – 4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1
–2
–3
–4
–5

(a) Describe fully the single transformation which will transform the shape
labelled A to the shaded shape.
14.9

(b) On a copy of the grid, draw the shaded shape after it has been reflected
in the line y = x .
(NEAB)
x=0
5.
6
5
4 B C
3
2
1
A D
y=0
–6 –5 – 4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1
–2
–3
–4

(a) The square ABCD is reflected in the line x = 1 .

What are the new coordinates of C?
(b) The square ABCD is rotated through 180° about A.
What are the new coordinates of C?
(SEG)

6. (a) Copy the diagram below.

Mirror Line

Reflect the shape A in the mirror line. Label the reflection B.

(b)

D
Describe fully the transformation
which maps the triangle C onto the
triangle D.

(LON)
7. The sketch shows the position of a rectangle ABCD.

12
(–2, 11) C

10

D
8
(–6, 8)

B (4, 3)
2

x
–12 –10 –8 –6 –4 –2 0 A 2 4 6 8 10 12
(0, 0)
–2

–4

–6

–8

–10

–12

(a) The rectangle ABCD is reflected in the line x = 4 to give rectangle

A1 B1 C1 D1 . What are the coordinates of C1 ?

(b) The rectangle ABCD is rotated about A anticlockwise through 90° to give
A 2 B2 C 2 D 2 . What are the coordinates of B 2 ?

(c) The rectangle ABCD is enlarged by scale factor 2, centre A.

What are the coordinates of the new position of B?
(SEG)
y
8. 6
5 (a) On a copy of the diagram,
4 reflect the shaded triangle in
3 the line y = – x.
2 Label this new triangle with
1 the letter A.
x
– 6 – 5 – 4 – 3 – 2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1 (b) Rotate the original shaded
–2
triangle by a quarter-turn
anticlockwise about (0, 2).
–3
–4 Label this new triangle with the
–5 letter B.
–6 (OCR)
14.9
9. y

5
4
3
2
A
1
x
– 6 – 5 – 4 – 3 – 2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1
–2
–3
C B
–4
–5

(a) Describe the transformation that maps triangle A to triangle B.

(b) Triangle A is rotated 90° anti-clockwise about (0, – 1).

On a copy of the diagram, draw the image of A after this transformation.
(c) Triangle C is an enlargement of triangle A.
(i) Write down the scale factor of the enlargement.
(ii) Write down the coordinates of the centre of the enlargement.
(AQA)

10. (a)
A
C

(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps flag A onto flag B.
(ii) Describe fully the single transformation that maps flag A onto flag C.

(b) Calculate the area of this flag.

15.6 cm

13.2 cm
(OCR)
14.10 Translations
1. The shaded shape has been moved to each of the other positions by a translation.
Give the vector used for each translation.

2. For the shapes shown,

describe the translation
which maps: E
B
(a) A → B
(b) A → C C

(c) B → C A
(d) E → A
(e) E → B D
(f) B → A.

3. Copy this diagram. Draw the image of this shape when

translated using:

 5  − 3  7
(a)   (b)   (c)  .
 0  3  2

4. Copy the shape opposite.

 7
(a) Translate the shape using the vector   .
 0

 0
(b) Translate the new shape using the vector   .
 − 3

(c) What translation is needed to translate the original shape to the final shape?
14.10

5. The points A, B and C have coordinates (3, 2), ( − 2 , 5) and ( − 3 , −1) respectively.
Find the vector needed to translate:
(a) A to B (b) B to C (c) A to C.

6. y

B 4 (a) Find the centre of the rotation which

maps triangle A on to triangle B.
2
(b) Describe the single transformation
which maps triangle B on to
x triangle C.
–4 –2 O 2 4
A
–2 C

–4
(OCR)

y
7. The diagram shows a shaded flag.
6
On a copy of the diagram:
5
(a) rotate the shaded flag 90° 4
anti-clockwise about the origin. 3
Label this new flag with the 2
letter A. 1
(b) translate the original shaded x
– 6 – 5 – 4 – 3 – 2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6
flag 2 units to the right and –1
3 units down. Label this new –2
flag with the letter B. –3

(c) reflect the original shaded –4

flag in the line y = 1. –5
Label this new flag with –6
the letter C.
(AQA)
14.11 Combined Translations
1. Copy the set of axes and shape shown below.
y

x
–6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8

–2

–4

–6

(a) Reflect this shape in the line x = 5 .

(b) Rotate the original shape 90° clockwise about (5, 0).
(c) Reflect the shape in (b) about the line x = 2 .
(d) Describe a single transformation of the shape in part (a) to the shape formed
in part (c).

2. y

4
F
A
2
B

x
–6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8
E
–2

D
–4
C
–6

(a) Describe a single transfomation from

(i) A to B (ii) F to B (iii) A to D (iv) E to A.

(b) Describe two combined transformations from

(i) B to C (ii) C to E (iii) C to F.
14.11
y
3. (a) The point A is reflected in the y-axis.
4
The image is the point B.
Write down the coordinates of B. 3
A
2 x
(b) The point A is rotated through 90° 1
anticlockwise about O. x
The image is the point C. – 4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
–1
Write down the coordinates of C.
–2
(c) The point B can be mapped onto –3
point C by a translation. –4
Write down the column vector of
this translation.
(MEG)
y
4.
5
y=x

x
–1 0 1 2 3 4 5

–1
A

–2

(a) Copy the diagram and reflect the triangle A in the x-axis. Label the
reflection B.
(b) Reflect the triangle B in the line y = x . Label the reflection C.
(c) Describe fully the single transformation which maps triangle A onto
triangle C.
(d) Write down the equation of the line which is parallel to y = x and which
passes through the point (0, 8).

This line crosses the x-axis at the point P.

(e) Calculate the coordinates of P.
(LON)
5. The parallelogram ABCD has vertices at (6, 3), (9, 3), (12, 9) and (9, 9) respectively.
y

10
D C
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
A B
2
1
x
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1
(a) An enlargement, scale factor and centre (0, 0), transforms parallelogram
3
ABCD onto A1 B1 C1 D1. Copy the diagram and draw the parallelogram
A1 B1 C1 D1.
 0
(b) The parallelogram A1 B1 C1 D1 is translated by the vector   onto
 2
A 2 B2 C 2 D 2 . What are the coordinates of C 2 ?

(c) The parallelogram A 2 B2 C 2 D 2 can be transformed onto ABCD by an

enlargement. Give the scale factor and centre of this enlargement.
(SEG)
6. The diagram shows triangles T, y
S and U.
6
S is the image of T under
5
a reflection in the line x = 3 .
4
U is the image of S under reflection 3
in the line x = 6 . 2
T S U
1
A reflection in the line x = 3n ,
x
where n is an integer, is denoted 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
by Rn ,

So S is the image of T under R1 and U is the image of T under R1 followed by R 2 .

V is the image of T under the successive transformations R1 followed by R2
followed by R3 .

(a) Draw V on a copy of the diagram above.

(b) Describe fully the single transformation that will map T to V.

W is the image of T under the successive transformation R1 , followed by R2 ,

followed by R3 and so on to Rn .

(c) Describe fully the single transformation that will map T to W:

(i) when n is even (ii) when n is odd.
(LON)
14.12 Congruence
1.
A
B
D
C

H J
E

G
F

M
K

P
L

From the shapes in the diagram, write down the letters of three pairs of congruent
shapes.
(LON)

2. State which pairs of triangles are congruent.

L E
Z
4 l
M
D Y
A
5 n
3 m
B

N F
X
C
G J
T Q 3

m 4 I 3
5
l U 5
5 K
5
n
H 5

S P W
3
R
3. For each question below, determine whether the triangles are congruent.
If the triangles are congruent, justify your answer.

(a) (b)

(c) (d)

(e) (f)

4. Pythagoras wrote about a triangle where A

AB = 1 unit,
BC = 1 unit , and
ˆ = 90° .
ABC 1

(a) Pythagoras claimed that the length of AC

is a rational number.
B 1 C
Was he correct? Explain your answer.

(b) The triangle PQR has PQ = 1 unit, QR = 3 units and QPR

ˆ = 90° , as
shown.
P

Q R

Is the triangle PQR congruent to triangle ABC? Explain your answer.

(SEG)
14.12

5. (a) Here are six L-shapes on a unit square grid.

A B C

F
E

(i) Which two L-shapes are congruent?

(ii) Which L-shape is an enlargement of A?

(b) Here is a different L-shape.

Show on a copy of the grid opposite how four of

these L-shapes can be fitted together to make a square.

(c) On a copy of the grid below, draw the L-shape after a rotation of 180° .

(AQA)
14.13 Similarity
1. The diagram shows two similar triangles.

A 5.64 cm B D E
20˚

6 cm
9 cm
70˚

F
What is:
(a) the size of angle DFE (b) the length of DE
(c) the ratio AC : DF?

2. A cylinder has a height of 10 cm and has volume 300 cm 3 . Find the volumes of
similar cylinders of heights:
(a) 5 cm (b) 20 cm.

3. Two cubes have volumes 729 cm 3 and 1331 cm 3 . What is the ratio of:
(a) the side length of the cubes
(b) the surface areas of the cubes?
A B
4. In the diagram, CD = 4 metres,
CE = 3 metres and BC = 5 metres.
5m
AB is parallel to DE.
ACE and BCD are straight lines. C

(a) Explain why triangle ABC is similar 4m 3m

to triangle EDC.
(b) Calculate the length of AC. D E
(LON)
5. (a) Show clearly that these two triangles are similar.
(b) Calculate the value of x. 50˚

23 cm
15 cm

50˚ 60˚ 70˚

18.4 cm x cm
(NEAB)
14.13

6. All these triangles are similar.

(a) Calculate the length x. H 5 G
F 105˚
(b) Calculate the length y.

B
2 3
6 x y
46˚ 29˚
A C
4

z 29˚
D 3 E

I
(SEG)
F E D
7.
3.5 m
5.6 m 15 m
In the diagram, FG = 5.6 metres, EH = 3.5 metres
and DH = 15 metres. EH is parallel to FG.
H FED and DHG are straight lines.

Calculate the length of DG.

G
(LON)

8. B 50 cm C

O
85 cm
h cm

A x˚ D
Floor 75 cm

The diagram shows a simplified ironing board. The feet, A and D, are 75 cm apart.
The supports at B and C are 50 cm apart. The legs, AC and BD, are equal in length
and are pivoted at O. BC is parallel to AD.

The height of the ironing board above the floor is 85 cm.

(a) Use similar triangles to calculate the height, h cm, of O above the floor.
(b) Calculate the value of x, the angle between AC and the floor.
(c) Calculate the length of AC.
(NEAB)
 B
9. The diagram shows a symmetrical framework for a bridge.
AC = 100 m
AB = BC = 70 m E F

(a) (i) Calculate the angle BAD.

(ii) Calculate the length ED. A
C
D

A similar framework is made with the length corresponding to AC = 180 m .

(b) (i) Calculate the length corresponding to AB.
(ii) What is the size of the angle corresponding to angle BAD?
(SEG)

10. (a) The model of the cross-section of a roof is illustrated below.

B
BC = 6 cm
CD = 9 cm
6 cm
ˆ = 19.5°
CDE
C
9 cm

19.5˚
A D
E
(i) Calculate the length of CE.
(ii) Triangles ABE and DCE are similar triangles with angle BAE
equal to angle CDE. Calculate the length of AB.

(b) When the roof is constructed, the actual length of BC is 4.5 m.

Calculate the area of the cross-section of the actual roof space.
(SEG)

11. (a) Paul's ladder is 4 m long. C

(i) Paul leans his ladder against a vertical wall,

with the end, A on horizontal ground. 4m
The angle between the ladder and the
ground is 70° .
70˚
Calculate the distance of A from the wall. A B

(ii) Pamela moves the ladder and uses it to reach a windowsill which is
3.8 m above the gournd.
C
For safety, the angle between the ladder
and the ground should be within 2° of 70° .
4m 3.8 m
Is the ladder safely placed?
(You must show some calculation to
explain your answer.)
A B
14.13

(b) Ranjit has a stepladder. S

P is the midpoint of RS. Q is the midpoint of TS.

The length of PQ is 60 cm.
P Q
60 cm
(i) Explain why triangles SPQ
and SRT are similar.
(ii) Calculate the length of RT. R T
(SEG)

12. A child builds a tower from three similar cylindricular blocks.

A The smallest block, A, has radius 2.5 cm and height 6 cm.

B (a) Find the volume of the smallest block.

(b) Block B is an enlargement of A and block C is an
3
C enlargement of B, each with a scale factor of 1 .
4
Find the total height of the tower.
(MEG)

13. Two similar solid shapes are made. The height of the smaller shape is 7 cm.
The width of the smaller shape is 6 cm. The width of the larger shape is 9.6 cm.

Not to scale

(a) Calculate the height of the larger shape.

(b) The volume of the larger shape is 695 cm 3 . Find the volume of the smaller
shape. (SEG)

14. This is a scale model of the proposed Millennium Tower.

θ The model is a cone of height 2 m and base radius 0.1 m.
The angle between the slanting side and the vertical is θ .
2m
(a) What is the value of θ , to the nearest degree?
(b) The proposed Millennium Tower is 1000 m high.
What is its base radius?
0.1 m (c) Calculate, in cubic metres, the volume of the model.

(d) How many times larger than the scale model is the volume of the proposed
Millennium Tower?
(SEG)
15. ABC and PQR are similar triangles.
Q

B
Not to
scale
y 12.9 cm
2.6 cm x

A 2.5 cm C
P 7.5 cm R
(a) Find the length marked
(i) x
(ii) y

(b) (Area of triangle PQR) = n × (Area of triangle ABC)

Find the value of n.
(OCR)
14.14 Enlargements with Negative Scale Factors
1. The diagram below shows the original shape (shaded) and the images obtained by
enlargements with different scale factors.
State the scale factor for each enlargement.
14.14

2. The shaded shape has been enlarged to give the other images. For each image, find
the scale factor and the coordinates of the centre of enlargement.

3. Copy each diagram below. Enlarge each shape using the scale factor and centre of
enlargement given.

(a) (b)

Scale factor − 2
1
Scale factor −
2

(c) (d)

1
Scale factor − Scale factor − 3
2
4. Copy the axes and shape shown below.
y

x
–10 –8 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8

–2

–4

–6

–8

Draw the image obtained when the original shape is enlarged with:

(a) scale factor − 2 , centre of enlargement (0, 0)

(b) scale factor −1, centre of enlargement (0, 2)
(c) scale factor − 2 , centre of enlargement (4, 0).

5. Triangle P is mapped to triangle Q by an B

enlargement of scale factor − 0.4 .
If BC is of length 5 cm, what is the P

length of DF? D E
Q A C

F
15 Variation
15.1 Simple Ratios
1. Simplify each of the following
(a) 6:2 (b) 8:4 (c) 3:9
(d) 10 : 5 (e) 15 : 30 (f) 7 : 14
(g) 10 : 100 (h) 4 : 16 (i) 5 : 25
(j) 1.3 : 2.6 (k) 24 : 15 (l) 8 : 24
(m) 9 : 36 (n) 1.5 : 6 (o) 4.5 : 18

2. A train contains 50 1st class passengers and 150 standard class passengers.
Find
(a) the ratio of 1st class to standard class passengers,
(b) the ratio of standard to 1st class passengers.

3. The sides of a room are of lengths 6 m and 4.5 m. Find the ratio of the larger to the
shorter side.

4. A ballet corps has 55 female members and 10 male members.

What is the ratio of
(a) female to male members,
(b) male to female members?

5. Lemonade and orange juice are mixed in the ratio of 2 : 1.

How much lemonade is mixed with
(a) 10 cm 3 of orange juice,
(b) 50 cm 3 of orange juice?

6. In a bean salad the ratio of red beans to haricot beans is 3 : 1.

If there are 20 haricot beans in a serving, how many
(a) red beans are there,
(b) beans in total are there?

7. The ratio of RED Smarties in a box to other colours is 1 : 8.

(a) If there are 4 RED Smarties, how many Smarties are there altogether?
(b) If there are 27 Smarties in the box, how many RED ones would you expect?
8. The ratio of vertical to horizontal distance travelled up a hill
1
is 1 in 5. If you have travelled 20 m horizontally, how far
have you travelled vertically? 5

9. For a cake, the ratio of egg to flour is 1 egg to 4 oz of flour.

(a) If you are making a cake with 4 eggs, how much flour do you need?
(b) If the recipe says 12 ozs of flour, how many eggs does it need?
15.2 Proportion and Ratio
1. For some jam making the ratio of weight of sugar to weight of fruit is 2 : 5.
(a) If you have 10 lbs of fruit, how much sugar do you need?
(b) If you have 3 lbs of sugar, what is the greatest weight of fruit you could use?

2. A shop sells, on average, 2.5 television sets for every video sold.
(a) If, during one week, 10 videos were sold, estimate how many television sets
were also sold in that week.
(b) If 15 television sets were sold one week, estimate how many videos were
also sold in that week.

3. Kitchen flooring is sold at £8.00 per 1 metre length.

Find the cost of
(a) 5m (b) 50 cm (c) 80 cm.

4. A school employs teachers in the ratio 1 : 20 to the number of children.

(a) If the school has 600 children, how many teachers does it need?
(b) If the school has 15 teachers, how many children can it take?

5. The weights of two tins of fruit are in the ratio of 3 : 5

Find the weight of the smaller tin as a percentage of the weight of the larger tin.
(SEG)

6. The chart below gives the distances, in kilometres, between some towns and cities.

Aberdeen

684 Birmingham

779 184 Cardiff

888 290 284 Dover

8 kilometres is approximately 5 miles.

Estimate the distance between Birmingham and Cardiff in miles.
(SEG)
15.2
7. This is a list of the ingredients needed to make 24 scones.
600 g flour 100 g dried fruit
250 g butter water to mix
(a) How much dried fruit is needed for 6 scones?
(b) How much flour would you need for 40 scones?
(SEG)

8. 1 kilogram = 2.2 pounds.

1 pound = 16 ounces.
A recipe needs 10 ounces of flour. Convert this to grams.
(SEG)

9. (a) What fraction of the diagram is shaded?

(b) What percentage of the diagram is shaded?
(c) The ratio of shaded squares to unshaded
squares is to be 4 : 1.
How many more squares must be shaded?
(NEAB)

10. These are the ingredients needed for making 18 rock cakes.
9 ounces of flour 6 ounces of sugar
6 ounces of margarine 8 ounces of mixed dried fruit
2 large eggs
Larry wants to make 12 rock cakes.
(a) How much of each ingredient will he need?

Kelly has 9 ounces of margarine, but plenty of all the other ingredients.
(b) What is the greatest number of rock cakes she can make?
(LON)

11.
Cement

Sand Sand Sand Sand Sand

Mortar is made by mixing 5 parts by weight of sand with 1 part by weight of

cement.
How much sand is needed to make 8400 kg of mortar?
(LON)
12. A tourist drives a car which travels 35 miles on one gallon of petrol.
(a) How many kilometres will this car travel on one gallon of petrol?
(Take 5 miles to be equal to 8 kilometres.)
(b) This tourist drives a distance of 840 kilometres.
How many litres of petrol are used on this journey?
(Take 1 gallon to be equal to 4.5 litres)
(NEAB)
13. (a) Milk contains 87.5% water, 3.7% fat and 4.8% lactose.
The remaining contents are other substances.
What percentage of the contents are other substances?

(b) The average yield of a Friesian cow is 2700 litres of milk per year, but this
can be increased by 400 litres with good feeding.
What percentage increase is this?

(c) In Britain, the ratio Friesian cows : All other breeds = 4 : 1

There are about 3 million cows in Britain altogether.
How many of these are Friesian?

(d) When Lisa was on holiday in Spain she paid 138 pesetas for a glass of milk.
She knew that £1 = 193 pesetas and estimated that the glass of milk cost 70p.
Show clearly, without using a calculator, how Lisa could have done this.
(MEG)
14. A family packet of Crunchy Crispies weighs 500 g and costs £1.20.

Special Offer
3 packets for the price of 2
GET ONE FREE!

Crunchie Crispies
FAMILY PACKET
£1.20
500 g

(a) Crunchy Crispies contain nuts and cornflakes.

The nuts and cornflakes are mixed by weight in the ratio 1: 3.
What is the weight of the nuts in each family packet?
(b) Sally gets three family packets of Crunchy Crispies at the special offer price.
What is the cost per kilogram of these Crunchy Crispies?
(c) The contents of each family packet is given to the nearest 10 g.
What is the minimum possible weight of one of these packets?
(SEG)
15. Michael buys 3 cartons of milk. The total cost of 3 cartons of milk is £4.20.
Work out the total cost of 7 cartons of milk.
(Edexcel)
15.3 Map Scales and Ratio
1. Exeter and Plymouth are 80 km apart.
Find the scale of a map that represents this distance by
(a) 10 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 25 cm.

2. The distance between London and Birmingham is 144 km.

What would be the map distance between these two cities using a scale of
(a) 1 : 1000 000 (b) 1 : 500 000 (c) 1 : 80 000 ?

3. An ordinance survey map has a scale of 1 : 5000.

What is the actual distance, in km, between two places measured on the map as
(a) 5 cm (b) 9.5 cm (c) 21 cm ?

4. A plan of a school is drawn using a ratio of 1 : 100.

(a) What will be the dimensions on the plan of the school playing-field which
actually measures 100 metres by 50 metres?
(b) On the plan, the dimensions of the school hall are 50 cm by 25 cm.
What are the actual dimensions of the school hall?

5. The distance between Budapest and Prague is 500 km.

(a) If a map has a scale of 1 : 500 000, what is the distance, on the map,
between these two cities?
(b) On another map the distance from Budapest to Prague measures 10 cm.
What is the scale used on this map?

6. A classroom is drawn on a plan using a scale of 1 : 50.

(a) On the plan, how many centimetres represent one metre?
(b) The width of the classroom is 6.7 m.
What would this width measure on the plan?
(SEG)

7. The plan of a house is drawn to a scale of 1 : 50.

(a) On the plan the length of the hall is 15 cm.
What is the actual length of the hall in metres?
(b) The actual width of the kitchen is 3.5 metres.
What is the approximate width of the kitchen in feet?
(SEG)
15.4 Proportional Division
1. The proceeds of a sale, £162, are divided between the two organisers in the
ratio of 5 : 4.
How much does each organiser get?

2. A drink contains lime, orange and apple juices in the ratio 2 : 7 : 6.

Find the volume of each type of juice contained in 300 cm3 of the drink.

3. An inheritance of £50 000 is shared by 4 relations in the ratio 1 : 2 : 3 : 4.

How much does each one receive?

4. On a motorway there are three lanes: an inside lane, a middle and an outside lane.
One day, at midday, the speed of the traffic on these three lanes was in the
ratio 3 : 4 : 5.
The speed in the outside lane was 70 miles per hour.
Calculate the speed on the inside lane.
(NEAB)

5. Ann and Bill share £400 in the ratio 5 : 3.

(a) How much does each receive?
(b) Bill gives £45 of his share to a charity.
What percentage of his share is this?
(MEG)

6. A map is enlarged in the ratio 2 : 3.

On the first map a church measures 5 cm.
What will the church measure on the second (enlarged) map?
(SEG)

7. Alan scored 24 marks in a test which was marked out of 75.

(a) Calculate Alan's percentage mark.
(b) The marks were increased in the ratio 2 : 3.
(i) Calculate Alan's new mark.
(ii) Clare's new mark was 46.5.
Calculate her original mark in the test.
(SEG)

8. (a) Leaded petrol 52.4p per litre

Unleaded petrol 49.6p per litre

I filled the petrol tank of my car with unleaded petrol. It cost me £18.60.
(i) How many litres did I buy?
(ii) How much more would it have cost me if I had bought leaded petrol
instead?
15.4
(b) Last year the amounts I spent on road tax, car insurance and petrol were in
the ratio 1 : 3 : 7.
I spent a total of £1430 on these three items.
Calculate how much I spent on petrol.
(NEAB)
1
9. (a) The volume of a cone is given by the formula V = πr 2 h .
3
Rearrange the formula to give r in terms of V and h.

(b) These cones are similar.

Q Not to scale
P

The ratio of the height of P to the height of Q is 3 : 2.

The volume of P is 5.4 cm 3 .
Calculate the volume of Q.
(SEG)
15 Variation
15.5 Direct Proportion
1. Use the data given to check whether or not it agrees with the statement given.

(a) x 1 3 7 11
y∝x
y 4 12 28 44

(b) q 0 1 2 3
1 3 p∝q
p 0 1
2 2

(c) x 1 5 10
y∝x
y 0.1 0.5 1

(d) t 0.1 1 2
s∝t
s 0.5 5 10

2. Copy and complete each table using the statement given.

(a) y∝x x 1 4 9
y 5 ? ?

(b) s∝t t 1
1 3 5
2
s ? 2 ? ?

(c) q∝p p 1 3 5 9
q ? 9 ? ?

(d) y∝x x 1
1 5
2

y 1 ? ?

3. The yield Y of a tomato crop is directly proportional to the quantity of fertiliser F

used. 5 kg of fertiliser produces 30 kg of tomatoes.
(a) Find the relationship between Y and F.
(b) What is the yield when 12 kg of fertiliser are used?
(c) How much fertiliser was used to produce a yield of 42 kg?

4. A spring stretches when a mass is attached to one end.

The extension x is directly proportional to the magnitude of the mass, m.
When a mass of 50 g is attached, the extension is 1 cm.
(a) Find the relationship between x and m.
(b) When a mass of 120 g is attached, what is the extension?
(c) What mass will produce an extension of 3.2 cm?
5. A launched rocket travels at constant acceleration.
Its speed v m s −1 , is proportional to the time t, in seconds, since launch.
After 5 seconds its speed is 120 m s −1 .
(a) Find a relationship between v and t
(b) What is its speed when t equals
(i) 1 second (ii) 10 seconds (iii) 60 seconds?

(c) How long will it be before its speed is 20 000 m s −1 ?

y
6. A ball is dropped to the floor from a height of
h centimetres. It bounces to a height of
y centimetres. y is directly proportional to h.
(a) Sketch a graph to show the relationship
between y and h.

When h = 120, y = 80
O
h
(b) Find y when h = 150.
(LON)

7. (a) Explain why the volume of a cube increases by a factor of 8 when the side
length is doubled.
(b) June recently bought a small toy in the local shop.

ALIEN
Place in
water and
it becomes
6 times
bigger!

It was originally 8 cm tall. After she placed it in water it grew to a similarly

shaped alien. The height was then 14.5 cm.
Is the claim on the pack justified?
(AQA)

8. The distance, d km, it is possible to see on a clear day is proportional to the square
root of the height, h m, above sea level.
Standing on a pier, 4 m above sea level, it is possible to see a distance of 10 km.
(a) Find a formula for d in terms of h.
(b) Standing on top of the cliffs I can see a distance of 35 km.
How high are the cliffs?
(OCR)
9. y is directly proportional to the square of x. When y = 5, x = 4.
Find the value of y when x = 8.
(AQA)
15.6 Inverse Proportion
1. For each table of values below, determine whether they agree with the relationship
stated.
1
(a) x 1 2 4 y∝
x
y 12 6 3
1
(b) q 1 2 5 p∝
q
p 2 1 0.5
1
(c) r 1
1 2 s∝
2 r
1
s 2 1
2

1
(d) x 1
1 5 y∝
2 x
y 10 5 1

2. Copy and complete each of these tables to match the stated relationship.
1
(a) y∝ x 10 20 40
x
y 2 ? ?
1
(b) p∝ q 1 2 8
q
p ? 2 ?
1
(c) s∝ r 1 2 5
r
s 5 ? ?
1
(d) v∝ u 10 20 100
u
v 1 ? ?

3. Two quantities, x and y, are such that y is inversely proportional to x. Also note
that y = 4 when x = 2.
(a) Find the relationship between x and y.
(b) What is the value of y when x = 4?

4. The value of a TV set is assumed to be inversely proportional to its age.

When it is a year old it is sold for £400.
(a) What will its value be when it is 2 years old?
 (b) How many years old will it be when its value is first less than £100?
(c) Is the assumption made here a reasonable one?

5. The value, v, of a train is assumed to be inversely proportional to its age, x.

It was sold for £500 000 when it was 4 years old.
(a) Find the relationship between v and x.
(b) What is its value when it is 10 years old?
(c) How many years old is it when its value is first less than £100 000?

6.

The diagram is taken from a book about growing maize.

The distance between the rows of plants is d metres.
The spacing between the plants in the rows is r metres.
10 000
The number, P, of plants per hectare is given by the formula P= .
dr
d = 0.8 and r = 0.45.
(a) Calculate the value of P.
Give your answer to 2 significant figures.
The value of d is inversely proportional to the value of r and d = 0.9 when
r = 0.4.
(b) Calculate the value of r when d = 1.2.
(LON)

7. y is inversely proportional to the square root of x. When x = 16, y = 2.

What is the value of y when x = 0.25?
(AQA)
8. p is inversely proportional to r. p = 7 when r = 12.
(a) Work out the value of p when r = 3.
(b) Work out the value of r when p = 24.
(Edexcel)
15.7 Functional and Graphical Representation
1. Write down the mathematical relationship between each pair of variables, using the
information given.
(a) y is proportional to x, and when x = 2, y = 5.
(b) T is proportional to the square of x, and T = 4 when x = 2.
(c) R is inversely proportional to the square of S, and R = 2 when S = 1.
(d) q is proportional to the cube of p, and q = 4 when p = 2.

2. Express each of the following in words

1 1
(a) y∝ (b) y ∝ x3 (c) y∝
x2 x4

3. Copy and complete each of the tables below according the given relationship.

(a) y ∝ x2 x 1 2 3 4
y ? ? 27 ?

(b) y ∝ x3 x 1 3 6
y ? 9 ?

1
(c) y∝ x 1 2 4
x2
y ? 1 ?
1
(d) y∝ x 1 2 4
x3
y ? 1 ?

4. The intensity of illumination, I, at a point varies inversely with the square of the
distance, x, of the point from the light.
Express this in mathematical terms, and hence determine the ratio of the intensity
of illumination produced by a light 8 m from the point, to the same light, 2 m from
the point.
(SEG)

5. When a stone is thrown upwards with an initial speed s metres per second, it
reaches a maximum height, h metres.
Given that h varies directly as the square of s and that h = 5 when s = 10,
(a) work out the formula connecting h and s,
(b) calculate the value of s when h = 20.

2 stones are thrown up. The ratio of their initial speeds is 3 : 1.

(c) Work out the ratio of the maximum heights achieved.
(LON)
15.8 Further Functional Representation
1. For each table of values below, determine they agree with the stated relationship.
1
(a) x 1 4 16 y∝x 2

1 1
y 1
4 2

1
(b) x 1 4 9 y∝ 1

1 1 x2
y 1
2 3
3
(c) x 1 25 100 y∝x 2

y 0.2 25 400

2. Copy and complete each table according to the given relationship.

1
(a) y ∝ x2 x 1 4 9
y 2 ? ?

1
(b) y∝ 1 x 1 4 9
2
x
y ? 2 ?
3
(c) y ∝ x2 x 1 4 9 16
y ? ? ? 32

3. The increase in speed, V metres per second, at the lowest point of a 'Big Dipper'
ride is proportional to the square root of the vertical height, h metres, dropped.
(a) Write this relationship in mathematical terms.
(b) Use this relationship to find the ratio of the speeds obtained from heights
100 metres and 25 metres.
(SEG)
4. T is directly proportional to the positive square root of M.
T = 32 when M = 16.
(a) Calculate T when M is 100.
(b) Calculate M when T is 9.6.
(NEAB)
15.8

5. Decide which graph matches each relationship.

Graphs Graph W Graph X

Graph Y Graph Z

Relationships
A: The area of a circle plotted against its radius.
B: The circumference of a circle plotted against its radius.
C: The length of a rectangle of area 24 cm2 plotted against its width.

(a) Which graph matches relationship A?

(b) Which graph matches relationship B?
(c) Which graph matches relationship C?
(SEG)

6. (a) Water flows into a cylinder

at a constant rate.
Depth
Sketch the graph of the depth
of water against time.

Time

(b) Water flows into another container at a constant rate.

Sketch the cross-section of the container Depth
that generated this graph.

Time

(c) The values of depth, d, against time, t, for a different container are shown
in the table.

Time t (secs) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Depth d (cm) 0.1 0.4 0.9 1.6 2.5 3.6 4.9 6.4 8.1 10

Find the equation connecting t and d

(SEG)
16 Inequalities
16.1 Inequalities on a Number Line
1. Represent each of the inequalities below on a number line.

(a) x>2 (b) x<5 (c) x > −2

(d) x < −1 (e) x≥3 (f) x ≥ −1
(g) x≤6 (h) x ≥ −2 (i) 1≤ x ≤ 3
(j) −2 ≤ x < 1 (k) −1 < x < 2 (l) −5 ≤ x ≤ −2

2. Write down the inequality which describes the region shown in each diagram.

(a) x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

(b) x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

(c) x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

(d) x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

(e) x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

(f) x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

(g) x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

(h) x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

(i) x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
16.1

3. In Hungary, on some motorways there is a minimum speed of 40 km per hour and

a maximum speed of 120 km per hour.
(a) Copy the number line below and represent this information on it.

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

(b) Write down the inequality to describe this situation.

4. List all the whole numbers which satisfy each of the inequalities below.
(a) 2≤x≤5 (b) 1< x ≤8 (c) 2≤x<9 (d) 4<x<9

5. List all the integers which satisfy each inequality below.

(a) −2 ≤ x ≤ 3 (b) − 7 ≤ x < −1
(c) −3 < x < 2 (d) −4 < x ≤ 2

6. Write down one fraction which satisfies each inequality below.

1 3 1
(a) <x< (b) − <x<0
4 4 2
3 1 1
(c) 1< x < (d) − <x<
2 4 4

7. x is a whole number such that − 3 ≤ x < 5 and y is a whole number such that
− 4 ≤ y ≤ 2 . What is the greatest possible value of:
(a) x+y (b) x−y (c) xy ?

8. x is an integer. List all the values of x such that –1 < 2 x ≤ 8 .

(AQA)
16 Inequalities
16.2 Solutions of Linear Inequalities
1. Solve each inequality below and illustrate your solution on a number line.
(a) 2x + 3 ≤ 5 (b) 3 x − 4 > 11 (c) 5 x + 3 > 28
3x − 5
(d) 5 − 2 x ≥ 11 (e) < 2 (f) 3 ( 4 x + 1) ≥ − 9
2

2. Solve the following inequalities.

(a) 3 x − 4 < 26 (b) 6 − 4 x > 18 (c) 7 x − 2 ≤ 12
1 + 2x 4 − 5x
(d) 5 x + 7 > − 13 (e) > 3 (f) ≤ 7
5 2

3. Solve each of the following inequalities and illustrate each solution on a number line.
(a) 9 ≤ 2 x − 1 ≤ 15 (b) 5 ≤ 3 x + 14 ≤ 29
(c) 13 ≤ 5 − 4 x < 25 (d) − 2 ≤ 2x + 1 ≤ 5

4. (a) Solve the inequality

7 x + 3 > 2 x − 15 .
(b) Solve the inequality
2 (3 x − 2) < 11 .
(SEG)

5. Find all integer values of n which satisfy the inequality

1 ≤ 2 n − 5 < 10 .
(SEG)

6. Solve the following inequalities for x.

(a) 1 + 3x < 7 (b) 4 x − 3 > 3x − 2
(NEAB)

7. (a) List all the integer values of n for which − 4 < n + 1 ≤ 2 .

(b) Solve the inequality
3x + 5 < 1 − 2 x .
(SEG)

8. x is a whole number such that − 5 ≤ x < 2 .

(a) (i) Write down all the possible values of x.
(ii) y is a whole number such that − 3 < y ≤ − 1. Write down the
greatest possible value of xy.
(b) Solve 5n + 6 < 23 .
(NEAB)
16.2

9. (a) A sequence is generated as shown.

Term 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th

Sequence 3 5 7 9 11

What is the nth term in the sequence?

(b) Another sequence is generated as shown.

Term 1st 2nd 3rd 4th

Sequence 4 7 12 19

What is the nth term in the sequence?

(c) The nth term of a different sequence is 5n + 7 .

Solve the inequality 5n + 7 < 82 .
(SEG)

10. Solve the inequality 7 y < 3 y + 6 .

(AQA)

11. (a) Solve the inequality 3 x + 7 ≥ 13 .

(b) A mathematics teacher says

I am thinking of an integer. I double the integer and add 1.
The result is less than – 7.
What is the largest integer the teacher could have thought of?
(AQA)
16.3 Inequalities Involving Quadratic Terms
1. Illustrate the solutions to the following inequalities on a number line.

(a) x2 ≤ 4 (b) x2 ≥ 1 (c) x2 ≥ 9

(d) x 2 < 36 (e) x 2 ≤ 2.25 (f) x 2 > 0.25

2. Find the solutions of the following inequalities.

(a) x2 + 5 ≤ 6 (b) 2 x 2 − 5 ≥ 27 (c) 5 x 2 − 4 ≤ 16

(d) 9x2 ≤ 1 (e) 4 x 2 ≥ 25 (f) 16 x 2 − 12 ≥ 13

x2 − 3
(g) ( )
2 x 2 − 4 < 10 (h)
2
≥ 23 (i) 20 − 2 x 2 ≤ 2
3. Find the solutions of the following inequalities.

(a) ( x − 1) ( x − 2) ≥ 0 (b) ( x + 2) ( x − 3) ≤ 0

(c) ( x − 1) ( x − 2) < 0 (d) ( x + 5) ( x − 4) > 0

(e) x ( x + 5) ≥ 0 (f) ( x − 1) x < 0

4. By factorising, solve each of the following inequalities.

(a) x2 + x − 2 ≥ 0 (b) x 2 − 5x + 6 ≤ 0

(c) x2 − 4x < 0 (d) 2 x 2 + 3x − 2 > 0

(e) x2 + 6x + 8 ≤ 0 (f) 5 x 2 − 15 x ≥ 0

(g) 6x − 2x2 > 0 (h) 1 − 5x − 6 x 2 ≤ 0

5. The area, A, in cm 2 , of a square satisfies the inequality 9 ≤ A ≤ 36 .

What is the:
(a) maximum (b) minimum
possible length of its sides?

6. (a) Factorise completely 14n − 4n 2 .

(b) Find the integer values of n for which 14n − 4n 2 > 0 .

(MEG)

7. Solve the inequality x 2 < 25 . (OCR)

16.4 Graphical Approach to Inequalities
1. Illustrate on a set of coordinate axes each of the following inequalities.
(a) y≤x (b) y > x +1 (c) y < x−2
(d) y ≤ x+4 (e) y > 3 − 2x (f) y ≤ 3x − 3
(g) 2x + y ≥ 4 (h) x−y ≥ 2 (i) x + 2y < 3
16.4

2. For each region below, find:

(i) the equation of the line which forms the boundary
(ii) the inequality represented by the shaded region.
y y
(a) (b)
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
x x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1 –1
–2 –2
–3 –3
–4 –4
–5 –5
–6 –6

y
(c) (d) y

6
6
5
5
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
–1 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1
–2
–2
–3
–3
–4
–4
–5
–5
–6
–6

3. On the same set of axes, shade the regions

x + y ≥ 1, x − y ≤ 2 .
Indicate the region satisfied by both inequalities.

4. Shade the region which satisfies

2 ≤ x + y ≤ 4.

5. Shade the region which satisfies

−1 ≤ 2 x + y < 2 .
16.5 Dealing with More than One Inequality
1. On a suitable set of axes, show by shading the region which satisfies both the
inequalities.
(a) x ≥ 2 (b) x > 1 (c) y ≥ x
x ≤ 4 y ≤ 2 4 ≥ x

(d) x+y ≤ 1 (e) 2x + y > 2 (f) x ≤ y

y > 2 2x + y < 1 y ≤ 1

(g) y ≥ 3x (h) y ≥ x (i) y ≥ x

x+y < 1 y ≤ 2x y ≤ x+2

2. For each set of inequalities, draw graphs to show the region satisfied by them.
(a) x ≤ 2 , x ≥ 1, y ≥ 4 , y ≤ 6
(b) x ≥ −1, x ≤ 3, y ≤ 2 , y ≥ − 3
(c) x ≥ 1, y ≥ 1 , x + y ≤ 3
(d) x − y < 3, x ≥ 2 , y ≤ 2
(e) y ≤ 2x , y ≥ x , x ≤ 3
(f) x + y ≥ 2, y ≤ x + 2, x ≤ 2
3. Find the inequalities which define each of the regions indicated by the letter R.
y y

(a) 6
(b) 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
R 2 2
1 1
R
x x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1 –1
–2 –2
–3 –3
–4 –4
–5 –5
–6 –6

y y

(c) 6 (d) 8
5 7
4 6
3 5
2 4
1 3
R
x 2
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 R
–1 1
–2 x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–3 –1
–4 –2
–5 –3
–6 –4
–5
–6
16.5

4. Write down the three inequalities which define the triangular region ABC.

y = 2x + 1

x=3

x+y=4
C

x
0 (MEG)

5. The diagram shows the graphs of

1
y = x + 1, 5 x + 6 y = 30 and x = 2 .
2
y

0
x
1 2 3 4 5 6

(a) On the diagram, shade, and label with the letter R, the region for which the
points (x, y) satisfy the three inequalities
1
y ≤ x + 1 , 5 x + 6 y ≤ 30 and x ≥ 2 .
2
 1
(b) (i) Solve the inequality x + 1 < 3.
2
(ii) Represent your answer to part (b) (i) on a copy of this number line.

-3 –2 –1 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

(MEG)

6. (a) Solve the inequality 7 x + 3 > 2 x − 15 .

(b) Copy the diagram below and label with the letter R the single region which
satisfies all of these inequalities:
1
y < x + 1, x > 6 , y > 3 .
2
y
x=6
5
1
y= x+1
2
4

3 y=3

0
x
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(SEG)

7. (a) Using x and y axes from − 5 to 5, show the region which satisfies all the
inequalities
2 y ≤ x + 2 , y ≥ 1 − x , y ≥ x − 1.
Label this region R.

(b) Write down the coordinates of any point (x, y) which has whole number
values for x and y and which lies inside the region R.
(SEG)
16.5
8. A contractor hiring earth moving equipment has a choice of two machines.

Type A costs £50 per day to hire, needs one person to operate it, and
can move 30 tonnes of earth per day.
Type B costs £20 per day to hire, needs four people to operate it and can
move 70 tonnes of earth per day.

Let x denote the number of Type A machines hired and y the number of Type B
machines hired.

(a) The contractor has a labour force of 64 people. Explain why x + 4 y ≤ 64 .

(b) The contractor can spend up to £1040 per day on hiring machines.
Explain why 5 x + 2 y ≤ 104 .
(c) The lines x + 4 y = 64 , 5 x + 2 y = 104 , x = 0 and y = 0 are shown
on the axes below.
y
70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
x
10 20 30 40 50 60 70

By shading, identify the feasible region:

x ≥ 0 , y ≥ 0 , x + 4 y ≤ 64 , 5 x + 2 y ≤ 104 .

(d) The total weight of earth moved is given by w = 30 x + 70 y .

Use your graph to find the values of x and y which satisfy all the inequalities
and give a maximum value to w.
(SEG)
17 Using Graphs
17.1 Transformations of Graphs
1. The graph below illustrates the function y = f ( x ) by a dashed line.
Write down the equation of each of the other functions.

x
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

–1

–2

–3
A B C

2. The graph below shows y = g ( x ) .

y

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3

–1

–2

On separate diagrams show:

(a) y = g ( x ) , y = g ( x ) + 1 and y = g ( x ) − 1

(b) y = g ( x ) and y = 2 g ( x )

(c) y = g ( x ) and y = g (2 x )

(d) y = g ( x ) and y = g ( x − 1)

(e) y = g ( x ) and y = g ( x + 1) + 1
17.1

3. On the same set of axes, sketch

y = x , y = x + 1, y = x − 1 and y = x − 2 .

4. Draw the graphs of:

y = x 3 , y = ( x + 1) and y = ( x − 2) .
3 3

5. The graph below shows y = f ( x ) .

y

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3

–1

–2
On separate axes, sketch:

(a) y = f ( x ) and y = − f ( x ) (b) y = f ( x ) and y = f (2 x )

y = f ( x ) and y = 2 f  x 
1
(c)
2 

6. The function y = f ( x ) is sketched below.

x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

–1

–2

On similar diagrams, sketch

y = 2f  
x
(a) y = f ( x − 1) (b)
 2
(SEG)
7. The graph of y = f ( x ) has been drawn on the grid.
y

x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

On a copy of the diagram above, sketch the graph of y = f ( x − 2)

(LON)

8. On the grid below, the graph of y = f ( x ) for − 4 ≤ x ≤ 4 is drawn.

x
–4 –2 0 2 4

–1

–2

(a) On a copy of the grid, sketch the graph of y = 2 f ( x ) .

(b) On another copy of the grid, sketch the graph of y = f ( x − 1) .

(MEG)
17.1

9. The function y = f ( x ) is illustrated below.

y

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3

–1

–2

(a) On a copy of the axes, sketch:

(i) y = 2 f ( x) (ii) y = f ( x − 1)

(b) Which one of these sketches is of the form y = f ( x ) + a , where a is a

constant? What is the value of a?
y
A
2

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3

–1

–2

y
B
2

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3

–1

–2

y
C
2

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3

–1

–2
(SEG)
10. This is a sketch of the graph of y = f ( x ) , where

f ( x ) = ( x + 3) ( x − 2) ( x − 4) .
y

x
0

(a) Calculate the value of f (0) .

(b) On a copy of the axes above, sketch the graph of y = f ( − x ) .

(c) Describe fully the single geometric transformation which maps the graph of
y = f ( x ) onto the graph of y = f ( − x ) .

The equation f ( x ) = f ( − x ) has a solution x = 0 . It also has a positive solution,

x, such that n < x < n + 1, where n is a positive integer.
(d) Write down the value of n.
(LON)

11. The function y = f ( x ) is illustrated.

y

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3

–1

–2

Sketch the graphs of the functions below. Label each graph clearly.

y= f 
x
(a) (b) y = f ( x − 1)
 2
(SEG)
17.1

12. This is the graph of y = cos x for 0° ≤ x ≤ 360° .

y
2

0
90 180 270 360
x
–1

–2

Write the equation of each of the transformed graphs. In each case the graph of
y = cos x is shown dotted to help you.

(a) y
2

0
90 180 270 360
x
–1

–2

(b) y
2

0
90 180 270 360
x
–1

–2

(c) y
2

0
90 180 270 360
x
–1

–2

(d) y
2

0
90 180 270 360
x
–1

–2
(AQA)
13. The graph of y = f ( x ) is shown on the grid.
y
6
5
4
3
2
1

–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
–1
–2
–3
–4

On copies of the grid, sketch the graphs of :

(a) y = f ( x) + 2 (b) y = – f ( x)
(Edexcel)

14. A (1, 1) and B (– 2, 4) are two points on the graph of y = x 2 .

y
y = x2
14
12
10
8
6
B (– 2, 4)
4
2
A (1, 1)
–2 O 2 x
–2

Here are three transformations of the graph y = x 2 . On each diagram the graph
of y = x 2 is shown dotted. The images, A' and B', of A and Bare shown.
Write down the equation of the transformed graph in each case.
(a) y (b) y (c) y

14 14 14
12 12 12
10 10 10
B' (– 2, 8) B' (– 2, 8)
8 8 8
6 6 6
A' (1, 5) B' (– 1, 4)
4 4 4
2 2 A' (1, 2) 2
A' (2, 1)
–2 O 2 x –2 O 2 x –2 O 2 x
–2 –2 –2

(AQA)
17.2 Area under Graphs
1. The graph of y = 4 x (3 − x ) between 0 ≤ x ≤ 3 is shown below.
y

10

x
0 1 2 3

Use the two triangles and rectangle shown to estimate the area between the curve
and the x-axis. Is your answer an overestimate or underestimate of the actual area?

2. Estimate the area under the curve y = 4 − x 2 between x = − 2 and x = 2 using:

(a) 2 trepezia (b) 4 trapezia (c) 8 trapezia.

3. Draw the graphs of y = 2 x and y = x 2 − 5 x + 6. Find the area between the

curve and the line by using 5 trapezia.

4. The graph below shows how the speed of a car varies as it sets off from rest.

Speed
(m/s) 30

25

20

15

10

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Time (s)
(a) Estimate the distance travelled in the first (i) 30 seconds
(ii) 60 seconds?
(b) What is the average speed for the first (i) 30 seconds
(ii) 60 seconds?
5. The graph below illustrates a speed-time graph for a local train journey from one
station to the next.

Speed
(miles 60
per
hour)
50

40

30

20

10

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160

Time (seconds)

(a) What is the maximum speed achieved?

(b) Estimate the total distance between the two stations.
(c) Explain in words what happens to the speed during the journey.
17.3 Tangents to Curves
1. The distance-time graph of a journey made on a bicycle is shown.

G H
F I

Distance E
C D
B J
K
A
Time

(a) Between which two points is the bicycle slowing down?

(b) Between which two points is the bicycle moving at a constant speed and
travelling away from the starting point?
(c) Between which two points is the bicycle accelerating and travelling back to
the starting point?
(SEG)

x2
2. (a) Draw the graph of y = for 0 ≤ x ≤ 4 .
2
(b) By drawing tangents, find the gradient of the curve at x = 0 , 1, 2, 3 and 4.

(c) Comment on the pattern of results.

17.3

3. For each of the velocity-time graphs below, sketch a corresponding acceleration-

time graph.

(a) Speed
(m/s)
40

30

20

10

0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Time (s)
(b)
Speed
(m/s)
40

30

20

10

0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Time (s)

4. The graph below illustrates the journey of a London Underground train between
two stations. The journey takes 100 seconds.

40

30
Speed
(m/s)
20

10

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Time (s)

(a) Describe how the speed of the train varies on the journey.
(b) Estimate the maximum acceleration of the train
(c) Estimate the distance, in kilometres, between the stations.
(SEG)
5. The graph shows the velocity, v metres per second, of a car t seconds after it joins a
busy main road.
v

30

20

10

t
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

(a) Calculate the acceleration of the car 10 seconds after it joins the busy main
road.
(b) Calculate an estimate of the total distance travelled by the car in the two
minutes shown in the graph.
(LON)

6. The graph below shows the velocity of a car over the time interval 0 < t < 20 ,
where t is time in seconds and v is velocity in metres per second.

30

25

20

15

10

t
0 5 10 15 20

(a) Use the graph to estimate the acceleration of the car at t = 7.5 .

(b) (i) Estimate the area under the graph for the interval 0 ≤ t ≤ 10 .
(ii) What does this area represent?
(SEG)
17.3

7. The speed-time graph for an athlete in the first 10 seconds of a race is shown.

12
11

10
9
8
7
Speed
(m/s) 6

5
4
3
2
1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Time (seconds)

(a) Use the graph to estimate the acceleration 4 seconds from the start.
(b) Use the graph to estimate the distance run by the athlete in the first
10 seconds.
(c) Calculate the average speed of the athlete during the first 10 seconds of the
race.
(SEG)

8. A firework is launched vertically upwards at time t = 0 . Its vertical height, h, in

metres from its point of launch is given by h = 20t − 5t 2 , where t is in seconds.

(a) Use a graphical method to estimate:

(i) the first time at which the firework reaches a height of 12 metres
(ii) the maxiumum height reached by the firework.
(b) Use your graph to estimate the speed of the firework when it first reaches a
height of 12 metres.
(c) Solve an appropriate quadratic equation to calculate the second time that the
firework reaches a height of 12 metres. Give your answer correct to two
decimal places.
(SEG)
9. A train normally travels between two stations, A and B, at a steady speed of
90 kilometres/hour.

On a particular day, the driver had to stop at a red signal between the stations.
The speed/time graph is shown below.

100
90

80
70

Speed 60
(km/h) 50

40
30
20
10

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Time (minutes) after passing Station A

(a) (i) From the graph, estimate the deceleration of the train, in kilometres/
hour/minute, two minutes after passing station A.

(ii) Express this deceleration in metres/second 2 .

(b) Estimate the distance of the signal from station A.
(NEAB)
y
10.
2

P
1

x
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

–1

–2

(a) Draw the tangent at P on a copy of the curve.

(b) Calculate the gradient of the tangent you have drawn. Give your answer
correct to 1 decimal place.
(LON)
17.4 Finding Coefficients
1. Each table below gives a set of data and the form of the relationship between the
variables. In each case, find the value of the constants a and b.

(a) x 1 2 4 10

y 1.5 1 0 −3 y = ax + b

(b) x 2 4 6 8

y 5 29 69 125 y = ax2 + b

(c) x 1 2 3 4
a
y 22 10 6 4 y= +b
x

(d) x 1 4 9 16

y 8 6 4 2 y=a x +b

(e) x 0 1 2 3

y 20 19 12 −7 y = ax 3 + b

2. For a simple pendulum, experimental data for the time period and the length of the
pendulum are given below.

Length (cm) 16 25 49 64 100

Time (s) 0.8 1.0 1.4 1.6 2.0

It is expected that the time is proportional to the square root of the length.
Is this confirmed by this data? If so, find the constant of proportionality.

3. The height of the tide, h metres, measured at a particular time, t hours, is given by
the data below.

Time (hours) 0 3 6 9 12

Height (m) 10 4 –2 4 10

Assuming that the data follow a relationship of the form

h = a cos (30t ) + b ,
estimate the value of the constants a and b.
18 3-D Geometry
18.1 Using Pythagoras' Theorem and
Trigonometry in Three Dimensions
1. Find the length of the longest rod that could be placed in each box shown below.
(a) (b)

10 cm 15 cm
10 cm 30 cm
20 cm
10 cm

(c) (d)

20 cm x
2x
2x
12 cm
5 cm

2. A square-based pyramid is made up of a square and four isosceles triangle with

sides of lengths 6, 6 and 4 cm. Find the height of the pyramid.

P
3. The figure shows a triangle ABC, right-angled at B
and lying in horizontal plane. P is a point vertically
above C. Given that AB = 7 cm, BC = 6 cm and 11 cm
AP = 11 cm, calculate
(a) the length of PC,
C A
(b) ˆ ,
PAC
(c) The angle of elevation of P from B. 6 cm 7 cm

y
4. This shape is a cube with OG = OE = OA = 2. A B
O is the origin.
C
D
(a) Write down the three-dimensional x
O
coordinates of point F. G
(b) Calculate the distance AC.
E
z F

Not to Scale
(SEG)
18.1

5. A rectangular box has a horizontal base EFGH.

The corner D is vertically above H. C
Given that DH = 4 cm, HG = 6 cm and GF = 8 cm,
calculate E
D
(a) ˆ ,
DGH 4 cm
F
(b) the length of HF, H
ˆ . 6 cm 8 cm
(c) DFH
G

6. VABCD is a pyramid of height 10 cm. Its base is a

rectangle with AB = 6 cm and BC = 8 cm. V is
vertically above O, the point of intersection of the
diagonals AC and BD. Find
10 cm
(a) the length of VA, D A

(b) ˆ .
VAO O 6 cm
C 8 cm B

B
3 cm
7. The diagram represents a rectangular box. 6 cm
F C
Given that AB = 6 cm, BC = 3 cm and
A
AE = 2 cm, calculate the length of the
diagonal AG. 2 cm
D G
E

8. ABCDV is a right square-based pyramid.

M is the centre of the square base ABCD.
z-axis
The (x, y, z) coordinates of A, B, and C V
are shown on the diagram.
(a) (i) Write down the length of AB.
(ii) Write down the
coordinates of D. y-axis
O
(b) Calculate the coordinates D C (4, 11, 2)
of M.
x-axis M
(c) The z coordinate of V is 9.
A B (10, 11, 2)
What is the height of the (10, 5, 2)
pyramid?
(NEAB)
9. ABCD is a triangular based pyramid. The base ABC is an equilateral triangle with
side 5 cm. The volume of the pyramid is 36 cm 3 .

Not drawn accurately

h
B

5 cm
C

1
Volume of a pyramid = 3
base area perpemdicular height

Calculate the perpendicular height, h, of the pyramid.

(AQA)

10. VABCD is a right pyramid on a square base. V is vertically above the centre of the
square.
VA = VB = VC = VD = 20 cm
AB = 15 cm
V
Not drawn accurately

20 cm
D C

A B
15 cm

Calculate the angle between the edge VA and the base ABCD.
(AQA)
11. The diagram shows a cuboid.
H
AB = 3 cm, AE = 4 cm, Not drawn accurately
BC = 12 cm G

(a) Find the length of BH.

E
D
(b) The angle between BH C
and BD is x and the angle 4 cm F
between BH and BC is y. x
12 cm
Which angle is bigger, A y
3 cm
x or y? You must show B
your working.
(AQA)
18.2 Angles and Planes
1. The cube shown in the figure has edges of length 20 cm. B C
M is the mid-point of AP. Calculate
(a) the length of CM,
A D
(b) the angle CMR,
Q
R
ˆ . M
(c) MSP

P S

2. The diagram shows a rectangular box in which AB = 3 cm,

AD = 4 cm, BD = 5 cm and DH = 12 cm. G
Calculate the length of the straight line BH and H F
(a) ˆ
BDC E

(b) ˆ
BHC 12 cm

(c) ˆ
HBD C
D 5 cm B
4 cm 3 cm
A

3. The diagram shows a rectangular box which has 4 cm

A X B
a horizontal base EFGH where HG = 15 cm,
GF = 8 cm and BF = 7 cm. 7 cm
D C
X is a point on AB such that XB = 4 cm. F
E
Calculate the angles CEG and GXF. 8 cm
H 15 cm G

4. The diagram shows a right triangular prism with

Q P
ˆ = 90° and ABCD lying on a horizontal table.
ABP
If AB = 6 cm, AD = 8 cm and AP = 12 cm, calculate
12 cm
(a) ˆ ,
PAB
B
C
(b) the length of PB, 6 cm
(c) ˆ .
PDB D 8 cm A
5. The diagram shows a right pyramid on a horizontal V
rectangular base ABCD.

Given that AB = 12 cm, BC = 16 cm and VA = 26 cm,

calculate: 26 cm

(a) the length of AX, where X is the mid-point

D C
of AC,
X P 16 cm
(b) the vertical height, VX, of the pyramid,
(c) the angle AVC, A 12 cm B

(d) the length of VP where P is the mid-point of BC.

Y X
6. 15 cm
R
S 58˚

H
P 40 cm Q

The diagram shows a triangular prism.

The two triangular faces PSY and QRX are vertical. Two of the three rectangular
ˆ = 90° , while the face PQRS
faces PQXY and SRXY are at right angles, i.e. RXQ
is horizontal.
ˆ , is 58° ,
Given that the angle between the faces SRXY and PQRS, i.e. XRQ
ˆ = 90° , RX = 15 cm and PQ = 40 cm, calculate
XHR
(a) QX,

(b) ˆ .
XPH

7. ABCDEF is a triangular prism, 10 cm long. Not to scale D

ABC is an equilateral triangle of side 3 cm.
C
P is the foot of the perpendicular from C to AB. F
E
A
P
(a) Calculate the length of PD. B
(b) Calculate the size of the angle between CE and PE.
(SEG)
19 Vectors
19.1 Vectors and Scalars
1. Which of the following are vectors and which are scalars?
(a) Speed (b) Acceleration (c) Mass
(d) Velocity (e) Weight (f) Time

2. Use the points in the grid below to find the vectors

→ → →
(i) (a) AB (b) BC (c) AC
→ → →
(d) CD (e) DA (f) DE
→ → →
E (g) AE (h) DB (i) EC
D C
(ii) What is the relationship between
→ →
BC and AD
A B
(iii) What is
→ → → →
AB + BC + CD + DA
equal to?

3. Plot the positions of the points, A, B, C, D, E and F relative to O if

→ 1 →  1 →  2
(a) OA =   (b) OB =   (c) BC =  
1  −2  0

→  −3 →  3 → 1
(d) AD =   (e) EB =   (f) EF =  
 2  −1 1

 1  −1  0
4. If a =   b=  c =   , find
 2  3  −2

(a) a+b (b) a−b (c) a+c

(d) 2a (e) 3a − 2b (f) a+b+c
(g) 2b + 3c (h) −3a (i) 4a + 2b − 3c
  2  −2  1
5. If a =   b=  c =   , solve each of the equations below to find the
 1  −3  −1
unknown vector, x.

(a) a+x=b (b) x−c=a (c) x+b=a

(d) 2x + a = c (e) 2b − x = 3c (f) 2a + x = b + c
(g) 2b + c + x = o (h) 3a + 2 x = b (i) 4a − x = 2c
19.2 Applications of Vectors
1. The water in a river flows at a speed of 1 m/s.
Ann swims at a speed of 2 m/s at right angles to the bank.
The river is 10 m wide. Find
(a) the time taken to reach the other side of the river,
(b) the distance she travels downstream.

2. (a) An aeroplane travels NW at a speed of 400 m/s in still air. If there is a wind
of speed 50 m/s heading directly west, find the resultant speed and direction
of travel of the plane.
(b) If the wind continues to head west at a speed of 50 m/s, find the required
speed and direction if the resultant speed is 400 m/s in a NW direction.

3. A boy rows at 4 m/s across a river of width 27 m. The river flows at a speed of
2.4 m/s. Find the direction in which the boy must row if he is to land on the other
side directly opposite his starting point. Also find the time it takes for him to reach
the other side.

Q
4. A small block is held in position by 2 cables 45˚
that exert forces of magnitude P and Q.
P
Gravity exert a downward force of 20 N.
The block remains at rest.
Find P and Q by using trigonometry.
20 N

R
5. The diagram shows the forces acting on a car, S
at rest, on a slope. 10˚

Find the magnitude of R and S.

400 N
10˚
19.3 Vectors and Geometry
1. The diagram shows a grid made up of sets of equally spaced parallel lines.
→ →
The vectors OA = a and OB = b
I J K L
are shown. Write each of the following
in terms of a and b.
→ → → H G F M
(a) OD (b) OI (c) CE
→ → →
(d) GM (e) CJ (f) MN B C E N

→ → → b
(g) BK (h) DC (i) FI
→ → → O a A D P
(j) CL (k) PI (l) EH

→ →
2. The diagram shows the parallelogram OABC in which OA = a , OB = b .
B C

O a A

(a) Write the following vectors in terms of a and b.

→ → → →
(i) BC (ii) CA (iii) AB (iv) OC

(b) X is the midpoint of OA and Y is the midpoint of OB.

Find, in terms of a and b,
→ → →
(i) OX (ii) OY (iii) XY
→ →
What is the relationship between XY and AB ?

→  3 →  1
3. In the diagram OA =   and OB =   . Q
 0  2

The points A and B are the mid-points

of OP and OQ respectively.
→
B
(a) Calculate the vector OP .
→ →
(b) Calculate the vectors AB and PQ
(c) Use your answers to part (b) to give O A P
two facts about the lines AB and PQ.
(SEG)
4. A B

a b

F C
O

E D

ABCDEF is a regular hexagon

→ →
OA = a, OB = b
(a) Write down, in terms of a and b, the vectors
→
(i) AB
→
(ii) FC

(b) Write down one geometrical fact about AB and FC which could be deduced
from your answers to part (a).
(LON)

5. Q R

P S
b
c

U T
PQRS and PSTU are parallelograms.
→ → →
PQ is a, PS is b, ST is c .
Find, in terms of a, b and c expressions in their simplest forms for
→
(a) PT
→
(b) US
→
(c) PX , where X is the midpoint of QT.
1 → →
(d) PQ + PT
2 
(LON)
19.3

6. A

In the diagram X is the point on AB such that AX = 3XB .

→ →
Given that OA = 8a and OB = 4b , express in terms of a and/or b
→
(a) (i) AB
→
(ii) AX
→
(b) OX
(MEG)

7. P Q

O a R

The diagram shows the position of points O, P, Q and R with vectors a and b
acting along OR and OP, respectively.
→
OR = a
→
OP = b
→ 1 →
OS = OQ
3
→ →
PQ = 2 OR
→ →
By expressing PS and RS in terms of the vectors a and b find the ratio PS : SR
and explain the relationship between the points P, S and R.
(SEG)
8. D

NOT TO SCALE

E
C B

O A
4a

In the diagram, OABC is a parallelogram.

→ → → 1 → → 4 →
OA = 4a, OC = c, CE = CB , OD = OE
4 3
(a) Find, in terms of a and c,
→ → →
(i) OB (ii) OE (iii) OD
→
(iv) CD (Give your answer in its simplest form.)

(b) Use your answers to part (a) to explain why OBDC is a trapezium.
(OCR)
X
9. ABCDEF is a regular hexagon.
→ → →
AB = a, BC = b, AD = 2b
B b C
→
(a) Find the vector AC
a
in terms of a and b.
→ → A D
AC = CX 2b
Diagram NOT
(b) Prove that AB is accurately drawn
parallel to DX. F E
(Edexcel)

10. OAB is a triangle. X is the midpoint of AB. Y is the midpoint of OB.

Z is the point on OX such that OZ : ZX = 2 : 1
→ →
OA = 3a, OB = 3b
O
(a) Find, in terms of a and b,
the vectors Not drawn
3b accurately
→ 3a
AY Y
(i)
→ Z
(ii) OX
→ B
AZ A
(iii) X

(b) A, Z and Y are on a straight line.

Find the ratio AZ : ZY.
(AQA)
19.4 Further Work with Vectors
1. Write each vector shown below in component form, using components parallel and
perpendicular to the dashed line.
(a) (b) 30
30

25˚

65˚

(c) (d)
33˚ 45˚

15
12

2. For each column vector below, find its magnitude and draw a diagram to show its
direction, indicating the size of the relevant angles.

 2  2  −3  −3
(a)   (b)   (c)   (d)  
 1  −1  −2  1

10 N

25 N
3. The three forces shown in the diagram
act at a point. Find the magnitude and 15˚ 25˚
direction of its resultant. 50˚

7N

15 N

4. The forces shown in the diagram are in

equilibrium, so that their resultant is the
zero vector.
Find F and the angle θ . θ 20˚

8N